IAT MULTIMEDIA INC
S-1/A, 1997-03-04
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING SERVICES
Previous: ICON SYSTEMS INC, 10QSB, 1997-03-04
Next: INTERNATIONAL AIRCRAFT INVESTORS, S-1/A, 1997-03-04



<PAGE>


   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MARCH 4, 1997
                                                    REGISTRATION NO. 333-18529 
============================================================================== 

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
                             Washington, DC 20549 
                                    ------ 
                               AMENDMENT NO. 3 
                                      TO 
                                   FORM S-1 
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
                                    UNDER 
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 
                                    ------ 
                             IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. 
               (Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter) 
<TABLE>
    

<S>                                             <C>                      <C>        
             Delaware                           7371                     13-3920210 
   (State or Other Jurisdiction     (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer 
of Incorporation or Organization)    Classification Code Number)     Identification No.) 
</TABLE>

                          Geschaftshaus Wasserschloss
                                 Aarestrasse 17
                      CH-5300 Vogelsang-Turgi, Switzerland
                             (011)(41)(56) 223-5022
    (Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
                  of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)
                                     ------
                                   Viktor Vogt
                          Geschaftshaus Wasserschloss
                                 Aarestrasse 17
                      CH-5300 Vogelsang-Turgi, Switzerland
                             (011)(41)(56) 223-5022
            (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
                   Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)
                                     ------
                                   Copies to:
      Malcolm I. Ross, Esq.                   Sheldon E. Misher, Esq. 
        Baker & McKenzie               Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP 
        805 Third Avenue                        380 Madison Avenue 
    New York, New York 10022                 New York, New York 10017 
         (212) 751-5700                           (212) 687-7000 

                                    ------ 

   Approximate Date of Commencement Proposed Sale to the Public: As soon as 
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective. 

   If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered 
on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities 
Act of 1933, check the following box. [X] 

   If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering 
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following 
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier 
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) 
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act 
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement 
for the same offering. [ ] 

   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, 
please check the following box. [ ] 
                                    ------ 

   The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or 
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant 
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this 
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with 
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration 
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting 
pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine. 


============================================================================= 

<PAGE>

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A 
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may 
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement 
becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or 
the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these 
securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be 
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of 
any such State. 


   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION -- DATED MARCH 4, 1997
PROSPECTUS 
    


                             IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. 
                       3,100,000 shares of Common Stock 

   IAT Multimedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby 
offers 3,100,000 shares of its Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the 
"Common Stock"). 


   Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common 
Stock and there can be no assurance that such a market will develop. The 
Company has applied for quotation of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National 
Market under the symbol IATA, and may apply for trading privileges for the 
Common Stock on the over the counter trading system of the Frankfurt and 
Berlin Stock Exchanges. It is anticipated that the initial public offering 
price will be $6.00 per share of Common Stock. See "Underwriting" for a 
discussion of factors considered in determining the initial public offering 
price. 


   The securities offered hereby involve a high degree of risk and immediate 
substantial dilution. See "Risk Factors," which begin on page 11, and 
"Dilution." 

                                      ------ 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND 
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE 
   SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION 
     PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY 
            REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. 

==============================================================================
                  Price to      Underwriting Discounts    Proceeds to 
                   Public        and Commissions (1)      Company (2) 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share  ...       $                   $                     $ 
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (3)    .     $                   $                     $ 
==============================================================================

(1) Does not include additional compensation to be received by Royce 
    Investment Group, Inc., the representative of the Underwriters (the 
    "Representative") and Continental Broker-Dealer Corp. (collectively, the 
    "Underwriters") in the form of (i) a non-accountable expense allowance of 
    $    , or $     per share of Common Stock ($     if the over-allotment 
    option is exercised in full) and (ii) warrants to be issued to the 
    Underwriters or their designees, to purchase up to 310,000 shares of 
    Common Stock at $   per share (the "Underwriters' Warrants"). In 
    addition, the Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against 
    certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See 
    "Underwriting." 

(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $     payable by the Company, 
    including the Underwriters' non-accountable expense allowance. 

(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 45-day option to purchase 
    up to 465,000 additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and 
    conditions as set forth above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. 
    If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total Price to 
    Public, Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company 
    will be $    , $     and $    , respectively. See "Underwriting." 

   The shares of Common Stock are being offered on a "firm commitment" basis 
by the Underwriters when, as and if delivered and accepted by the 
Underwriters, subject to their right to reject orders in whole or in part and 
subject to certain other conditions. It is expected that delivery of the 
certificates representing the Common Stock will be made against payment at 
the offices of Royce Investment Group, Inc., 199 Crossways Park Drive, 
Woodbury, New York, 11797, on or about      , 1997. 

ROYCE INVESTMENT GROUP, INC.                   CONTINENTAL BROKER-DEALER CORP. 

                  The date of this Prospectus is      , 1997 

<PAGE>
[PHOTO - Researcher using tele-microscope and computer screen showing remote
picture]

     Caption 1: 

     IAT is developing, in conjunction with Olympus, systems for tele-microscopy
     and tele-endoscopy using Texas Instruments' TMS320C80 programable digital
     signal processor (the "C8x"). These systems allow instant collaboration
     between healthcare professionals, saving valuable time in patient diagnosis
     and treatment.


[PHOTO - IAT multimedia kiosk]

     Caption 2: 

     A multimedia kiosk developed by IAT, Deutsche Telekom and IBM,
     incorporating Texas Instruments' C8x digital signal processor, provides
     consumers with customized product information as well as instant video
     conferencing with a trained teleconsultant. Information on the kiosk is
     updated remotely, with one authoring system providing content to many
     kiosks."

      Joint Development                        Joint Development with IBM and
      with Olympus                             Deutsche Telekom

                                      IAT
                    -----------------------------------------
                             THE ELECTRONIC MEETING

                       Customized Solution for MAN Roland


[PHOTO - showing tele-consultant, photo showing remote site and graphics showing
satellite and ISDN links.]

     Caption 3: 

     MAN Roland, a subsidiary of MAN, a Multinational German conglomerate uses 
     an IAT customized solution to maintain and inspect high output printing
     presses. MFKS technology is also being used in tele-surveillance by
     Grundig, a Multinational German conglomerate as well as for document
     analysis by the Police Department of Zurich, Switzerland.

                                     ------

   Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will be subject to the 
informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 
(the "Exchange Act"), and in accordance therewith will file reports and other 
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 
The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports 
containing financial statements audited by its independent certified public 
accountant and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal 
year containing unaudited interim financial information. 
                                    ------ 

   IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR 
EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT A 
LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH 
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME. 

<PAGE>


   The Company is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. 
Investors in the Common Stock will be able to effect service of process in 
the United States upon the Company and may be able to effect service of 
process upon its directors. However, the Company is primarily a holding 
company which holds stock in entities in Switzerland and Germany and all or a 
substantial portion of the assets of the Company are located outside the 
United States. In addition, all of the Company's four directors and all of 
its executive officers are residents of foreign countries and all or a 
substantial portion of the assets of such directors and officers are located 
outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for 
investors to enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon the civil 
liability provisions of U.S. laws against the Company's, the foreign 
directors' and officers' assets. 


   The Company has been advised by its counsel, Baker & McKenzie, that there 
is doubt as to the enforceability in Switzerland of judgments of U.S. courts, 
against Multimedia's subsidiaries and against shareholders, directors, 
officers and employees of Multimedia or its subsidiaries who are domiciled in 
Switzerland. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in 
the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in Switzerland. 

   The Company has been advised by its counsel, Dr. Schackow & Partner, that 
there is doubt as to the enforceability in Germany in original actions or in 
actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities 
predicated solely upon the laws of the United States against Multimedia's 
subsidiaries and against shareholders, directors, officers and employees of 
Multimedia or its subsidiaries who are domiciled in Germany. In addition, 
awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or 
elsewhere may be unenforceable in Germany. 
                                    ------ 

   Amounts and percentages appearing in this Prospectus may not total due to 
rounding. 
                                    ------ 

   Prospective investors are cautioned that the statements in this Prospectus 
that are not historical facts may be "forward-looking statements" that are 
subject to risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements, include 
statements regarding, among other items, the Company's growth strategy, 
future products, sales, ability to market products and anticipated trends in 
the Company's business. These forward-looking statements are based largely on 
the Company's expectations and are subject to a number of risks and 
uncertainties, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. Actual 
results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements as a 
result of a number of factors including, but not limited to, the Company's 
ability to successfully complete the development of its third generation 
products, the ability to achieve market penetration, the need for additional 
financing, intense competition in various aspects of its business, the 
Company's ability to expand into the United States, its dependence on key 
personnel, and other factors described in the Risk Factors section and 
elsewhere herein. 

                                      3 
<PAGE>






                     [This Page Intentionally Left Blank.]









<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 


   The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and 
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and 
financial statements (including the notes thereto) appearing elsewhere in 
this Prospectus. Except as otherwise noted, all information in this 
Prospectus (i) gives effect to a 0.94697 for one reverse stock split effected 
in December 1996 (the "Reverse Stock Split"), (ii) assumes an initial public 
offering price of $6.00 per share of Common Stock, (iii) assumes no exercise 
of the Underwriters' over-allotment option or the Underwriters' Warrants and 
(iv) gives effect to the automatic conversion, upon the consummation of this 
Offering, of 1,875,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value 
(the "Series A Preferred Stock") issued in Multimedia's private placement in 
October 1996 (the "Private Placement"), into an equal amount of shares of 
Common Stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, "Multimedia" refers to 
IAT Multimedia, Inc. and the "Company" or "IAT" refers to IAT Multimedia, 
Inc. and its subsidiaries. Investors should consider carefully the 
information set forth under "Risk Factors." The Company's functional currency 
is the Swiss Franc. Foreign currency amounts in the Company's Financial 
Statements (as hereinafter defined) and elsewhere in this Prospectus have 
been converted into U.S. dollars. See "Note 2 -- Consolidated Financial 
Statements of the Company." Certain terms used herein have the meanings 
assigned to them in the Glossary. 


                                 THE COMPANY 

   The Company develops, manufactures and markets customizable high quality 
visual communications systems for use in desktop computers which permit users 
to hold multi-point video conferences in two or more locations, as well as 
providing additional video, audio and data transfer features not available in 
traditional video conferencing systems. Unlike traditional video conferencing 
companies, the Company's focus is on high quality system solutions. The 
Company believes that the needs of its target customers cannot be addressed 
by currently available lower quality software-only products (including 
Internet products) or by high quality traditional video conferencing 
products. In addition to providing audio and video images of the other 
participants in the tele-conference, the Company's systems are also capable 
of simultaneously providing images and data in windows on the computer screen 
which can be viewed by all participants in the video conference and permit 
users at remote computer terminals to modify data and manipulate images 
through the operation of apparatus, such as microscopes and video cameras. 
These systems, which include both proprietary and third-party software and 
hardware, are inter-operable with products from certain vendors and comply 
with all relevant international standards, including H.320. The Company sells 
its systems and kits to end-users in a variety of industries and to OEMs and 
integrators. The Company has sold an aggregate of approximately 500 systems 
and kits, including pilot projects, since 1990. 

   The Company's technology has been developed with several companies, which 
the Company, based on various agreements, considers to be its strategic 
partners ("Strategic Partners"), including Deutsche Telekom ("DT"), Texas 
Instruments ("Texas Instruments"), IBM Deutschland Informationssysteme GmbH 
("IBM Germany") and Olympus Optical Co. (Europe) GmbH ("Olympus"). The 
Company believes that its technology can produce substantially higher quality 
image and video transmissions, including reduced noise and artifacts, truer 
color representation and higher frame rates, than software-only products and 
low cost hardwired systems, while using less of the computing power of the 
host desktop computer which permits other applications to continue to operate 
without interruption. In addition, the Company's new generation of systems 
currently being developed is based on a programmable digital signal processor 
which provides flexibility for adapting to new algorithms, standards or user 
requirements. The Company believes that the high image quality and other 
features provided by the Company's systems will meet the requirements of 
various professional users including tele-medicine (i.e., transferring 
microscope, x-ray, video or other diagnostic images for evaluation by a 
physician at a remote site) and tele-surveillance (i.e., remote viewing and 
control of surveillance cameras and remote access control). In excess of $18 
million was invested in the Company by its stockholders and the Company has 
invested approximately $10 million in 

                                      4 
<PAGE>

the research and development of its technology (including approximately $4 
million in participations from the Company's Strategic Partners). This 
investment does not include additional amounts invested directly by the 
Company's Strategic Partners in the development of their components used in 
the Company's systems. 

   The Company believes that the multimedia communications market will be 
divided between mass-market low quality software-only solutions and high 
quality system solutions which principally utilize hardwired processors. The 
Company believes that mass market solutions do not meet the needs of its 
potential customers because of the lower quality image and video 
transmissions and that hardwired processors are inflexible and difficult to 
adapt to new algorithms and standards. In addition, the Company believes that 
its use of programmable digital signal processors combined with its 
proprietary technology offers a competitive advantage over competitors using 
hardwired chips or software-only solutions. The Company is not aware of other 
companies which offer similar customized complete systems at comparable 
prices. 
   
   The Company has developed two generations and is currently developing a 
third generation of its technology. The first generation was developed using 
a large number of computer boards and readily available components as the 
Company's initial entry in the visual communications field and to assess 
customer needs. The second generation, utilized in the Company's current 
systems, is characterized by a substantially reduced number of computer 
boards and improved capabilities. These systems use a combination of fully 
programmable digital signal processors and less-flexible hardwired 
processors. The second generation systems have inherently high prices per 
unit. For example, the Company's second generation MFKS Vision and Live 
multifunctional communications systems ("MFKS") have average wholesale prices 
of approximately $5,800 to $17,500 per system (depending on the composition 
of systems required by the user). Third generation systems, which the Company 
expects to begin shipping in 1997, utilize Texas Instruments' TMS320C80 
programmable digital signal processor (the "C8x") and are designed for 
commercial production with target wholesale sales prices of approximately 
$1,500 to $8,000 per system for corresponding MFKS systems. The Company 
believes that its third generation of systems will be its first systems which 
have the potential for widespread commercialization and that increasing sales 
of these products will result in corresponding decreases in sales, and 
eventual phasing out, of its second generation products. 
    
   The Company's existing products include the MFKS Vision and Live 
multi-functional communications system and the MIKS Interactive Kiosk 
("MIKS"). MFKS is a high quality visual communications system which combines 
hardware and software for use in desktop computers and permits users to hold 
multi-point video conferences with simultaneous video, audio and data 
transfer. MIKS is an electronic kiosk system which allows consumers to access 
information stored in the electronic kiosk or in remote locations, including 
high quality video, while allowing instant contact to a video conference with 
a tele-consultant who has full access to the images and data seen by the 
consumer. 

   The Company developed its MFKS systems jointly with DT. The Company offers 
MFKS 128 systems which include software, two computer boards and two optional 
computer boards and MFKS 384 systems which include six to nine computer 
boards. These systems permit tele-conferencing and simultaneous full screen 
video with a second smaller video window ("PIP"), audio and data 
communications on a desktop computer and, in the case of MFKS 384 systems, 
the ability to view two full-screen video windows simultaneously. The Company 
believes that the combination of the tele-conference and additional functions 
performed by its MFKS systems provide features required by professional users 
and not generally available in existing tele-conferencing systems. MFKS 
systems are currently used by DT for administrative tasks; by customers of 
DeTeSystems, an integrator and affiliate of DT, for a variety of tasks in 
different industries; by MAN Roland for tele-servicing of large, high-speed 
printing presses; by Grundig for tele-surveillance in an underground subway 
system; by the water quality control industry for visual water testing from 
remote sites; and by hospitals for pilot projects in tele-microscopy and 
tele-endoscopy. 

   The Company is jointly developing base hardware and software with Texas 
Instruments and DT for its third generation MFKS system incorporating the C8x 
which will allow for easier upgrades than systems using hardwired chips. 
These new systems will provide all of the functions of the corresponding 

                                      5 
<PAGE>

existing second generation systems at substantially lower target prices. The 
third generation MFKS 128 uses a single proprietary computer board while the 
third generation MFKS 384 system only requires three computer boards. The 
Company expects to release the third generation of MFKS systems in 1997 
jointly with certain of its Strategic Partners. In addition to complete 
systems, the Company offers MFKS kits utilizing its existing second 
generation technology to OEMs and integrators and expects to begin offering 
kits utilizing its third generation technology in 1997. No assurance can be 
given that such systems or kits will be introduced on a timely basis, if at 
all, or that such systems will be accepted by the market. 

   The Company is presently working with Olympus to integrate MFKS systems 
into tele-microscopes. These products are expected to allow physicians in 
different locations to engage in a video conference while concurrently 
reviewing microscopic slides, and in some models, to remotely operate the 
microscope. The Company does not believe that the images from current visual 
communications systems provide sufficient image quality to transmit pictures 
of microscopic slides which would permit their use for diagnosis. The Company 
believes that the high quality images produced by the MFKS system offer 
images with resolutions and life-like colors sufficient for medical 
diagnoses. 

   In addition, the Company is jointly developing with the Technical 
University of Berlin proprietary wavelet data compression technology, which 
the Company believes will almost eliminate the time delay in viewing still 
images which are transmitted by visual communications systems and that this 
reduction will make the Company's MFKS systems more attractive. The Company 
believes that it will be able to offer wavelet compression in its MFKS 
systems beginning in 1997 and that one of the first applications for this 
technology will be in the tele-microscopes being jointly developed with 
Olympus. 

   MIKS was jointly developed with DT and IBM Germany. MIKS consists of 
consumer electronic kiosks, tele-consultant stations, an authoring system, a 
proprietary database management system and related proprietary software. The 
Company believes MIKS systems can enable companies to more efficiently 
utilize their personnel and to rapidly collect market information on 
consumers using the electronic kiosks. The authoring system reduces the cost 
and time to develop menus and pages for electronic kiosk displays. The 
Company's proprietary database management system allows rapid and accurate 
updating of information stored in the electronic kiosks and collection of 
consumer data. The Company's second generation MIKS system requires two 
desktop computers per electronic kiosk and has an average retail price of 
approximately $45,000 per electronic kiosk. To date, the Company has only 
installed pilot MIKS systems. The Company, IBM and DT are jointly developing 
the third generation MIKS systems which will reduce the hardware demands to 
only one desktop computer with two proprietary computer boards per electronic 
kiosk. The Company has a target retail price for the third generation MIKS 
system is approximately $20,000 per electronic kiosk and expects to begin 
selling third generation MIKS systems in 1997. No assurance can be given that 
such systems will be introduced on a timely basis, if at all, or that such 
systems will be accepted by the market. 

   The Company's systems are flexible and can be configured in a variety of 
ways to meet the requirements of specific customers. The Company, on a 
project by project basis, designs systems which provide solutions on a 
customized basis for the specific requirements of particular customers. 

   The Company currently markets, its products, both through its own sales 
staff and through certain of its Strategic Partners, primarily in Europe. A 
substantial part of the potential market for the Company's products are in 
the United States due to the geographic spread, technological sophistication 
and number of potential users of the Company's products. Entering into the 
United States market is a fundamental part of the Company's strategy. The 
Company intends to expand its marketing efforts, both by expanding its sales 
and marketing staff in Europe as well as establishing an office and a sales 
and marketing staff in the United States during 1997. The Company continually 
evaluates potential strategic partners for additional applications and 
broader marketing of IAT's technology. The Company may make acquisitions or 
other investments or may enter into joint venture agreements for strategic 
reasons. 

   The Company was incorporated in Delaware in September 1996 as a holding 
company for the existing business of IAT AG ("IAT AG") and IAT Deutschland 
GmbH Interaktive Medien Systeme ("IAT Germany") which were organized in 1989 
and 1991, respectively. IAT AG is a wholly-owned subsidiary of IAT and IAT 
Germany is a 74.9% subsidiary of IAT AG. HIBEG, a wholly-owned subsidiary of 
the fed- 

                                      6 
<PAGE>

eral state of Bremen, Germany which promotes business, is the holder of 25.1% 
of the outstanding share capital of IAT Germany. The Company's executive 
offices are located at Geschaftshaus Wasserschloss, Aarestrasse 17, CH-5300, 
Vogelsang-Turgi, Switzerland and its telephone number is (011)(41)(56) 
223-5022. The Company intends to establish a Web site and IAT Germany 
maintains a Web site at http://www.iatgmbh.de. 

                                 THE OFFERING 

Securities Offered ............  3,100,000 shares of Common Stock. 

Common Stock Outstanding 
  Before the Offering .........  6,250,000 shares (1)(2) 

Common Stock Outstanding 
  After the Offering...........  9,350,000 shares (2)(3) 


Use of Proceeds................  Net proceeds of the Offering are expected to 
                                 be approximately $16.0 million, assuming a 
                                 price per share of Common Stock of $6.00. 
                                 The Company plans to use approximately $6.0 
                                 million for research and development, 
                                 approximately $1.6 million for repayment of 
                                 loans made by stockholders of the Company, 
                                 and payment of a dividend on the Series A 
                                 Preferred Stock and $400,000 for payment to 
                                 General Capital pursuant to the provisions 
                                 of the Marketing Agreement (as defined 
                                 herein). The remaining approximately $8.0 
                                 million will be used for working capital and 
                                 general corporate purposes including 
                                 increases in sales staff and expansion in 
                                 the United States and possible acquisitions, 
                                 other investments or joint venture 
                                 agreements. See "Risk Factors -- Benefits of 
                                 the Offering to Insiders," "Use of 
                                 Proceeds," "Business -- Strategy" and 
                                 "Certain Transactions." 


Dividends......................  The Company has never paid cash dividends on 
                                 its Common Stock and does not anticipate or 
                                 intend paying cash dividends in the 
                                 foreseeable future on its Common Stock. See 
                                 "Dividend Policy" and "Management's 
                                 Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
                                 Condition and Results of Operations -- 
                                 Liquidity." 

- ------ 
(1)   Excludes (i) 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of 
      warrants issued to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock (the 
      "Investor Warrants"), (ii) 473,485 shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
      exercise of warrants issued to certain stockholders of the Company (the 
      "Stockholder Warrants") and, (iii) 500,000 shares of Common Stock 
      reserved for issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan, none 
      of which have been granted. 

(2)   Includes 500,000 shares of Common Stock which the existing stockholders 
      have deposited into escrow (the "Escrow Shares"). The Escrow Shares 
      will be subject to cancellation and will be contributed to the capital 
      of the Company if the Company does not attain certain earnings levels 
      or the market price of the Common Stock does not achieve certain 
      levels. If such earnings or market price levels are met, the Company 
      will record a substantial non-cash charge to operations, for financial 
      reporting purposes, as compensation expense relating to the value of 
      the Escrow Shares released to the Company's officers, directors and 
      employees. See "Risk Factors -- Charge to Earnings in the Event of 
      Release of Escrow Shares" and "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow 
      Shares." 

(3)   Excludes (i) up to 465,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
      exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option, (ii) 310,000 
      shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters' 
      Warrants, (iii) 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise 
      of the Investor Warrants, (iv) 473,485 shares of Common Stock issuable 
      upon exercise of the Stockholder Warrants and (v) 500,000 shares of 
      Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock 
      Option Plan, none of which have been granted. 

                                      7 
<PAGE>

Quotation.....................  The Company has applied for quotation of the
                                Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market and
                                the Company may apply for trading privileges for
                                the Common Stock on the over the counter trading
                                system of the Frankfurt and Berlin Stock
                                Exchanges. There can be no assurance that the
                                Company will be successful in obtaining such
                                trading privileges and that if obtained, they
                                will be maintained.

Proposed Nasdaq National 
   Market Symbol.............   IATA 

Proposed Frankfurt Stock
  Exchange Symbol ...........   IATA.F 

Proposed Berlin Stock Exchange 
 Symbol......................   IATA.BE 

Risk Factors.................   This Offering involves a high degree of risk and
                                immediate substantial dilution. See "Risk
                                Factors" and "Dilution."

                                      8 
<PAGE>

                  SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 


   The following historical financial data have been derived from historical 
consolidated financial statements of the Company that have been audited by 
Rothstein, Kass & Company, independent auditors (the "Consolidated Financial 
Statements"). Multimedia was formed in September 1996 as a holding company 
for the existing operations of IAT AG and IAT Germany. 


   The following summary consolidated financial information is derived from, 
and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements 
of the Company and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this 
Prospectus. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Year Ended December 31, 
                                               ------------------------------------- 
                                                   1994         1995         1996 
                                                ----------   ----------    ---------- 
                                               (In thousands, except per share data) 
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>
Statement of Operations Data: 
Net sales  ..................................    $ 1,053      $ 1,510       $ 1,193 
Cost of sales  ..............................        700          968           811 
                                                ----------   ----------    ---------- 
Gross margin  ...............................        353          542           382 
                                                ----------   ----------    ---------- 
Operating Expenses: 
Research and development costs  .............      2,269        2,531         2,729 
Less participations received  ...............     (2,207)        (868)         (398) 
                                                ----------   ----------    ---------- 
Research and development costs, net  ........         62        1,663         2,331 
Selling, general and administrative expenses       1,538        2,640         2,957 
                                                ----------   ----------    ---------- 
Operating loss  .............................    $(1,247)     $(3,761)      $(4,906) 
                                                ==========   ==========    ========== 
Net loss  ...................................    $(1,335)     $(3,730)      $(5,108) 
                                                ==========   ==========    ========== 

Net loss per common share  ..................    $ (0.33)     $ (0.77)      $ (0.89) 
Weighted average number of shares 
  outstanding ...............................      4,000        4,837         5,750 

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                    December 31, 
                                       --------------------------------------- 
                                          1995                 1996 
                                                     ------------------------- 
                                                                       As 
                                         Actual       Actual     Adjusted (1) 
                                        ---------    ---------     ----------- 
                                                   (In thousands) 
<S>                                    <C>           <C>         <C>
Balance Sheet Data: 
Current assets  ...................     $ 1,489       $ 1,204       $15,798 
Working capital (deficiency)  .....      (1,106)       (2,728)       13,113 
Total assets  .....................       2,056         2,216        16,934 
Total liabilities  ................       2,944         4,896         3,649 
Series A Preferred Stock  .........                     1,400            -- 
Stockholders equity 
  (deficiency)(2) .................        (888)       (4,080)       13,285 


</TABLE>

                                      9 
<PAGE>


   
- ------
(1) Gives effect to the net proceeds of $16,000,000 from the sale of 3,100,000
    shares of Common Stock at an assumed price per share of $6.00, the payment
    of $400,000 pursuant to the Marketing Agreement, the automatic conversion of
    1,875,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 1,875,000 shares of Common
    Stock upon the consumation of this Offering, the receipt of an aggregate of
    approximately $500,000 of stockholder loans received subsequent to December
    31, 1996, and the repayment of an aggregate of approximately $1,607,000 of
    stockholder loans, the payment of approximately $35,000 for dividends on
    Series A Preferred Stock and the incurrence of Offering expenses of 
    $277,000, of which $137,000 were paid prior to December 31, 1996.
    

(2) Includes 500,000 Escrow Shares. See "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow 
    Shares." Excludes (i) 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for 
    issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan, none of which have 
    been granted, (ii) 310,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise 
    of the Underwriters' Warrants, (iii) 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock 
    issuable upon exercise of the Investor Warrants, (iv) 473,485 shares of 
    Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Stockholder Warrants and (v) 
    465,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the 
    Underwriters' over-allotment option. 


                                      10 
<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS 

   The securities offered hereby are speculative in nature and an investment 
in the Common Stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk. 
Prospective investors are cautioned that the statements in this Prospectus 
that are not historical facts may be forward-looking statements that are 
subject to risks and uncertainties. Such forward-looking statements, 
including statements regarding, among other items, the Company's growth 
strategy, future products, sales, ability to market products and anticipated 
trends in the Company's business. These forward-looking statements are based 
largely on the Company's expectations and are subject to a number of risks 
and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond the Company's control. Actual 
results could differ materially from these forward-looking statements as a 
result of a number of factors including, but not limited to, the Company's 
ability to successfully complete the development of its third generation 
products, the ability to achieve market penetration, the need for additional 
financing, intense competition in various aspects of its business, the 
Company's ability to expand into the United States, its dependence on key 
personnel, and other factors described in the Risk Factors sections set forth 
below and elsewhere herein. In light of these risks and uncertainties, there 
can be no assurance that the forward-looking information contained in this 
Prospectus will in fact take place or prove to be accurate. In addition to 
the other information contained in this Prospectus (including the Financial 
Statements and the notes thereto), prospective investors should carefully 
consider the following risk factors before purchasing the Common Stock 
offered hereby. 

   History of Operating Losses. The Company incurred net losses of 
approximately $1.3 million, $3.7 million and $5.1 million in the years ended 
December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. At December 31, 1996, the 
Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $12.3 million and a 
stockholder's deficiency of approximately $4.1 million. While the Company's 
products have been marketed for several years, the Company's products are 
still in the development stage and have generated limited sales to date which 
has resulted in operating losses. The Company is in the process of developing 
a third generation of its products which it expects to release during 1997. 
However, there can be no assurance that the products incorporating the 
Company's third generation technology will be completed, will be released in 
a timely manner, can be manufactured at the anticipated reduced costs, will 
be sold at the reduced purchase price or will achieve market acceptance and 
penetration. In the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company 
made significant expenditures of approximately $62,000, $1.7 million and $2.3 
million for product development and expects that it will be required to 
continue to invest heavily in product development and marketing programs in 
order to be competitive in a rapidly developing technology market and to 
capture market share in the segments of the multimedia market in which it 
seeks to compete. As a result, the Company may incur further losses in the 
future. There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve profitable 
operations in any future period, if at all. 

   
   Multimedia's subsidiaries are subject to German and Swiss law, which require,
among other things, that companies which incur losses have to take appropriate
measures to ensure that the claims of the company's obligees are covered by the
assets of those companies. Such measures include, among others, increasing
paid-in capital or obtaining declarations from the obligees which subordinate
their claims. If those measures are not taken, the board of directors of the
subsidiaries must notify a judge in order to commence bankruptcy proceedings
which, under Swiss and German law, usually leads to the dissolution of the
corporate existence. Between May 1992 and April 1993, in accordance with Swiss
law, IAT AG underwent a financial reorganization. IAT AG filed and was granted
an application for a stay of payment with the applicable court in Switzerland
and eventually reached a court-approved agreement with its unsecured creditors
to accept forgiveness of 90% of their claims and to be paid the remaining 10%.
In addition, IAT AG also altered its capital structure in June 1993. Since 1993
and in compliance with Swiss law, IAT AG took steps to safeguard the interests
of its creditors and to raise capital to fund its operations by obtaining
unsecured subordinated loans from stockholders of Multimedia (former
stockholders of IAT AG) and by obtaining additional shareholder equity by
increasing the share capital of IAT AG, which according to Swiss law is required
to be fixed. For more specific information regarding the measures taken, see
"Certain Transactions." The Company continues to undertake measures to obtain
and maintain operating funds. In connection therewith, the Company expects to
obtain an aggregate of approximately $500,000 in stockholder loans from Vertical
Financial Holdings ("Vertical"), Walther Glas Gmbh ("Walther Glas") and Messrs.
Vogt and Sippel in early February 1997 which the Company expects will be
sufficient to fund its operations only until approximately the third week of
March 1997 at which time the Company will have exhausted its operat-
    

                                      11 
<PAGE>

   
ing funds without the proceeds of this Offering. At such time, the Company may
obtain further financing from its existing stockholders by borrowing funds from
its lender or a combination of both, While IAT AG and IAT Germany have
successfully undertaken measures to obtain and maintain operating funds in the
past, there can be no assurance that such measures will not have to be
undertaken in the future or that the corporate existence of IAT AG and IAT
Germany can be maintained. Failure to maintain such corporate existence would
have a material adverse effect on the Company. In the event the Company will
borrow additional funds from existing stockholders, such funds are expected to
be repaid with the proceeds of this Offering. In the event the Company will
borrow additional funds from its lender, certain stockholders may be required to
guarantee the Company's repayment obligation. See "Certain Transactions."
    

   Substantial Doubt as to Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. Potential 
investors should be aware that the report of the Company's independent 
certified public accountants relating to the Company's December 31, 1996 
Consolidated Financial Statements contains an explanatory paragraph 
expressing substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a 
going concern as a result of the Company's recurring losses and working 
capital and stockholder's deficits. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Note 10 -- 
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company." 

   Dependence Upon Agreements. The Company's ability to develop, modify, 
market and distribute its products derives in large part from its agreements 
with Texas Instruments, DT, IBM Germany and Olympus. These agreements do not 
grant the Company exclusive licenses, and the Company's Strategic Partners 
may, at any time, develop products or technology which compete with those of 
the Company. In addition, the Company's Strategic Partners may, under certain 
circumstances grant licenses to other companies, including competitors of the 
Company, to develop, sell and sublicense versions of the products developed 
in conjunction with the Company. The Company intends to use the technology 
developed with its Strategic Partners to design high quality systems which 
provide solutions tailored to the requirements of particular customers of the 
Company. As a result, the Company may need to collaborate with its Strategic 
Partners to create solutions, which could require the Company to enter into 
new agreements with its Strategic Partners. There can be no assurance that 
the Company will be able to enter into such agreements in the future or that 
such agreements will contain terms acceptable or beneficial to the Company. 

   The Company's agreements with its Strategic Partners generally have fixed 
terms and, unless extended, many of the agreements may terminate during this 
year. There can be no assurance that these agreements will be extended or 
renewed or if they are renewed that the terms will be acceptable or 
beneficial to the Company. In addition, the Company may determine that 
additional agreements with its existing Strategic Partners or future partners 
may be necessary. Failure to extend or renew these agreements or enter into 
new agreements could have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- 
Agreements with Strategic Partners." 

   Limited Proprietary Protection. The Company's success is heavily dependent 
upon its proprietary technology. The Company currently has no patents and 
relies primarily on copyright, trademark and trade secrets law, as well as 
third-party non-disclosure agreements, to protect its intellectual property. 
The Company intends to apply for patents on certain aspects of its 
technology. However, there can be no assurance that such patents will be 
granted or, if granted, that such patents will provide protection against 
infringement. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company 
to protect its proprietary rights will be adequate to prevent 
misappropriation of its technology or independent development by others of 
similar technology. 

   Substantially all of the Company's revenues in the years ended December 
31, 1995 and 1996 were generated from operations located in Germany and 
Switzerland, where the Company believes that regardless of differences in 
legal systems, it enjoys substantially equivalent protection for its 
proprietary protection rights as it would in the United States. However, the 
laws of some foreign countries where the Company may in the future sell its 
products, may not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent 
as do laws in the United States. There can be no assurance that the 
protections afforded by the laws of such countries will be adequate to 
protect the Company's proprietary rights, the unenforceability of any of 
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 

   Litigation may be necessary to enforce the Company's intellectual property 
rights or to protect the Company's trade secrets. There can be no assurance 
that any such litigation would be successful. Any such litigation, whether or 
not successful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources 
and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

   The Company has not been charged with infringement of any proprietary 
rights of others; however, there can be no assurance that third parties will 
not assert infringement and other claims against the Company or that 

                                      12 
<PAGE>

such claims will not be successful. From time to time, the Company may 
receive in the future notice of claims of infringement of other parties' 
proprietary rights. Many participants in the Company's industry have 
frequently demonstrated a readiness to commence litigation based on 
allegations of patent or other intellectual property infringement. Third 
parties may assert exclusive patent, trademark, copyright and other 
intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to the 
Company. In addition, patents held by third parties in certain countries may 
require the Company to obtain a license or may prevent it from marketing 
certain solutions in such countries. The Company is aware of one patent in 
the United States held by a third-party which has claims related to 
tele-pathology including using remote control microscopes. While the Company 
does not believe that the U.S. patent will have a significant impact on the 
sales of the Company, there can be no assurance that infringement claims (or 
claims for indemnification resulting from infringement claims) will not be 
asserted or prosecuted against the Company or that any such assertion or 
prosecution will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's 
business, financial condition or results of operations. Regardless of the 
validity or the successful assertion of any such claims, the Company could 
incur significant costs and diversion of resources in defending such claims, 
which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, 
financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, any party making 
such claims could secure a judgment awarding substantial damages, as well as 
injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block the 
Company's ability to make, use, sell, distribute or market its products and 
services in the United States or abroad. Any such judgment could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and 
results of operations. In circumstances where claims relating to proprietary 
technology or information are asserted against the Company, the Company may 
be required to seek licenses to such intellectual property. There can be no 
assurance, however, that such licenses would be available or, if available, 
that such licenses could be obtained on terms that are commercially 
reasonable and acceptable to the Company. The failure to obtain the necessary 
licenses or other rights could preclude the sale, manufacture or distribution 
of the Company's products and, therefore, could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations. See "Business -- Intellectual Property." 

   Further Development; Need for Additional Financing. The Company's business 
will continue to require additional expenditures for research and 
development, sales and marketing, the expansion into the United States and, 
to the extent losses continue, working capital. The Company intends to use a 
portion of the proceeds of this Offering for the repayment of certain 
stockholder loans, the payment of a dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock 
and the payment of a fee pursuant to the Marketing Agreement. The Company 
anticipates that the remaining proceeds of this Offering will be sufficient 
to fund its operations for the 18 month period following this Offering, 
although the Company's capital requirements are subject to numerous 
contingencies associated with the early-stage of the Company's third 
generation products. The Company's existing bank lines of credit in the 
aggregate amount of approximately $2.1 million are due on demand and there 
can be no assurance that the Company's lenders will continue to extend credit 
to the Company. In addition, in the event of delays or unanticipated expenses 
associated with the Company's third generation products, and after the 18 
month period following this Offering, in the event sales do not increase 
sunstantially and cash flow generated from future operations is not 
sufficient to fund ongoing operations, the Company will require additional 
financing. The Company has no commitments to obtain additional financing and 
there can be no assurance that such financing will be available on terms that 
are satisfactory to the Company, or at all. Failure to obtain such additional 
financing on terms that are satisfactory to the Company, or at all, could 
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition 
and results of operations. Any additional equity financings may be dilutive 
to stockholders, and debt financings, if available, may involve restrictive 
covenants. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital 
Resources." 

   Developing Market. The multimedia communications market has only recently 
begun to develop, continues to be defined, is evolving rapidly and is 
characterized by a large number of market entrants. Moreover, the Company 
intends to market its technology and its products to the professional market 
which is not currently utilizing visual communications systems. The Company 
believes that this market requires high quality systems which provide 
solutions tailored to its requirements and contain higher quality image and 
video transmissions, including reduced noise and artifacts, true color 
representation and higher frame rates, than traditional video conferencing 
communications systems. Such market includes customers using tele-medicine 
and tele- surveillance. The Company's success in this market will be 
dependent in part upon its ability, and in certain cases, the ability of its 
Strategic Partners, to convince potential customers that the Company's 
products satisfy 

                                      13 
<PAGE>

their needs and to purchase those products. In addition, the Company has only 
released pilots of its MIKS Interactive Kiosk systems to customers, such as 
supermarkets, airports and train stations, for evaluation, and has not had 
any commercial sales of such product to date. There can be no assurance that 
potential customers in this market will accept the Company's technology and 
products, that the Company will be successful in creating solutions tailored 
to the requirements of these potential customers or that a market for the 
Company's products will become established. In addition, the Company's future 
success will depend in large part on the continued expansion of the 
multimedia communications market in general, the expansion of the 
professional market specifically, the identification of customers with 
technological requirements which can be met by the Company's systems in 
particular and the acceptance of the Company's systems. As is typical in a 
rapidly evolving industry, demand for and acceptance of products are subject 
to a high level of uncertainty. Certain factors, including the 
incompatibility of the Company's current visual communications systems with 
certain vendors' video conferencing products, the level of technical skill 
required by the operator of the Company's systems and the willingness on the 
consumer's part to await the next generation of more advanced equipment may 
limit demand for and acceptance of the Company's products. In addition, sales 
of systems introduced into the multi-media communications market requires 
intense effort over long periods of time. 

   Furthermore, new customers typically acquire a pilot system to evaluate 
before purchasing systems. In many cases, customers need to purchase a number 
of systems to meet their requirements and such purchases require the approval 
of the customer's senior management or board of directors prior to the 
purchase, which could lead to delays in the purchase or, in some cases, 
eliminate decisions to purchase the Company's products. See "-- Dependence on 
New Products and Rapidly Developing Technologies." 
   
   Dependence on New Products and Rapidly Developing Technologies. While the 
Company's products have been marketed for several years, the Company's 
products have generated limited sales to date. While the prices of the 
Company's products vary with the composition of systems required by the user, 
the Company's second generation MFKS systems had average wholesale prices of 
approximately $5,800 to $17,500 (depending on the composition of systems 
required by the user). Because of the costs of manufacturing the second 
generation and the resulting sales price, the Company does not believe that 
it could achieve market penetration in the market for which its products are 
intended. The Company expects to release the third generation of MFKS systems 
in 1997 at target wholesale prices of approximately $1,500 per system ($1,000 
to OEMs in quantity) for the single board MFKS 128 system and approximately 
$6,500 per system ($3,500-$4,500 to OEMs depending on the composition of 
systems required by the user) for the MFKS 384 system. To date, the Company 
has only installed pilots of its second generation MIKS Interactive Kiosk 
systems which sell for a retail price of approximately $45,000 per electronic 
kiosk. The Company intends to introduce its third generation of MIKS 
Interactive Kiosks during 1997 at a retail price of approximately $20,000. In 
addition, the Company intends to use the technology developed with its 
Strategic Partners and its basic MFKS Vision and Live and MIKS Interactive 
Kiosk systems to design solutions tailored to the requirements of particular 
customers of the Company. The Company expects that the introduction of its 
third generation products and increasing sales of these products will result 
in corresponding decreases in sales, and eventual phasing out, of its second 
generation products. There can be no assurance that the third generation of 
MFKS Vision and Live or MIKS Interactive Kiosk will be completed, will be 
released in a timely manner, can be manufactured at the anticipated reduced 
costs, will be sold at the reduced purchase price or will achieve market 
acceptance and penetration. Furthermore, if the market for these products is 
established, competitors of the Company may develop and manufacture products 
similar to the Company's products and may be able to manufacture competitive 
products which provide higher quality than the Company's systems or can be 
manufactured at lower cost. See "-- Developing Market." 
    
   In addition, the Company's systems are subject to rapid technological 
change and product obsolescence. The Company has primarily focused on 
developing its technology and products and believes that its future success 
will depend in part upon its ability to develop and enhance its existing 
products and develop new products and to meet such anticipated technological 
changes. To the extent products developed by the Company are based upon 
anticipated changes, sales for such products may be adversely affected if 
other technology becomes accepted in the industry. If the Company does not 
successfully introduce new products or enhanced versions of its current 
products in a timely manner, any competitive position the Company has or may 
develop could be lost and the Company's sales would be reduced. There can be 
no assurance that the Company will be able to develop and introduce enhanced 
or new products which satisfy a broad range of customer needs and achieve 
market acceptance. See "Business -- Systems." 

                                      14 
<PAGE>

   Supply. Certain critical components and parts used in the Company's 
systems, including the C8x, are procured from a single source. The Company 
believes that the C8x will substantially decrease the cost of the hardware 
the Company uses in its third generation systems and is necessary to permit 
the Company's systems to be sold at prices which create the potential for 
market penetration. The C8x is only manufactured by Texas Instruments and the 
Company does not have any other source for obtaining a programmable digital 
signal processor which would provide the Company with the same functions at a 
similar price. The Company obtains other parts and certain components only 
from a single supplier of such parts or components, even where multiple 
sources are available, to maintain quality control and enhance the working 
relationship with suppliers. The Company does not have supply contracts with 
any of its vendors and purchases are made with purchase orders. The failure 
of a supplier, including Texas Instruments, to deliver on schedule, or at 
all, would delay or interrupt the Company's delivery of systems and thereby 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

   Competition. The visual communications business is highly competitive. The 
Company estimates that more than 100 companies world-wide offer products 
which compete in its market segments and expects that whether or not the 
Company is successful in capturing market share, the competition will 
intensify in the future. The Company believes that the majority of its 
competitors focus on low-cost products or closed device solutions such as 
videophones. The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in 
the visual communications industry are price, video and audio quality, the 
ability to connect auxiliary devices such as video diskplayers, reliability, 
service and support, and vendor and product reputation. The Company believes 
that its ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors 
both within and outside its control, including the adoption and evolution of 
industry standards, the pricing policies of its competitors and suppliers, 
the timing of the introduction of new systems and services by the Company and 
others, the Company's ability to hire and retain employees, and industry and 
general economic trends. The Company anticipates that the trend in the visual 
communications market towards polarization, with certain providers focusing 
on capturing the mass consumer market with lower quality and less costly 
software-only products or products based on hardwired chips while other 
providers, including the Company, are seeking to provide hardware and 
software systems for more specialized and dedicated markets, will continue to 
manifest itself. The Company intends to market its technology and its 
products to professional customers many of whom are not currently utilizing 
visual communications systems. If the market for these products is 
established, competitors of the Company may begin to manufacture products 
similar to the Company's products. In addition, while the Company believes 
that it has created proprietary technology and advantages in manufacturing 
its products and that a competitor would require significant investment and 
the efforts of a highly-skilled team, there are no barriers restricting 
competitors from entering into the market in which the Company's intends to 
sell its products. While the Company believes the mass market solutions do 
not meet the needs of its customers, the availability of these products may 
have an adverse effect on the pricing of the Company's products. 

   Many of the Company's current and potential competitors, have 
significantly longer operating histories and/or significantly greater 
managerial, financial, marketing, technical and other competitive resources, 
as well as greater name recognition, than the Company. As a result, the 
Company's competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging 
technologies and changes in customer requirements and may be able to devote 
greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services. 
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete 
successfully with existing or new competitors. In addition, competition could 
increase if new companies enter the market or if existing competitors expand 
their service offerings. An increase in competition could result in material 
price reductions or loss of market share by the Company and could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

   To remain competitive, the Company will need to continue to invest in 
research and development and sales and marketing. There can be no assurance 
that the Company will have sufficient resources to make such investments or 
that the Company will be able to make the technological advances and 
adaptions necessary to remain competitive. In addition, current and potential 
competitors have established or may in the future establish collaborative 
relationships among themselves or with third parties, including the Company's 
Strategic Partners, to increase the visibility and utility of their products 
and services. Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or alliances 
may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market shares. Such an eventuality 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial 
condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Competition." 

                                      15 
<PAGE>

   Risks Associated with Expanded Operations in the United States. As part of 
its business strategy, the Company intends to seek opportunities to expand 
the sale of its products into markets in the United States. The Company 
believes that expansion into the United States markets is critical to the 
Company's ability to continue to grow and to market its systems. Failure to 
successfully expand into the United States market would have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations. In marketing its systems in the United States, the Company will 
likely face new competitors. There can be no assurance that the Company will 
be successful in marketing or distributing systems in this market or that its 
revenue generated in the United States will be adequate to offset the expense 
of establishing and maintaining operations. In addition, in connection with 
its expansion, the Company will be required to make substantial expenditures 
for, among other things, office space, sales and marketing personnel and 
distributors in the United States. Competition for such personnel is intense 
and the Company will compete for qualified personnel with numerous other 
employers, some of whom have greater financial and other resources than the 
Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to hire and 
retain qualified employees in the United States. See "Business -- Strategy." 

   Foreign Markets. Substantially all of the Company's revenues in the years 
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 were generated from operations located 
in Germany and Switzerland. While these countries have well developed 
economic markets, the annual growth has averaged 2.8% in 1994 and 1.9% in 
1995 for Germany and 2.1% in 1994 and 0.8% in 1995 for Switzerland, 
respectively. Historically, all of the Company's revenues have been 
denominated in Swiss Francs and Deutsche Marks and the Company anticipates 
that it will continue to generate most of its revenues in these currencies in 
the foreseeable future. Any fluctuations in the value of the Swiss Franc or 
Deutsche Mark against the U.S. dollar that the Company is unable to offset 
through price adjustments could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's financial condition and results of operations. Conducting an 
international business inherently involves a number of other difficulties and 
risks, such as export restrictions, export controls relating to technology, 
compliance with existing and changing regulatory requirements, tariffs and 
other trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing international 
operations, longer payment cycles, problems in collecting accounts 
receivable, software piracy, political instability, seasonal reductions in 
business activity in Europe during the summer months, and potentially adverse 
tax consequences. There can be no assurance that one or more of these factors 
will not have a material adverse effect on any international operations 
established by the Company and, consequently, on the Company's business, 
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company 
intends to have operations in the United States and in other countries. There 
can be no assurance that transfers of funds to and from those countries to 
Germany and Switzerland will not be taxable events for the Company. The 
Company's results of operations, the market price of the Common Stock offered 
hereby may be affected by changes in German and Swiss policy, taxation and 
economic developments. See "Exchange Rates." 

   Enforcement of Civil Liabilities. Multimedia is organized under the laws 
of the State of Delaware. Investors in the Common Stock will be able to 
effect service of process in the United States upon the Company. However, the 
Company is primarily a holding company which holds stock in entities in 
Switzerland and Germany and all or a substantial portion of the assets of the 
Company are located outside the United States. In addition, all of the 
Company's four directors and all of its executive officers are residents of 
foreign countries and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such 
directors and officers are located outside of the United States. As a result, 
it may not be possible for investors to enforce to effect service of process 
upon Multimedia's directors and officers or to judgments of U.S. courts 
predicated upon the civil liability provisions of U.S. laws against the 
Company's, the foreign directors' and officers' assets. 

   The Company has been advised by its counsel, Baker & McKenzie, that there 
is doubt as to the enforceability in Switzerland of judgments of U.S. courts, 
against Multimedia's subsidiaries and against stockholders, directors, 
officers and employees of Multimedia or its subsidiaries who are domiciled in 
Switzerland. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in 
the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in Switzerland. 

   The Company has been advised by its counsel, Dr. Schackow & Partner, that 
there is doubt as to the enforceability in Germany in original actions or in 
actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil 

                                      16 
<PAGE>

liabilities predicated solely upon the laws of the United States against 
Multimedia's subsidiaries and against stockholders, directors, officers and 
employees of Multimedia or its subsidiaries who are domiciled in Germany. In 
addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States 
or elsewhere may be unenforceable in Germany. 

   The market price of the Common Stock offered hereby may be affected by the 
impossibility for investors to enforce judgements of U.S. courts. 

   Dependence on Key Personnel. The Company's success depends upon the 
contributions of its current executive officers including Dr. Viktor Vogt, 
the Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company with whom the 
Company intends to enter into an employment agreement. In addition, the 
Company employs a number of highly specialized computer engineers who are an 
integral part of the Company's operations. There can be no assurance that 
these individuals will continue to devote sufficient time to the Company's 
business. The loss of services of, or a material reduction in the amount of 
time devoted to the Company by, certain of such individuals could adversely 
affect the business of the Company. The Company intends to obtain key-man 
insurance for its benefit in the amount of $2 million on Dr. Vogt. See 
"Management" and "Certain Transactions." 

   Dependence on Major Customer. Approximately 87%, 68% and 77% of the 
Company's revenues for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, 
respectively have been received from DT and its affiliates. The Company 
currently anticipates that DT and its affiliates will remain large customers 
of the Company but there can be no assurance that sales to DT and its 
affiliates will continue at their historic levels. The Company's volume of 
sales to DT and its affiliates has dropped in the third and fourth quarters 
of 1996 from the corresponding periods in the prior year as these customers 
awaited the release of the Company's third generation systems and expects 
such sales to continue to drop until such release. The loss of sales or a 
significant reduction in sales to DT and its affiliates could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations. See "Business -- Customers." 

   Risks Associated with Creating and Accessing New Distribution Channels. 
 In addition to marketing its products independently or jointly with certain 
of its Strategic Partners, the Company's strategy for marketing its products 
is to license its products to OEMs and integrators who have access to a wide 
range of competing products. The Company expects that its future success will 
depend in large part upon these OEMs and integrators. The performance of 
those OEMs and integrators will be outside the control of the Company, and 
the Company is unable to predict the extent to which these organizations will 
be successful in marketing and selling their products. The Company's failure 
to establish relationships with OEMs and integrators could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

   Risk of System Defects; Product Liability Exposure. Systems developed by 
the Company jointly with its Strategic Partners may contain significant 
undetected errors when first installed on the premises of a customer or as 
new versions are installed. Although the Company tests its systems before 
installation, there can be no assurance that errors in the system will not be 
found after customers begin to use the system. Any error in the Company's 
products may result in decreased revenue or increased expenses because of 
adverse publicity, reduced orders, product returns, uncollectible accounts 
receivable, delays in collecting accounts receivable, and additional and 
unexpected costs of further product development to correct the errors. Sale 
of the Company's products involves the inherent risk of product liability 
claims against the Company. The Company currently does not maintain product 
liability insurance and believes that it cannot obtain such insurance except 
at substantial cost. While no product liability claims have been made against 
the Company in the past, there can be no assurance that such claims will not 
arise in the future. Any substantial uninsured liability would have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's operations, financial conditions and 
results of operations. 

   Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Results. The Company has experienced 
fluctuations in its quarterly results of operations and anticipates that such 
fluctuations will continue and could increase. The Company's quarterly 
results of operations may vary significantly depending on a number of 
factors, some of which are outside of the Company's control. These factors 
include the timing of the introduction or acceptance of new products or new 
generations offered by the Company or its competitors, changes in the mix of 
products provided by the Company, changes in pricing strategies by the 
Company and its competitors, changes in the markets served by the Company, 
changes in the Company's operating expenses, capital expenditures and other 
costs relating to 

                                      17 
<PAGE>

the expansion of operations, changes in its personnel and general economic 
conditions. In addition, fluctuations in exchange rates may render the 
Company's products less competitive relative to local product offerings or 
result in foreign exchange losses. The Company does not currently engage in 
hedging transactions to offset the risk in currency fluctuations but may 
engage in such transactions in the future. There can be no assurance that 
such hedging techniques will be successful. The Company's revenue in the 
fourth quarter of each calendar year has historically been higher due to the 
introduction of new products and new generations of existing products in the 
second and third quarters of past years, the extended time period required 
for the approval by management of a customer for the purchase of the 
Company's products and perceived desire by its customers to apply allocated 
budgets for the Company's products prior to the end of the calendar year and 
the increase in business activity after the summer months. Quarterly 
fluctuations depend, in part, on the timing of introduction of new products 
by the Company and its competitors. The Company's sales for the fourth 
quarter of 1996 were not as high proportionately as in past years or as 
compared to the first three quarters of 1996 as the Company's customers await 
the release of the Company's third generation systems. Fluctuations in 
results of operations may result in volatility in the price of the Common 
Stock offered hereby. 

   A significant portion of the Company's expenses are fixed and difficult to 
reduce in the event that revenue does not meet the Company's expectations, 
thus magnifying the adverse effect of any revenue shortfall. Furthermore, 
announcements by the Company or its competitors of new products, services or 
technologies could cause customers to defer or cancel purchases of the 
Company's products. Any such deferral or cancellations could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial conditions and results of 
operations. Accordingly, revenue shortfalls can cause significant variations 
in results of operations from quarter to quarter and could have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations. 

   As a result of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future 
quarters the Company's results of operations will be below prior results or 
the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such event, the 
price of the Common Stock offered hereby would likely be materially and 
adversely affected. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations." 

   Benefits of the Offering to Insiders. The Company intends to use a portion of
the net proceeds of the Offering (i) to repay stockholder loans and dividends on
the Series A Preferred Stock aggregating approximately $1.6 million made to the
Company by Vertical, Walther Glas and Messrs. Vogt and Sippel, (ii) to pay a
$400,000 marketing fee payable to General Capital, an affiliate of Vertical, a
stockholder of the Company, pursuant to the Marketing Agreement, as amended,
between Multimedia and General Capital (the "Marketing Agreement"), (iii) to pay
the salaries of its executive officers and (iv) to make monthly payments of
$12,000 to Vertical as compensation for the services of the Co-Chairman of the
Company nominated by Vertical, pursuant to the provisions of the Stock Purchase
Agreement among Multimedia, IAT AG, IAT Germany and Vertical (the "Stock
Purchase Agreement"). See "Use of Proceeds," "Management" and "Certain
Transactions."

   Control by Existing Stockholders; Potential Anti-takeover Provisions. 
Upon completion of this Offering the Company's existing stockholders will 
control approximately 66.85% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company. 
As a result, such stockholders will be able to elect all of the Company's 
directors and otherwise control the Company's operations. 

   Furthermore, the Company and Vertical, one of the Company's stockholders, 
have entered into the Investor Rights Agreement (as defined herein), which 
provides that so long as Vertical holds at least 10% of the Common Stock to 
be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Vertical has the 
right, but not the obligation, to nominate two persons as members of the 
management slate for election to the Company's Board of Directors. So long as 
Vertical holds at least 5% of such securities, it has the right, but not the 
obligation to nominate one such person. The existence of such rights 
solidifies control over the Company by its existing stockholders. Pursuant to 
the Investor Rights Agreement, Vertical has nominated, and the stockholders 
of the Company have elected, Jacob Agam as a director of the Company and may 
elect the second director in the future. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase 
Agreement, Vertical nominated and Mr. Agam was elected as the Co-Chairman of 
the Company. Mr. Agam is a director of Vertical. 

                                      18 
<PAGE>

   The Company is also subject to a Delaware statute regulating business 
combinations, which could discourage, hinder or preclude an unsolicited 
acquisition of the Company and could make it less likely that stockholders 
receive a premium for their shares as a result of any such attempt. See 
"Certain Transactions," "Principal Stockholders" and "Description of 
Securities." 

   Possible Adverse Effects of Authorization of Preferred Stock. Multimedia's 
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of 
Incorporation") authorizes the issuance of 500,000 shares of preferred stock, 
par value $.01 per share ("Blank Check Preferred Stock"), on terms which may 
be fixed by the Company's Board of Directors without further stockholder 
action. The terms of any series of Blank Check Preferred Stock, which may 
include priority claims to assets and dividends and special voting rights, 
could adversely affect the rights of holders of the Common Stock. The 
issuance of the Blank Check Preferred Stock, while providing flexibility in 
connection with possible acquisitions, financing transactions and other 
corporate transactions, could have the effect of making it more difficult for 
a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, 
capital stock of the Company, which may adversely affect the market price of 
the Common Stock. The Company has no present plans to issue shares of Blank 
Check Preferred Stock. See "-- Control by Existing Stockholders; Potential 
Anti-takeover Provisions" and "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred 
Stock." 

   Immediate and Substantial Dilution; Recent Sales of Securities to 
Insiders.  Investors participating in this Offering will incur immediate and 
substantial dilution in net tangible book value of approximately $4.50 per 
share, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.00 per share of Common 
Stock. During 1996, IAT AG and Multimedia have issued shares to their 
respective stockholders to finance working capital needs. IAT AG issued 2,000 
shares of its capital stock to its existing stockholders (which were 
exchanged for 875,000 shares of Multimedia) at a purchase price equivalent to 
approximately $1.76 per share of Common Stock of Multimedia. In October 1996, 
Multimedia completed the Private Placement of the Series A Preferred Stock 
pursuant to which it sold 1,875,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and 
the Investor Warrants for an aggregate gross purchase price of $1.5 million, 
or $.80 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (which will automatically 
convert upon completion of this Offering into 1,875,000 shares of Common 
Stock). In addition, in connection with the Private Placement, the Company 
issued the Stockholder Warrants to purchase 473,485 shares of Common Stock. 
The Investor Warrants and the Stockholder Warrants are exercisable into an 
aggregate of 2,348,485 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of 130% of 
the initial public offering price of the Common Stock. See "Dilution." and 
"Certain Transactions -- Private Placement and Related Transactions." 

   Charge to Earnings in the Event of Release of Escrow Shares. Following 
completion of this Offering, the Company will have outstanding 500,000 Escrow 
Shares which will be released from escrow if the Company attains certain 
earnings levels over the next one to three years or if the Common Stock 
trades at certain levels for any 30 consecutive trading days, commencing 24 
months after the consummation of this Offering. For more specific information 
regarding these earnings levels and trading levels, see "Principal 
Stockholders -- Escrow Shares." The Escrow Shares will not be deemed to be 
outstanding for the purpose of calculating earnings per share until either of 
such conditions is probable of being met. The position of the Commission with 
respect to such escrow arrangements provides that in the event any shares are 
released from escrow to the stockholders of the Company who are officers, 
directors, employees or consultants of the Company, a non-cash compensation 
expense will be recorded for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, in 
the event of the release of the Escrow Shares, the Company will recognize 
during the period in which the earnings thresholds are probable of being met 
or such stock levels achieved, a substantial non-cash charge to operations, 
which will not be deductible for income tax purposes, equal to the then fair 
value of such shares, which would have the effect of significantly increasing 
the Company's loss or reducing or eliminating earnings, if any, at such time. 
By way of example, if at the time of the release of the Escrow Shares the 
market price of the Common Stock was $14.00, the Company would be required to 
recognize compensation expense of approximately $2.6 million. The recognition 
of such compensation expense may depress the market price of the Company's 
Common Stock. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow 
Shares." Notwithstanding the foregoing discussion, there can be no assurance 
that the Company's earnings or its stock price will attain the targets that 
would enable the Escrow Shares to be released from escrow. 

   Dividend Policy. The Company has never declared or paid a cash dividend on 
its Common Stock. The Company intends to retain its earnings, if any, for use 
in its business and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the 
foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy." 

                                      19 
<PAGE>


   No Public Market for Securities. Prior to this Offering, there has not 
been any market for the Company's Common Stock, and there can be no assurance 
that an active trading market will develop or be sustained after this 
Offering. 

   Arbitrary Determination of Offering Price. The initial public offering 
price of the Common Stock has been determined by negotiation between the 
Company and the Underwriters and is not necessarily related to the Company's 
asset value, net worth, results of operations or any other criteria of value 
and may not be indicative of the prices that may prevail in the public 
market. 

   Possible Volatility of Market Price. In recent years, the stock markets in 
general, and the shares of technology companies in particular, have 
experienced extreme price fluctuations in response to such occurrences as 
quarterly variations in operating results, changes in earnings estimates by 
analysts, announcements concerning new products, strategic relationships or 
technological innovations by companies in the visual communications market, 
general conditions of such industry and other events or facts. This pattern 
of extreme volatility in the stock market, which in many cases were unrelated 
to the operating performance of, or announcements concerning, the issuers of 
the affected stock may adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. 
See "Underwriting." 

   Possible Delisting of Securities from the Nasdaq National Market.  While 
the Company's Common Stock meets the current Nasdaq National Market listing 
requirements and is expected to be initially included on the Nasdaq National 
Market, there can be no assurance that the Company will meet the criteria for 
continued listing. Continued inclusion on Nasdaq National Market generally 
requires that (i) the Company maintain at least $4,000,000 in "net tangible 
assets" (total assets less total liabilities and goodwill), (ii) the minimum 
bid price of the Common Stock be $1.00 per share, (iii) there be at least 
100,000 shares in the public float valued at $1,000,000 or more, (iv) the 
Common Stock have at least two active market makers and (v) the Common Stock 
be held by at least 400 holders. 

   On November 6, 1996, the Nasdaq National Market proposed changes to the 
listing and maintenance requirements which will be submitted to the 
Commission for final approval. If the current proposal is approved without 
modification, the Company's qualification for continued listing on the Nasdaq 
National Market would require that (i) the Company maintain at least 
$4,000,000 in "net tangible assets," (ii) the minimum bid price of the Common 
Stock be $1.00 per share, (iii) there be at least 750,000 shares in the 
public float, valued at least $5,000,000 or more, (iv) the Common Stock have 
at least two active market makers and (v) the Common Stock be held by at 
least 400 holders. 

   If the Company is unable to satisfy the Nasdaq National Market's 
maintenance requirements, the Common Stock may be delisted from the Nasdaq 
National Market. In such event, trading, if any, in the Common Stock would 
thereafter be conducted on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, subject to meeting the 
requirements for listing on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market, or in the 
over-the-counter market in the so-called "pink sheets" or the NASD's 
"Electronic Bulletin Board." Consequently, the liquidity of the Company's 
securities could be impaired, not only in the number of securities which 
could be bought and sold, but also through delays in the timing of 
transactions, reduction in security analysts and the news media's coverage of 
the Company and lower prices for the Common Stock than might otherwise be 
attained. 

   Risks of Low-Priced Stock. If the Company's Common Stock was delisted from 
Nasdaq National Market and could not be quoted on Nasdaq SmallCap Market (see 
"-- Possible Delisting of Securities from the Nasdaq National Market"), it 
could become subject to Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange Act, which imposes 
additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers which sell such 
securities to persons other than established customers and "accredited 
investors" (generally, individuals with net worths in excess of $1,000,000 or 
annual incomes exceeding $200,000, or $300,000 together with their spouses). 
For transactions covered by this rule, a broker-dealer must make a special 
suitability determination for the purchaser and have received the purchaser's 
written consent to the transaction prior to sale. Consequently, such rule may 
adversely affect the ability of broker-dealers to sell the Common Stock and 
may adversely affect the ability of purchasers in this Offering to sell any 
of the shares of Common Stock acquired hereby in the secondary market. 

   Commission regulations define a "penny stock" to be, among others, any 
non-exchange listed equity security that has a Market Price (as therein 
defined) of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less 


                                      20 
<PAGE>

than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction 
involving a penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require delivery, prior to 
any transaction in a penny stock, of a disclosure schedule prepared by the 
Commission relating to the penny stock market. Disclosure is also required to 
be made about commissions payable to both the broker-dealer and the 
registered representative and current quotations for the securities. Finally, 
monthly statements are required to be sent disclosing recent price 
information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the 
limited market in penny stocks. 

   The foregoing required penny stock restrictions will not apply to the 
Common Stock if such securities are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or 
the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and have certain price and volume information 
provided on a current and continuing basis or meet certain minimum net 
tangible assets or average revenue criteria. There can be no assurance that 
the Common Stock will qualify for exemption from these restrictions. In any 
event, even if the Common Stock was exempt from such restrictions, it would 
remain subject to Section 15(b)(6) of the Exchange Act, which gives the 
Commission the authority to prohibit any person that is engaged in unlawful 
conduct while participating in a distribution of a penny stock from 
associating with a broker-dealer or participating in a distribution of a 
penny stock, if the Commission finds that such a restriction would be in the 
public interest. If the Common Stock were subject to the rules on penny 
stocks, the market liquidity for the Common Stock could be severely adversely 
affected. 

   Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Effect of Outstanding Options and Warrants.
Future sales of Common Stock by existing stockholders pursuant to Rule 144 under
the Securities Act could have an adverse effect on the price of the Common
Stock. All of the 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders
are eligible for sale under Rule 144 beginning in October 1997. Of the 6,250,000
shares of Common Stock outstanding, 500,000 are Escrow Shares. Currently,
5,607,757 of the 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding are held by
affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations after October 1997. In
addition, the existing stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements (the
"Lock-Up Agreements") with the Underwriters wherein they agreed not to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock (other than shares of Common
Stock acquired in the public market after the date of this Prospectus) or to
exercise registration rights for a period of 24 months from the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representative; provided,
however, that the stockholders of the Company (other than officers and directors
of the Company) may sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock in one
or more private sales without such consent if the acquirors (and any subsequent
acquirors) of such shares enter into a Lock-Up Agreement with the Underwriters
restricting the transferability of such shares for the remainder of such 24
month period; and provided further that participants in the Private Placement
may not sell or otherwise dispose of shares of Common Stock which were issued
upon the automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock in such private
sales without such consent prior to October 24, 1998. The Representative has
indicated that it will not consent to any sale or other disposition of shares of
Common Stock which were issued upon the automatic conversion of the Series A
Preferred Stock prior to October 24, 1998, except in the event of a tender
offer. The Underwriters have demand and piggy-back registration rights covering
the securities underlying the Unit Purchase Options and Vertical, Walther Glas,
and Messrs. Vogt and Sippel have demand and piggy-back registration rights with
respect to their respective securities. Sales of Common Stock or the possibility
of such sales, in the public market may adversely affect the market price of the
securities offered hereby. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

   Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have outstanding (i) 
the Investor Warrants to purchase 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock, (ii) the 
Stockholder Warrants to purchase 473,485 shares of Common Stock and (iii) the 
Underwriters' Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 310,000 shares of Common 
Stock. In addition, the Company has reserved for issuance 500,000 shares of 
Common Stock in connection with the 1996 Stock Option Plan, none of which 
have been granted. The existence of these securities could have an adverse 
effect on the price of the Company's outstanding securities. If the 
Underwriters' Warrants are exercised, the value of the Common Stock held by 
public investors will be diluted, if the value of such stock immediately 
prior to the exercise of such Underwriters' Warrants exceeds the exercise 
price thereof, with the extent of such dilution depending upon such excess. 
The Underwriters' Warrants afford the holders thereof the opportunity, at 
nominal cost, to profit from a rise in the market price of the Common Stock, 
which may adversely affect the terms upon which the company could issue 
additional Common Stock during the term thereof. In addition, holders of such 
warrants and options are likely to exercise them when, in all likelihood, the 
Company could obtain additional capital on terms more favorable than those 
provided by the warrants and options. Further, while these warrants and 
options are outstanding, the Company's ability to obtain additional financing 
on favorable terms may be adversely affected. See "Description of Securities" 
and "Underwriting." 

                                      21 
<PAGE>

                               USE OF PROCEEDS 

   The net proceeds of this Offering to the Company, after deducting 
underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated expenses of this 
Offering payable by the Company, are expected to be approximately $16.0 
million (approximately $18.0 million if the Underwriter's over-allotment 
option is exercised in full), assuming an initial public offering price of 
$6.00 per share of Common Stock. The Company intends to use the net proceeds 
as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                Approximate 
                                                                               Amount of Net     Percentage of 
                                                                                 Proceeds        Net Proceeds 
                                                                              ---------------   --------------- 
<S>                                                                           <C>               <C>
Research and development  .................................................     $ 6,000,000           37.5% 
Repayment of certain shareholder loans (1) and payment of 
  dividend on Series A Preferred Stock (2) ................................       1,600,000           10.0% 
Payment under Marketing Agreement (3)  ....................................         400,000            2.5% 
Working capital and general corporate purposes including increases in 
  sales staff, expansion in the United States and possible acquisitions, 
  other investments or joint venture agreements ...........................       8,000,000           50.0% 
                                                                              ---------------   --------------- 
    Total  ................................................................     $16,000,000          100.0% 
                                                                              ===============   =============== 
</TABLE>

- ------ 
(1)   Consists of (i) loans in the aggregate amount of approximately $1.1 
      million made to IAT AG by Walther Glas, a stockholder of Multimedia, 
      during 1996 for working capital, bearing interest at 10% annually and 
      maturing at the earlier of the consummation of this Offering or June 
      30, 1997, and (ii) loans in the aggregate amount of approximately 
      $500,000 by Vertical, Walther Glas and Messrs. Vogt and Sippel, during 
      February 1997 for working capital, bearing interest at 8% annually and 
      maturing at the earlier of the consummation of this Offering or June 
      30, 1997, unless extended by mutual agreement by the parties. In 
      connection with these loans, the Company granted Walther Glas and 
      Messrs. Vogt and Sippel certain registration rights. See "Certain 
      Transactions." 

(2)   The 1,875,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued on October 24, 
      1996 of which 890,152 were issued to Vertical, will automatically 
      convert into Common Stock upon consummation of this Offering. The 
      Series A Preferred Stock has an annual dividend of $.056 per share 
      (equal to a 7% dividend per annum on the purchase price of such 
      shares). The dividend payable on the Series A Preferred Stock is 
      approximately $35,000 at February 15, 1997. 


(3)   The Company will pay a $400,000 fee pursuant to the Marketing Agreement 
      to General Capital, an affiliate of Vertical, a stockholder of the 
      Company. See "Certain Transactions." 

   The foregoing represents the Company's best estimate of the allocation of 
the net proceeds of this Offering based on the current status of its 
business. Future events, including changes in competitive conditions and the 
status of the Company's business from time to time, may make changes in the 
allocation of the net proceeds of this Offering necessary or desirable. The 
Company anticipates that the remaining proceeds of this Offering will be 
sufficient to fund its operations for the 18 month period following this 
Offering, although the Company's capital requirements are subject to numerous 
contingencies associated with the early-stage of the Company's third 
generation products. Pending application, the net proceeds will be invested 
in short-term, interest-bearing investments. Any proceeds received upon 
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option or the Underwriters' 
Warrant will be added to working capital. See "Certain Transactions." 

   The Company continually evaluates potential strategic partners for 
additional applications and broader marketing of its technology. The Company 
may make acquisitions, other investments or may enter into joint venture 
agreements for strategic reasons. 

   A substantial part of the potential market for the Company's products are 
in the United States due to the geographic spread, technological 
sophistication and number of potential users of the Company's products. 
Entering into the United States market is a fundamental part of the Company's 
strategy. The Company intends to expand its marketing efforts, both by 
expanding its sales and marketing staff in Europe as well as establishing an 
office and a sales and marketing staff in the United States during 1997. 

                                      22 
<PAGE>

                               DIVIDEND POLICY 

   The Company has never paid cash dividends on its Common Stock and does not 
anticipate or intend paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future on its 
Common Stock. 

                                EXCHANGE RATE 


   The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the noon 
exchange rate as certified for custom purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of 
New York for the Deutsche Mark ("DM") and the Swiss Franc ("SF"), 
respectively, per U.S. dollar. On March 3, 1997, such rate was
DM 1.6967=$1.00 and SF 1.4770=$1.00, respectively. 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 As of and for the 
                                                               Year Ended December 31 
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                 1994                   1995                  1996 
                                         --------------------   --------------------  -------------------- 
                                             DM         SF         DM         SF          DM         SF 
                                          --------   --------    --------   --------   --------   -------- 
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Exchange rate at end of period  .......    1.5495     1.3100     1.4345     1.1540      1.5411     1.3427 
Average exchange rate during period (a)    1.6216     1.3367     1.4371     1.1820      1.5044     1.2358 
Highest exchange rate during period  ..    1.7658     1.4861     1.5591     1.3141      1.5665     1.3505 
Lowest exchange rate during period  ...    1.4921     1.2441     1.3543     1.1670      1.4313     1.1507 
</TABLE>

- ------ 
(a) The average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during 
    the applicable period. 

                                      23 
<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION 

   The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of 
December 31, 1996, on an actual basis, and on an as adjusted basis to give 
effect to the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed price per 
share of Common Stock of $6.00 (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' 
over-allotment option), and the application of net proceeds. 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    December 31, 1996 
                                                                            -------------------------------- 
                                                                                                    As 
                                                                                 Actual       Adjusted (1) 
                                                                             --------------   -------------- 
<S>                                                                         <C>               <C>

Loans payable - stockholders  ............................................    $  2,071,111     $    963,704 
Series A Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; 1,875,000 shares 
  issued and outstanding actual and no shares outstanding as adjusted ....       1,400,000               -- 
Stockholders' equity: (2) 
     Preferred stock, $.01 par value authorized 500,000 shares, none 
        issued ...........................................................              --               -- 
     Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 20,000,000 shares 
        authorized, 4,375,000 shares issued and outstanding, and 9,350,000 
        shares as adjusted ...............................................          43,750           93,500 
Capital in excess of par value  ..........................................       8,002,884       25,318,134 
Accumulated deficit  .....................................................     (12,293,447)     (12,293,447) 
Cumulative translation adjustments  ......................................         166,530          166,530 
                                                                             --------------   -------------- 
     Total stockholders' equity  .........................................      (4,080,283)      13,284,717 
                                                                             --------------   -------------- 
Total capitalization  ....................................................    $   (609,172)    $ 14,248,421 
                                                                             ==============   ============== 
</TABLE>



   
- ------ 
(1)   Gives effect to the net proceeds of $16,000,000 from the sale of 3,100,000
      shares of Common Stock at an assumed price per share of $6.00, the
      automatic conversion of 1,875,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into
      1,875,000 shares of Common Stock upon the consummation of this Offering,
      the receipt of an aggregate of approximately $500,000 of stockholder loans
      received subsequent to December 31, 1996, and the repayment of an 
      aggregate of approximately $1,607,000 of stockholder loans, the payment of
      approximately $35,000 for dividends on Series A Preferred Stock and the
      incurrence of Offering expenses of $277,000, of which $137,000 were paid
      prior to December 31, 1996.
    

(2)   Includes 500,000 Escrow Shares. See "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow 
      Shares." Excludes (i) 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for 
      issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan, none of which have 
      been granted, (ii) 310,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
      exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants, (iii) 1,875,000 shares of 
      Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Investor Warrants, (iv) 
      473,485 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the 
      Stockholder Warrants and (v) 465,000 shares of Common Stock issuable 
      upon exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. 


                                      24 
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION 

   
   At December 31, 1996, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company
was $(2,956,808) or $(.51) per share of Common Stock, after giving effect to the
automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock into 1,875,000 shares of
Common Stock upon the consummation of this Offering. The pro forma net tangible
book value per share represents the amount of the Company's total assets, less
deferred registration costs and liabilities, divided by the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding (exclusive of the Escrow Shares). After giving effect
to (i) the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby (assuming no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option) at an assumed offering price of $6.00 per
share, (ii) after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of
the Offering, (iii) the payment of $400,000 pursuant to the Marketing Agreement,
(iv) the issuance of 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
automatic conversion of all the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock
upon the consummation of this Offering, (v) the payment of approximately $35,000
of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, and (vi) the incurrence of
offering expenses of $277,000, of which $137,000 were paid prior to December 31,
1996, the net pro forma tangible book value of the Company as of December 31,
1996 would have been $13,284,717 or $1.50 per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of $2.01 per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $4.50 per
share to new investors in this Offering. The following table illustrates this
dilution on a per share basis:
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                 <C>          <C>

Public offering price per share  ................................                 $6.00 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share at December 31, 
  1996 ..........................................................     $ (0.51) 
Increase in net tangible book value attributable to new 
  investors .....................................................        2.01 
                                                                    ---------- 
Pro forma net tangible book value after the Offering  ...........                  1.50 
                                                                                 -------- 
Dilution to new investors  ......................................                 $4.50 
                                                                                 ======== 
</TABLE>



   The following tables sets forth on an unaudited pro forma basis at 
December 31, 1996, the difference between the number of shares of Common 
Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the 
average price per share paid by the existing holders of Common Stock and by 
the new investors, before deducting the underwriting discounts and 
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, at an 
assumed initial public offering price of $6.00 per share. 


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Shares Purchased                        Total Consideration 
                         ---------------------------------------------------  -------------------------- 
                          Non-Escrow     Escrow        Total                                                Average Price 
                            Shares       Shares        Number      Percent        Amount        Percent       Per Share 
 ---------------------   ------------   ---------    -----------   ---------   -------------   ---------    --------------- 
<S>                      <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders .   5,750,000      500,000     6,250,000       66.8%      $ 9,546,634       33.9%          1.53 
New investors  .......    3,100,000           --     3,100,000       33.2%       18,600,000       66.1%          6.00 
                         ------------   ---------    -----------   ---------   -------------   --------- 
     Total  ..........    8,850,000      500,000     9,350,000      100.0%      $28,146,634      100.0% 
                         ============   =========    ===========   =========   =============   ========= 

</TABLE>

   The foregoing tables do not give effect to Common Stock issuable upon 
exercise of outstanding warrants. See "Capitalization." 

                                      25 
<PAGE>

                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 


   The following historical financial data, except for the information 
provided for the year ended December 31, 1992, have been derived from the 
Consolidated Financial Statements. The historical financial data for the year 
ended December 31, 1992, are unaudited, but in the opinion of the Company's 
management contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring 
accruals, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the information 
included herein. Multimedia was formed in September 1996 as a holding company 
for the existing business of IAT AG and IAT Germany. 


   The following selected consolidated financial data is derived from, and 
should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements of 
the Company and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this 
Prospectus. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Year Ended December 31, 
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                              1992          1993         1994         1995          1996 
                                           -----------   ----------    ----------   ----------   ---------- 
                                           (unaudited) 
                                                        (In thousands, except per share data) 

<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>
Statement of Operations Data: 
Net sales  .............................     $ 1,216      $ 1,963       $ 1,053      $ 1,510      $ 1,193 
Cost of sales  .........................         903        1,171           700          968          811 
                                             ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Gross margin  ..........................         313          792           353          542          382 
                                             ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Operating Expenses: 
Research and development costs  ........         434        1,828         2,269        2,531        2,729 
Less participations received  ..........          --         (962)       (2,207)        (868)        (398) 
                                             ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Research and development expenses, net .         434          866            62        1,663        2,331 
Selling, general and administrative 
  expenses .............................       2,009        1,193         1,538        2,640        2,957 
                                             ----------  ----------    ----------   ----------   ---------- 
Operating loss  ........................     $(2,130)     $(1,267)      $(1,247)     $(3,761)     $(4,906) 
                                             ==========  ==========    ==========   ==========   ========== 
Extraordinary item  ....................     $ 4,838((1)) $    --       $    --      $    --      $    -- 
                                             ==========  ==========    ==========   ==========   ========== 
Net Income (loss)  .....................     $ 2,639      $(1,324)      $(1,335)     $(3,730)     $(5,108) 
                                             ==========  ==========    ==========   ==========   ========== 
Net Income (loss) per common share  ....     $  0.74      $ (0.36)      $ (0.33)     $ (0.77)     $ (0.89) 
Weighted average number of shares 
  outstanding. .........................       3,563        3,647         4,000        4,837        5,750 

</TABLE>

- ------ 
(1) Represents gain on restructuring. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         1992         1993       1994        1995              1996 
                                       --------     --------    --------   ---------   -------------------------
                                                                                                        As 
                                        Actual       Actual     Actual      Actual      Actual     Adjusted (1) 
                                       --------     --------    --------   ---------   ---------   ------------- 
                                      (unaudited) 
                                                            (In thousands) 
<S>                                   <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>
Balance Sheet Data: 
Current assets  ...................     $   527      $1,671     $1,308     $ 1,489      $ 1,204       $15,798 
Working capital (deficiency)  .....      (1,125)        274       (865)     (1,106)      (2,728)       13,113 
Total assets  .....................         974       2,065      1,771       2,056        2,216        16,934 
Current liabilities  ..............       1,652       1,397      2,173       2,595        3,932         2,685 
Loans payable - stockholders  .....          --          --        336         349          964           964 
Total liabilities  ................       1,764       1,488      2,509       2,944        4,896         3,649 
Series A Preferred Stock  .........                                                       1,400            -- 
Stockholders equity 
  (deficiency) (2) ................        (790)        577       (738)       (888)      (4,080)       13,285 


</TABLE>

                                      26 
<PAGE>


- ------ 
   
(1)   Gives effect to the net proceeds of $16,000,000 from the sale of 3,100,000
      shares of Common Stock at an assumed price per share of $6.00, the payment
      of $400,000 pursuant to the Marketing Agreement, the automatic conversion
      of 1,875,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 1,875,000 shares of
      Common Stock upon the consummation of this Offering, the receipt of an
      aggregate of approximately $500,000 of stockholder loans received
      subsequent to December 31, 1996, and the repayment of an aggregate of
      approximately $1,607,000 of stockholder loans, the payment of
      approximately $35,000 for dividends on Series A Preferred Stock, and the
      incurrence of Offering expenses of $277,000, of which $137,000 were paid
      prior to December 31, 1996.
    

(2)   Includes 500,000 Escrow Shares. See "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow 
      Shares" Excludes (i) 500,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for 
      issuance under the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan, none of which have 
      been granted, (ii) 310,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon 
      exercise of the Underwriters' Warrants, (iii) 1,875,000 shares of 
      Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Investor Warrants, (iv) 
      473,485 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the 
      Stockholder Warrants and (v) 465,000 shares of Common Stock issuable 
      upon exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. 


                                      27 
<PAGE>

                   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 
                FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

   The following discussion of the consolidated financial condition and 
results of operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the 
Financial Statements and Notes to Financial Statements included elsewhere in 
this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements which 
involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results may differ 
significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. 
Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not limited to, 
those discussed in "Risk Factors." 
Overview 

   The Company develops, manufactures and markets customizable high quality 
visual communications systems for use in desktop computers which permit users 
to hold multi-point video conferences in two or more locations, as well as 
providing additional video, audio and data transfer features not available in 
traditional video conferencing systems. Unlike traditional video conferencing 
companies, the Company's focus is on high quality system solutions. The 
Company believes that the needs of its target customers cannot be addressed 
by currently available lower quality software-only products (including 
Internet products) or by high quality traditional video conferencing 
products. In addition to providing audio and video images of the other 
participants in the tele-conference, the Company's systems are also capable 
of simultaneously providing images and data in windows on the computer screen 
which can be viewed by all participants in the video conference and permit 
users at remote computer terminals to modify data and manipulate images 
through the operation of apparatus, such as microscopes and video cameras. 
These systems, which include both proprietary and third-party software and 
hardware, are inter-operable with products from certain vendors and comply 
with all relevant international standards, including H.320. The Company sells 
its systems and kits to end-users in a variety of industries and to OEMs and 
integrators. The Company has sold an aggregate of approximately 500 systems 
and kits, including pilot projects, since 1990. 

   The Company's technology has been developed with its Strategic Partners, 
including DT, Texas Instruments, IBM Germany and Olympus. The Company 
believes that its technology can produce substantially higher quality image 
and video transmissions, including reduced noise and artifacts, truer color 
representation and higher frame rates, than software-only products and low 
cost hardwired systems, while using less of the computing power of the host 
desktop computer which permits other applications to continue to operate 
without interruption. In addition, the Company's new generation of systems 
currently being developed is based on a programmable digital signal processor 
which provides flexibility for adapting to new algorithms, standards or user 
requirements. The Company believes that the high image quality and other 
features provided by the Company's systems will meet the requirements of 
various professional users including tele-medicine (i.e., transferring 
microscope, x-ray, video or other diagnostic images for evaluation by a 
physician at a remote site) and tele- surveillance (i.e., remote viewing and 
control of surveillance cameras and remote access control via switched 
networks). In excess of $18 million was invested in the Company by its 
stockholders and the Company has invested approximately $10 million in the 
research and development of this technology (including approximately $4 
million in participations from the Company's Strategic Partners). This 
investment in the Company's technology does not include additional amounts 
invested directly by the Company's Strategic Partners in the development of 
their components used in the Company's systems. 
   
   The Company has developed two generations and is currently developing a 
third generation of its technology. The first generation was developed using 
a large number of computer boards and readily available components as the 
Company's initial entry in the visual communications field and to assess 
customer needs. The second generation, utilized in the Company's current 
systems, is characterized by a substantially reduced number of computer 
boards and improved capabilities. These systems use a combination of fully 
programmable digital signal processors and less-flexible hardwired 
processors. The second generation systems have inherently high prices per 
unit. For example, the Company's second generation MFKS Vision and Live 
systems have average wholesale prices of approximately $5,800 to $17,500 per 
system (depending on the composition of systems required by the user). Third 
generation systems, which the Company expects to begin shipping in 1997, 
utilize Texas Instruments' C8x programmable digital signal processor and are 
designed for commercial production with target wholesale sales prices of 
approximately $1,500 to $8,000 per system for corresponding MFKS systems. 
    
                                      28 
<PAGE>

The Company believes that its third generation of systems will be its first 
systems which have the potential for widespread commercialization and that 
increasing sales of these products will result in corresponding decreases in 
sales, and eventual phasing out of its second generation products. 

   The Company currently markets its products, both through its own sales 
staff and through certain of its Strategic Partners, primarily in Europe. A 
substantial part of the potential market for the Company's products are in 
the United States due to the geographic spread, technological sophistication 
and number of potential users of the Company's products. Entering into the 
United States market is a fundamental part of the Company's strategy. The 
Company intends to expand its marketing efforts, both by expanding its sales 
and marketing staff in Europe as well as establishing an office and a sales 
and marketing staff in the United States during 1997. The Company continually 
evaluates potential strategic partners for additional applications and 
broader marketing of IAT's technology. The Company may make acquisitions and 
other investments or may enter into joint venture agreements for strategic 
reasons. The Company's results of operations will be dependent upon the 
Company's ability to market its products in the United States, to launch its 
third generation of products on a timely basis and to achieve market 
acceptance and penetration. 

   The Company's revenues have quarterly fluctuations in which the fourth 
quarter has historically reflected the highest quarterly revenues, as a 
result of the perceived desire by its customers to deplete allocated budgets 
for the Company's products prior to the end of the calendar year. There can 
be no assurance that this trend will continue. Quarterly fluctuations depend 
in part on the timing of introduction of new products by the Company and its 
competitors. The Company's sales for the fourth quarter of 1996 were not as 
high proportionately as in past years or as compared to the first three 
quarters of 1996 as the Company's customers await the release of the 
Company's third generation systems. 

   Approximately 87%, 68% and 77% of the Company's revenues for the years 
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively have been received from 
DT and its affiliates. The Company's volume of sales to DT and its affiliates 
has dropped in the third and fourth quarter of 1996 from the corresponding 
periods in the prior year as these customers awaited the release of the 
Company's third generation systems and expects such sales to continue to drop 
until such release. The loss of sales or a significant reduction in sales to 
DT and its affiliates could have an adverse effect on the financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. 

   The Company's sales are made to customers principally in Switzerland and 
Germany with revenues created in Deutsche Marks and Swiss Francs. The 
Company's functional currency is the Swiss Franc. The Company does not 
currently engage in hedging transactions to offset the risk of currency 
fluctuations but may engage in such transactions in the future. 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Year ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 

   The average exchange rate for the U.S. Dollar increased substantially as 
compared to the Swiss Franc by approximately 5.1% resulting in a decrease in 
all revenue and expense accounts in 1996 by this same percentage. The average 
Swiss Franc to U.S. Dollar exchange rate was SF 1.24 = $1.00 in 1996 as 
compared to SF 1.18 = $1.00 in 1995. 

   Revenues. The Company's revenues from the sale of multimedia systems products
for the year ended December 31, 1996 decreased by approximately 21.0% to
$1,193,000 from $1,510,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. Although there
was approximately a 60% increase in the number of systems sold in the year ended
December 31, 1996, this increase was more than offset by a decrease in the price
per systems, resulting in decreased revenues.

   Cost of sales. Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 1996 
decreased to $811,000 from $968,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. The 
cost of sales as a percentage of sales increased to 68.0% for the year ended 
December 31, 1996 from 64.1% for the year ended December 31, 1995. Although 
the Company realized savings from purchasing economies for the additional 
units produced, the savings were more than offset due to a lower gross margin 
concept for the Company's products resulting in a higher cost of sales 
percentage in 1996. 


                                      29 
<PAGE>


   Research and development costs. Research and development costs incurred
increased by approximately 7.8% to $2,729,000 for the year ended December 31,
1996 from $2,531,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. The Company increased
the number of employees involved in research and development to complete their
third generation of products resulting in increased payroll costs during 1996.
The Company receives participations which are reimbursements from DT for
research and development projects in which the Company and DT can both benefit
and at the conclusion of these projects, the Company as well as DT retain legal
rights in the products developed during such projects ("Research
Participations"). DT typically pays 50% of the budgeted cost of such research.
Research Participations decreased to $398,000 for the year ended December 31,
1996 compared to $868,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. The decrease in
Research Participations received was primarily a result of the completion of
certain development projects for DT.

   Selling expenses. Selling expenses increased by approximately 15.5% to 
$1,462,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 from $1,266,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 1995. This is primarily a result of an increase in the 
number of personnel in sales and marketing in an effort to create the demand 
for the Company's product as well as help expand the product base of 
applications for the Company's products. 

   General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses 
increased by approximately 8.8% to $1,495,000 for the year ended December 31, 
1996 from $1,374,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995. 

   Interest. Interest expense increased by approximately 65.1% to $213,000 
for the year ended December 31, 1996, from $129,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 1995, principally due to the increase in stockholder and bank 
loans. 

   Net Loss. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 1996 increased by
approximately 36.9% to $5,108,000 from $3,730,000 for the year ended December
31, 1995. The loss primarily increased as a result of the Company's decrease in
the unit sales price, the increase in sales and marketing expenses relative to
the introduction of third generation of its products which is expected in 1997,
and a decrease in Research Participations.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1994 

   The average exchange rate for the U.S. Dollar declined substantially as 
compared to the Swiss Franc by approximately 13.2% resulting in an increase 
in all revenue and expense accounts in 1995 by this same percentage. The 
average Swiss Franc to U.S. Dollar exchange rate was SF 1.18 = $1.00 in 1995 
as opposed to SF 1.36 = $1.00 in 1994. 

   Revenues. The Company's revenues for the year ended December 31, 1995 
increased by approximately 43.4% to $1,510,000 from $1,053,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 1994, an increase of $457,000. Approximately $139,000 of 
the increase was a result of the weakening of the U.S. Dollar against the 
Swiss Franc. The remaining increase of approximately $318,000 was primarily a 
result of an increase in the unit sales resulting from the introduction of 
the second generation of products. 

   Cost of sales. Cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 1995 
increased to $968,000 from $700,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994. The 
cost of sales as a percentage of sales decreased to 64.1% for the year ended 
December 31, 1995 from 66.4% for the year ended December 31, 1994 as a result 
of purchase price savings due to larger quantities purchased in 1995. 
Additionally the Company's fixed costs for plant and indirect labor and other 
costs decreased as a percentage of sales. 

   Research and development. Research and development costs increased by 
approximately 11.5% to $2,531,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995 from 
$2,269,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994. The increase was caused 
principally by the weakening in the U.S. Dollar versus the Swiss Franc. The 
number of personnel engaged in research activities during the two periods 
remained constant. Research Participations received decreased to $868,000 
during the year ended December 31, 1995 from $2,207,000 received for the year 
ended December 31, 1994 due to the lower number of joint projects in progress 
during 1995 and the completion of certain large projects in 1994 with DT. 

                                      30 
<PAGE>

   Selling expenses. Selling expenses increased by approximately 71.3% to 
$1,266,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995 from $739,000 for the year 
ended December 31, 1994, an increase of $527,000. Approximately $100,000 of 
this increase is due to the weakening of the U.S. Dollar compared to the 
Swiss Franc. The remainder of the increase was due to an increase in 
personnel costs, trade shows, advertising and other selling expenses. 

   General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses 
increased by approximately 72.0% to $1,374,000 for the year ended December 
31, 1995 from $799,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994, an increase of 
$575,000. Approximately $106,000 of this increase is a result of the 
weakening of the U.S. Dollar compared to the Swiss Franc. Personnel costs 
were increased by approximately $220,000 with the remaining increase 
resulting from an increase in professional fees, rents and other fixed costs 
in addition to an increase in the capital stock tax paid in Switzerland. 

   Interest. Interest expense increased by approximately 3.2% to $129,000 for 
the year ended December 31, 1995 from $125,000 for the year ended December 
31, 1994, principally due to the increase in bank loans. 

   Net Loss. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased by 
approximately 179.4% to $3,730,000 from $1,335,000 for the year ended 
December 31, 1994. The loss increased principally due to the decrease in 
Research Participations received in 1995, and the increase in the selling, 
general and administrative expenses previously discussed. 


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

   The Company had a working capital deficiency of $2,728,000 and $1,107,000 and
a stockholders' deficiency of $4,080,000 and $888,000 at December 31, 1996 and
December 31, 1995, respectively. The significant increase in the working capital
deficiency, and the stockholders' deficiency resulted from the excess of the
loss incurred of $5,108,000 during the year ended December 31, 1996 over the
capital of $2,940,000 contributed by the stockholders and $615,000 additional
non-current stockholder loans. Net cash used in operations was $4,607,000 and
$3,231,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the year ended December 31,
1995 respectively. The Company generated cash of $216,000 from the collection of
trade receivables during the year ended December 31, 1996, used $34,000 for
increased inventories and $100,000 for payments made pursuant to the Marketing
Agreement. The Company's audited financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1996 contain an emphasis paragraph concerning the Company's ability
to continue as a going concern.

   Since inception, the Company's expenses have significantly exceeded its 
net sales, resulting in an accumulated deficit of $12,293,000 and $7,185,000 
at December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively. The Company has 
funded its operations since inception primarily through the private placement 
of equity securities, loans from stockholders and Research Participations. 
Through December 31, 1996 the Company had raised approximately $15.4 million 
from private placements, including approximately $6 million of loans and 
capital previously restructured, $2.1 million in stockholder loans and 
approximately $4.4 million in Research Participation agreements. 
Additionally, the Company generated capital through debt forgiveness from 
vendors of approximately $1.4 million in 1992. 

   IAT AG has a line of credit and two loans with a Swiss bank for 
approximately $1,400,000 in the aggregate, bearing interest at 6.5% per annum 
and of which approximately $1,210,000 was outstanding as of December 31, 1996. 
IAT Germany has a line of credit with a German bank for approximately 
$675,000 and of which approximately $602,000 was outstanding as of December 
31, 1996. This loan bears interest at 10.5% annually. In November 1996, IAT 
Germany has received a conditional grant from the Senate Administration for 
the Economy and Business of the State of Berlin, Germany whereby IAT Germany 
will be reimbursed approximately $130,000 for development costs to be 
incurred. In compliance with the conditions of this grant, IAT Germany 
intends to locate facilities with respect to its wavelet research in Berlin 
and to fund a portion of this research with the proceeds of this grant. 

   During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company received loans from
stockholders aggregating approximately $1,931,000. In October 1996, the Company
received $1.4 million in connection with the Private Placement of the Series A
Preferred Stock. In February 1997, the Company received stockholder loans in the
aggregate amount of approximately $500,000 by Vertical, Walther Glas and Messrs.
Vogt and Sippel for working capital, bearing interest at 8% annually and
maturing at the earlier of the consummation of this Offering or June 30, 1997


                                      31 
<PAGE>

unless extended by mutual agreement by the parties. Research Participations 
have declined, and are expected to continue at a reduced rate since the 
Company has developed the base technology for its third generation. Research 
and development expenses however, are expected to continue at the same rate 
in order to develop additional products and customized software which are 
expected to generate additional revenues for the Company. 

   
   The Company's expenditures are currently exceeding its revenues by
approximately $450,000 per month, principally as a result of the continued
research and development related to new products and operating losses,
therefore, the $1.4 million received upon the consummation of the Private
Placement and the additional stockholder loans expected to be received are
expected to be sufficient only to cover the Company's operations through
approximately the third week of March 1997 at which time the Company will have
exhausted its operating funds without the proceeds of this Offering. At such
time, the Company may obtain further financing from its existing stockholders,
by borrowing funds from its lender or a combination of both. In the event the
Company will borrow additional funds from existing stockholders, such funds are
expected to be repaid with the proceeds of this Offering. In the event the
Company will borrow additional funds from its lender, certain stockholders may
be required to guarantee the Company's repayment obligation. The Company intends
to finance its research and development, expansion of marketing activities and
working capital with the net proceeds of this Offering. Management believes that
the proceeds of this Offering should be sufficient to fund the Company's
operations and its working capital requirements for the 18 month period
following this Offering, although the Company's requirements are subject to
numerous contingencies associated with the early-stage of the Company's third
generation products. The Company's ability to become profitable is dependent on
the completion of the development of its third generation of products, a timely
release of the products and market penetration. The Company may need to raise
equity or debt financing. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to raise such financing on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, there
can be no assurance that such financing will not be dilutive to the existing
stockholders. Failure to raise capital when needed could have a material adverse
effect on the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
    

ESCROW SHARES 

   The Company contemplates that the release of Escrow Shares, should it 
occur, will result in a substantial non-cash compensation charge to 
operations, based on the then fair market value of such shares. Such charge 
could substantially increase the Company's loss or reduce or eliminate the 
Company's net income, if any, for financial reporting purposes for the period 
during which shares are or become probable of being released from escrow. 
Although the amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company will 
not effect the Company's total stockholders equity, it may depress the market 
price of the Company's securities. See "Principal Stockholders--Escrow 
Shares." 

                                      32 
<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS 

GENERAL 

   The Company develops, manufactures and markets customizable high quality 
visual communications systems for use in desktop computers which permit users 
to hold multi-point video conferences in two or more locations, as well as 
providing additional video, audio and data transfer features not available in 
traditional video conferencing systems. Unlike traditional video conferencing 
companies, the Company's focus is on high quality system solutions. The 
Company believes that the needs of its target customers cannot be addressed 
by currently available lower quality software-only products (including 
Internet products) or by high quality traditional video conferencing 
products. In addition to providing audio and video images of the other 
participants in the tele-conference, the Company's systems are also capable 
of simultaneously providing images and data in windows on the computer screen 
which can be viewed by all participants in the video conference and permit 
users at remote computer terminals to modify data and manipulate images 
through the operation of apparatus, such as microscopes and video cameras. 
These systems, which include both proprietary and third-party software and 
hardware, are inter-operable with products from certain vendors and comply 
with all relevant international standards, including H.320. The Company sells 
its systems and kits to end-users in a variety of industries and to OEMs and 
integrators. The Company has sold an aggregate of approximately 500 systems 
and kits, including pilot projects, since 1990. 

   The Company's technology has been developed with its Strategic Partners, 
including DT, Texas Instruments, IBM Germany and Olympus. The Company 
believes that its technology can produce substantially higher quality image 
and video transmissions, including reduced noise and artifacts, truer color 
representation and higher frame rates, than software-only products and lower 
cost hardwired systems, while using less of the computing power of the host 
desktop computer which permits other applications to continue to operate 
without interruption. In addition, the Company's new generation of systems 
currently being developed is based on a programmable digital signal processor 
which provides flexibility for adapting to new algorithms, standards or user 
requirements. The Company believes that the high image quality and other 
features provided by the Company's systems will meet the requirements of 
various professional users including tele-medicine (i.e., transferring 
microscope, x-ray, video or other diagnostic images for evaluation by a 
physician at a remote site) and tele-surveillance (i.e., remote viewing and 
control of surveillance cameras and remote access control via switched 
networks). In excess of $18 million was invested in the Company by its 
stockholders and the Company has invested approximately $10 million in the 
research and development of its technology (including approximately $4 
million in participations from the Company's Strategic Partners). This 
investment in the Company's technology does not include additional amounts 
invested directly by the Company's Strategic Partners in the development of 
their components used in the Company's systems. 

   The Company believes that the multimedia communications market will be 
divided between mass-market low quality software-only solutions and high 
quality system solutions which principally utilize hardwired processors. The 
Company believes that mass market solutions do not meet the needs of its 
potential customers because of the lower quality image and video 
transmissions and that hardwired processors are inflexible and difficult to 
adapt to new algorithms and standards. In addition, the Company believes that 
its use of programmable digital signal processors combined with its 
proprietary technology offers a competitive advantage over competitors using 
hardwired chips or software-only solutions. The Company is not aware of other 
companies which offer similar customized complete systems at comparable 
prices. 
   
   The Company has developed two generations and is currently developing a 
third generation of its technology. The first generation was developed using 
a large number of computer boards and readily available components as the 
Company's initial entry in the visual communications field and to assess 
customer needs. The second generation, utilized in the Company's current 
systems, is characterized by a substantially reduced number of computer 
boards and improved capabilities. These systems use a combination of fully 
programmable digital signal processors and less-flexible hardwired 
processors. The second generation systems have inherently high prices per 
unit. For example, the Company's second generation MFKS systems have average 
wholesale prices of approximately $5,800 to $17,500 per system (depending on 
the composition of systems required by the user). The Company's third 
generation systems, utilize Texas Instruments' C8x programmable digital 
signal processor 
    
                                      33 
<PAGE>

and are designed for commercial production with target wholesale sales prices 
of approximately $1,500 to $6,500 per system for corresponding MFKS systems. 
The Company believes that its third generation of systems will be its first 
systems which have the potential for widespread commercialization and that 
increasing sales of these products will result in corresponding decreases in 
sales, and eventual phasing out of its second generation products. 

   The Company's existing products include the MFKS Vision and Live 
multi-functional communications system and the MIKS Interactive Kiosk. MFKS 
is a high quality visual communications system which combines hardware and 
software for use in desktop computers and permits users to hold multi-point 
video conferences with simultaneous video, audio and data transfer. MIKS is 
an electronic kiosk system which allows consumers to access information 
stored in the electronic kiosk or in remote locations, including high quality 
video, while allowing instant contact to a video conference with a 
tele-consultant who has full access to the images and data seen by the 
consumer. 

   The Company's systems are flexible and can be configured in a variety of 
ways to meet the requirements of specific customers. The Company, on a 
project by project basis, designs systems which provide solutions on a 
customized basis for the specific requirements of particular customers. 

INDUSTRY 

   The driving force behind the growth of the video conferencing market was 
the desire to achieve the effectiveness of face-to-face meetings with the 
cost and convenience of the telephone. Video conferencing systems can improve 
worker productivity and reduce costs by eliminating or reducing travel, 
improving the timely exchange of information between dispersed work groups 
and leveraging the use of scarce personnel resources located at a distance 
from the person needing their expertise. Initial video conferencing products 
were relatively expensive and typically required dedicated, high speed 
transmission facilities, trained operators and special rooms, with customized 
lighting and acoustics, resulting in low demand. In recent years, however, 
the rapid growth and decreasing cost of world-wide switched digital telephone 
services, technological improvements in both audio and video quality and the 
availability of lower cost, easy to use turnkey communications systems have 
led to greater use of video conferencing. Historically, the multimedia 
communications market has been dominated by systems using hardwired 
processors. Today, desktop video conferencing systems using hardwired 
processors priced as low as $1,000 per unit have emerged. The Company 
believes, however, that such low cost systems provide lower quality video and 
still images and that, to reduce costs, many of such systems rely heavily on 
the host computer's CPU reducing the systems ability to simultaneously run 
other applications. Hardwired processors are inflexible and difficult to 
adapt to changes in technology, standards or customer needs. 

   In recent years international industry standards intended to facilitate 
interoperability among different vendors video conferencing systems without 
additional special equipment or arrangements have appeared including the 
current standard, H.320. While the implementation of emerging industry 
standards and other technological improvements have helped to increase sales 
of hardware-based video conferencing systems in recent years, the relatively 
high price and limited interoperability of these systems have impeded the 
widespread adoption of video conferencing as a mass communication medium. In 
an effort to expand the availability of video conferencing as a 
communications tool, a number of developers commenced efforts to develop 
software-based video conferencing technology that did not require expensive 
proprietary hardware. However, these systems often require intensive use of 
the desktop computer's CPU which limits the ability of the computer to 
simultaneously run other applications. For example, implementation of the 
full H.320 video conferencing standard using a software-only solution 
utilizing a Pentium CPU requires approximately 6 times the processing power 
of a common 150 MHz Pentium. In most of these systems, tradeoffs have been 
made to limit the demands on the CPU by keeping the picture size small and 
accepting lower picture clarity and frame rate. The Company expects that the 
mass market will be characterized by software bundled with operating systems 
offered by companies such as Microsoft which will be enhanced by shipments of 
desktop computers incorporating Intel's Pentium MMX software interface which 
offer improved video processing. 

   The Company believes that mass market solutions do not meet the needs of 
certain professional customers who demand better image clarity than is 
currently available using software-only products, such as doctors who will 
use visual communication systems to review microscope slides or other 
diagnostic images. Depending on 

                                      34 
<PAGE>

the application, these customers may demand full-frame video, reduced noise 
and artifacts, truer color representation and/or higher frame rates. In 
addition, many of these customers need solutions which allow for data sharing 
and full remote operation of applications. Software-only solutions require 
such a large portion of the CPU's processing capacity for video conferencing 
that they have difficulty in integrating these additional functions on their 
customers existing desktop computers. 

   In addition, many customers, especially OEMs and integrators, are 
concerned that their investment in visual communications technology will 
become obsolete. Systems using programmable digital signal processors, such 
as the C8x, may be attractive to OEMs and integrators because these systems 
are relatively easy to reprogram to handle new algorithms and standards as 
technology improves or to be customized to meet specialized customer needs. 
Hardwired chips have limited lives as upgrades or other changes require that 
a new chip be engineered and fabricated. Digital signal processors also 
substantially reduce the burden on the CPU of the host computer allowing 
other applications to run uninterrupted. 

STRATEGY 

   The Company intends to continue to jointly develop with its Strategic 
Partners innovative hardware and software alternatives to lower quality 
software-only products. The Company is in the process of completing 
development of its third generation of products and intends to continue to 
develop newer generations of its products as technology or the needs of its 
customers change. In addition, the Company seeks to identify new applications 
for its technology. 

   The Company's strategy of joint development with its Strategic Partners 
allows the Company to increase the effectiveness of its research and 
development by taking advantage of the knowledge and resources of its 
Strategic Partners (including skilled personnel, existing hardware and 
software libraries and participations) by eliminating unnecessary duplicative 
work and minimizing the Company's research and development expenditures. 

   The Company intends to target its technology and its products at the 
professional market, including customers using tele-medicine and 
tele-surveillance. The Company believes that these markets require high 
quality systems which provide solutions tailored to their requirements and 
contain higher quality image and video transmissions and other features than 
traditional video conferencing communications systems. The Company's systems 
are being designed to provide such high quality features and the Company 
intends to actively promote its products to this market. 

   The Company currently markets its products, both through its own sales 
staff and through certain of its Strategic Partners, primarily in Europe. A 
substantial part of the potential market for the Company's products are in 
the United States due to the geographic spread, technological sophistication 
and number of potential users of the Company's products. Entering in the 
United States market is a fundamental part of the Company's strategy. The 
Company intends to expand its marketing efforts, both by expanding its sales 
and marketing staff in Europe as well as establishing an office and a sales 
and marketing staff in the United States during 1997. The Company continually 
evaluates potential strategic partners for additional applications and 
broader marketing of IAT's technolgy. The Company may make acquisitions or 
other investments or may enter into joint venture agreements for strategic 
reasons. 

   The Company's strategy will continue to follow a solution oriented 
approach. In many cases, potential customers of the Company's products will 
not need a standard system but will require a system designed specifically to 
meet their specific needs. The Company intends to continue developing, on a 
project by project basis, and in collaboration with its Strategic Partners, 
systems which provide solutions on a customized basis for the specific 
requirements of particular customers. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence Upon 
Agreements," "-- Further Development; Need for Additional Financing,"
"-- Developing Market," "-- Dependence on New Products and Rapidly Developing 
Technologies" and "-- Risk Associated with Expanded Operations in the United 
States." 

SYSTEMS 

   The Company's systems include both proprietary and third-party software 
and hardware, and are inter-operable with products from certain vendors and 
fully comply with all relevant international standards, includ- 

                                      35 
<PAGE>

ing H.320. The software includes compression algorithms and routines to 
control video-conferencing, data transfer, transmission of still and moving 
video images, remote control of other applications and customizable features 
to meet the specific needs of customers. The hardware, consisting of a board 
or boards for insertion into a host desktop computer includes a codec (a 
combination of a coder and decoder for compressing the number of bytes 
representing audio or video information and recovering the original bytes 
from the compressed bytes after they have been transmitted), a video inlay or 
overlay, a video switch and audio mixer. Compression algorithms and codecs 
reduce the number of bytes necessary to represent a specific piece of 
information in order to reduce the cost and time of transmitting data. 
However, the process of compression and decompression results in the loss of 
some of the original data and can introduce artifacts into the resulting 
image. The Company believes that its proprietary combination of software and 
hardware offer high image quality, including reduced noise and artifacts, 
truer color representation and high frame rates while still allowing 
simultaneous transmission of other data and audio signals. 

   The Company's systems are flexible and can be configured in a variety of 
ways to meet the requirements of specific customers. The Company, on a 
project by project basis, designs systems which provide solutions on a 
customized basis for the specific requirements of particular customers. The 
Company sells its systems and kits to end-users in a variety of industries 
and to OEMs and integrators. The Company's existing systems include the MFKS 
Vision and Live multifunctional communications system and the MIKS 
Interactive Kiosk. 

   The following graph sets forth the relationship between the Company's 
technology and its products: 


                   [Graphic indicating how the Company's base
                 technology is combined with the MFKS specific
                  hardware and software for MFKS based systems
                and is combined with MIKS specific hardware and
                          software for MIKS systems.]

                                      36 
<PAGE>

   MKFS Vision and Live. The MFKS Vision and Live multifunctional 
communications system, allows simultaneous video, audio and data 
communications using the Company's software and hardware computer boards in 
IBM compatible standard desktop computers. The following shows the major 
elements of the MFKS Vision and Live system: 




                         [Schematic depicting elements
                            of MFKS Vision and Live]







   IAT offers MFKS 128 and MFKS 384 systems which communicate at speeds of up 
to 128 kbps or up to 384 kbps, respectively, to match the communications 
needs of its customers. IAT developed its MFKS systems jointly with DT. The 
second generation of MFKS 128 consists of software, two computer boards (a 
codec and an ISDN (or other network) connection) and two optional computer 
boards and permits tele-conferencing and simultaneous full screen video with 
a PIP and audio and data communications on a desktop computer. IAT's MFKS 384 
systems consist of software and six to nine computer boards. MFKS 384 systems 
offer all of the features of MFKS 128 systems plus the ability to view two 
full-screen video windows simultaneously. The Company believes that its MFKS 
systems offer substantially higher image quality, including reduced noise and 
artifacts, truer color representation and higher frame rates, than 
software-only products. MFKS systems fully implement all current relevant 
international communications standards. While second generation MFKS systems 
used a combination of hardwired chips and programmable digital signal 
processors, IAT's third generation MFKS systems will exclusively use fully 
programmable C8x digital signal processors, communicate using widely 
available switched networks and are designed to work with ISDN or faster 
lines. Use of fully programmable digital signal processors allows easier 
upgrades and customization than systems using hardwired processors. The 
Company believes that the combination of the tele-conference and additional 
functions performed by its MFKS systems provide features not generally 
available in existing tele-conferencing systems and will meet the 
requirements of the professional users the Company intends to target. The 
following charts set forth the features and development of the Company's MFKS 
128 and MFKS 384 systems: 

                                      37 
<PAGE>

   
                                    MFKS 128
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           First Generation                          Second Generation                            
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Available                                    1991-1992                                   1995-1996                                
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                                      <C>
Hardware Requirements                  Mandatory                                       Mandatory                                  
                                                                                                                                  
                                       [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                               [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                          
                                                                                                                                  
                                       codec     codec     ISDN                        codec     ISDN                             
                                                            SO                                     SO                             
                                                                                                                                  
                                       [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                               Optional                                   
                                                                                                                                  
                                         1st        communi-                           [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                          
                                       overlay      cations                                                                       
                                                                                                                                  
                                       Optional                                                                                   
                                                                                                                                  
                                       [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                               video          audio                       
                                                                                       switch         mix                         
                                                                                                                                  
                                         2nd        video     audio                
                                       overlay      switch    mix                  
                                                                                   
                                     Minimum: 5 boards                        Minimum: 2 boards                                   
                                     Fully equipped with options: 8 boards    Fully equipped with options: 4 boards
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating System                     Windows 3.X                              Windows 3.X                                         
                                                                              Windows 95 (32 bit)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design and Architecture              Complete systems built exclusively into  Complete systems built into PC's                    
                                     PC's                                     Kits                                                
                                     No kits                                  No OEM's                                            
                                     No OEM's                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                  
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Software                             Video conferencing, including            Video conferencing with full-frame picture and PIP
                                     -                                        with features as in first generation PLUS:
                                     Control boards                           Data conferencing (T.120 standard)                  
                                     -                                        - application sharing                               
                                     Video conference using ISDN              - file transfer                                     
                                     2 B-channels (1 ISDN line)(128 kbs)      - still video                                       
                                     - remote control laser disk              Specialized application software  
                                     - source switching video/audio           
                                     - application sharing version 1
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Application                          Traditional video conferencing           Same as First Generation PLUS                       
                                     Pilot projects                           - Scientific works in information technology        
                                     Office communications                    - Tele-Support                                      
                                                                              - Tele-Microscopy pilots                            
                                                                              - Tele-Commuting
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approximate Average Wholesale Price  $20,000                                  $5,800
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
<PAGE>

                                    MFKS 128
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
                                                  Third Generation                       
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Available                                             1997                               
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                       <C>
Hardware Requirements                                                                    
                                                                                         
                                                   [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                     
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                       Codec+                            
                                                    Video Inlay+                         
                                                    Video Switch+                        
                                                      Audio Mix+                         
                                                     Still Video                         
                                                (Digital video/audio,                    
                                                    in development)                      
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                          single board based on C8x technology           
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 


Operating System                          Windows 95 (16 bit)                            
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Design and Architecture                   Complete systems built into PC's               
                                          Kits                                           
                                          OEM's & integrators can purchase:              
                                          - Evaluation kits                              
                                          - Production license                           
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Software                                  Video conferencing and data conferencing as in 
                                          second generation PLUS                         
                                          Better still video (wavelets/JPEG)             
                                          Digital video/audio (MPEG)                     
                                          Specialized application software               
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Application                               All types of telecommunications including      
                                          - Tele-Medicine                                
                                          - Tele-Surveillance                            
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
Approximate Average Wholesale Price       $1,500 ($1,000 for OEM's in quantity)          
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       38
<PAGE>
   
                                    MFKS 384
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Second Generation                              Third Generation
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Available                                             1995-1996                                          1997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                                       <C>
Hardware Requirements                                 Mandatory                                        Mandatory
                                                                                                 
                                        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                         [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                    
                                          codec      codec         1st overlay    High-End         ISDN             High-End
                                                                                  Multimedia       3xSO             VGA board
                                                                                  Including
                                        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                         Codec+
                                                                                  Video Inlay+
                                        Communi-     Inverse       ISDN           Hi Fi Audio+
                                        cations      Multiplexer   3xSO           Basic video
                                                                                  Switch+
                                                                                  Basic audio mix
                                        Optional                                  (Digital video/
                                                                                  audio in
                                        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]                         development)
                                    
                                          2nd         video        audio
                                        overlay       switch        mix
                                    
                                        [GRAPHIC OMITTED]
                                    
                                            bus                                   3 boards high-end set based on C8x technology
                                         extension
                                            box
                                    
                                        Minimum: 6 boards
                                        Fully equipped with options: 9 boards
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Design and Architecture                 Complete systems in desktop PC            Complete systems in desktop PC
                                        No kits                                   Kits
                                        No OEM's                                  OEM's
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating System                        Windows 3.X                               Windows 95 (32 bit)
                                        Windows 95 (16 bit)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Software                                Same as Second-Generation MFKS 128        Same as Third-Generation MFKS 128
                                        PLUS                                      PLUS
                                        - can control 6 ISDN B-channels           - can control 6 ISDN B-channels 
                                        (3 ISDN lines) 384 kbps                   (3 ISDN lines) 384 kbps
                                        - multiplexing                            - multiplexing
                                        - 2 Full Screen Video Windows             - 2 Full Screen Video Windows
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications                            Tele-Service                              All types of telecommunications including
                                        Tele-Consulting                           - Tele-Service
                                        Tele-Medicine pilots                      - Tele-Medicine; including tele-endoscopy and 
                                                                                    tele-microscopy
                                                                                  - Tele-Security
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Approximate Average Wholesale Price     $17,500                                   $8,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    

                                      39

<PAGE>

   MFKS systems can be customized to meet customer needs. The basic MFKS 
Vision & Live system can connect up to seven video sources including, 
microscopes, endoscopes, video cameras, document cameras, and laser disc 
players. It can display, send and receive images in two windows and grab 
(memorize single frames) in both the send and receive windows. In addition, 
the MFKS system allows for remote control of the remote computer and attached 
devices. MFKS systems can be configured with up to five ISDN or other 
high-speed connections (e.g. Ethernet LAN or T.1 telephone lines) to match 
customers' desired video imaging speed and resolution requirements. All MFKS 
systems have the ability to make multipoint and point to point connections. 

   The Company believes that the combination of the tele-conference and 
additional functions performed by its MFKS systems provide features required 
by professional users and not generally available in existing tele- 
conferencing systems. MFKS systems are currently used by DT for 
administrative tasks; by customers of DeTeSystems, an integrator and 
affiliate of DT, for a variety of tasks in different industries; by MAN 
Roland for tele-servicing of large, high-speed printing presses; by Grundig 
for tele-surveillance in an underground subway system; by the water quality 
control industry for visual water testing from remote sites; and by hospitals 
for pilot projects in tele-microscopy and tele-endoscopy. 

   The Company is jointly developing with Texas Instruments and DT its third 
generation MFKS system incorporating Texas Instrument's C8x programmable 
digital signal processor which will allow for easier upgrades than systems 
using hardwired chips. These new systems will provide all of the functions of 
the corresponding existing second generation systems at a substantially lower 
target prices. The third generation MFKS 128 uses a single proprietary 
computer board while the third generation MFKS 384 system shrinks the 
required hardware from six computer boards down to three. The Company expects 
to release the third generation of MFKS systems in 1997 at target wholesale 
prices of approximately $1,500 per system ($1,000 to OEMs in quantity) for 
the single board MFKS 128 system and approximately $6,500 per system 
($3,500-$4,500 to OEMs depending on the composition of systems required by 
the user) for the MFKS 384 system. The Company believes that the third 
generation of MFKS is the first system that it has manufactured which has the 
potential for market penetration. No assurance can be given that such systems 
will be introduced on a timely basis, if at all, or that such systems will be 
accepted by the market. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on New Products and 
Rapidly Developing Technology." 

   The Company is presently working with Olympus to integrate MFKS systems 
into tele-microscopes. These products are expected to allow doctors in 
different locations to engage in a video conference while concurrently 
reviewing microscopic slides, and in some models, to remotely operate the 
microscope. The Company does not believe that the images from currently 
available visual communications systems provide sufficient image quality to 
transmit pictures of microscopic slides which would permit their use for 
diagnosis. The Company believes that the high quality images produced by the 
MFKS system offer images with resolutions and life-like colors sufficient for 
medical diagnoses. 

   Wavelet Compression. The Company is jointly developing with Professor 
Seiler of the Technical University of Berlin proprietary wavelet data 
compression technology which offers up to 300 to 1 compression with scalable 
data loss. The Company believes that the wavelet compression that it is 
developing will almost eliminate the time delay in viewing still images which 
are transmitted by visual communications systems and that this reduction will 
make the Company's MFKS systems more attractive. The Company believes that it 
will be able to offer wavelet compression in its MFKS systems beginning in 
1997 and that one of the first applications for this technology will be in 
the tele-microscopes being jointly developed with Olympus. 

                                      40 
<PAGE>

   MIKS Interactive Kiosk. The MIKS Interactive Kiosk was jointly developed 
with DT and IBM Germany. As shown below, the MIKS Interactive Kiosk consists 
of consumer electronic kiosks, tele-consultant stations, an authoring system 
and related proprietary software. 



                        [Schematic depicting elements of
                               interavtive kiosk]



   Electronic Kiosks can present consumers with access to information stored 
in the electronic kiosk or in remote locations, including high quality video 
while allowing instant contact to a video conference with a tele-consultant 
who has full access to the images and data seen by the consumer. Routine 
inquiries can be handled by the stored information allowing each 
tele-consultant to service a number of electronic kiosks. The Company 
believes the MIKS Interactive Kiosk system can enable companies to more 
efficiently utilize their personnel and to rapidly collect market information 
on consumers using the electronic kiosks. 

   The MIKS Interactive Kiosk system also includes a proprietary database 
management system and an authoring system for electronic kiosks. An authoring 
system is, in effect, a sophisticated word processor which can also handle 
the development of menus and integration of audio and video data for the 
electronic kiosks. The Company's authoring system substantially reduces the 
cost and time to develop menus and pages for electronic kiosk displays. IAT 
may offer this authoring system to end-users and designers for use with other 
companies' electronic kiosk systems. The Company's proprietary database 
management system allows rapid and accurate updating of information stored in 
the electronic kiosks and collection of consumer data. The Company's existing 
second generation MIKS system requires two desktop computers per electronic 
kiosk and has an average retail price of approximately $45,000 per electronic 
kiosk. The Company has only installed pilot MIKS systems. 

   IAT and certain of its Strategic Partners are jointly developing the third 
generation MIKS Interactive Kiosk system which will reduce the hardware 
demands to only one desktop computer with two proprietary computer boards per 
electronic kiosk. The Company's target retail price for the third generation 
MIKS system is approximately $20,000 per electronic kiosk. IAT expects to 
begin selling third generation MIKS systems in 1997, but no assurance can be 
given that such systems will be introduced on a timely basis, if at all, or 
that such systems will be accepted by the market. See "Risk Factors -- 
Dependence on New Products and Rapidly Developing Technology." 

                                      41 
<PAGE>

   The following chart sets forth features and development of the MIKS 
Interactive Kiosk: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             First Generation             Second Generation                          Third Generation 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                  <C>                                          <C>

Available                         1993                       1994-1995                                    1997 

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hardware Requirements                             Pilot Systems                                Commercial Systems 
for Electronic Kiosks        Prototype  Only      - 2 desktop computers                        - 1 desktop 
                                                                                                 computer with 2 boards 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Software                                          - OS/2 operating system for MIKS software    - Authoring Tool 
                                                  - Windows 3.x for communications software    - Data base updating software 
                                                                                               - Communication software 
                                                                                               - Multimedia software 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications                 o Test model         o  Fair Information Systems                  o Same as Second-Generation PLUS 
                                                  o  Citizen Information Systems               o Tele-Ordering of shipping service
                                                  o  Tele-Shopping                             o Tele-Banking 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Average Retail Price 
per Electronic Kiosk               --                          $45,000                                   $20,000 

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

      OEM. In addition to complete systems, the Company offers OEMs and
integrators MFKS kits utilizing its existing second generation technology and
expects to begin offering kits utilizing its third generation technology in
1997. OEMs and integrators install the Company's hardware and software in their
own systems. In addition to the MFKS kits described in the following table, the
Company also offers MIKS kits.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Vision & Live Basic                 Vision & Live Universal                 Vision & Live Special 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                                   <C>                                      <C>
Description             Low-Cost PC-Board based               Mid-range ISA PC-Board                   High-end ISA PC-Board 
                        on MFKS 128                           based on MFKS 384                        based on MFKS 384 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Features                H.320 videoconferencing or JPEG still video                                    H.320 videoconferencing 
o Communications        encoding/decoding or optional MPEG1 decoding and                               with simultaneous JPEG still
                        optional wavelet high-quality and optional still video                         video encoding/decoding or 
                                                                                                       optional MPEG1 decoding 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o ISDN                  2 ISDN B-Channels                      o Up to 6 ISDN B-Channels (3 ISDN lines) 384 kbps 
                        (1 ISDN line) 128 kbps                 o Other network interfaces available 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Video                 Full-Screen Video Window with PIP                                              2 Full-Screen Video Windows 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
o Others                                                                                               o Hi Fi Audio 
                                                                                                       o Includes all drivers 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applications            o Low-end solution for                 o Tele-Surveillance                     o Desktop Multimedia 
                          desktop video conferencing           o Tele-Security                         o POI/POS 
                                                               o Tele-Medicine                         o Medicine 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Availability            2nd Half of 1997                       1996 (1st Half of 1997 for licenses)    1st Half of 1997 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wholesale Price         Less than $1,000                       $3,500 plus license of                  $ 4,500 
(in quantity)                                                  $20,000 - $150,000              

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

   The Company expects that a majority of its sales will come from OEMs and 
integrators. The Company's sales will therefore be dependent on the sales 
efforts of third parties which it cannot control. There can be no assurance 
that such systems will be introduced on a timely basis, if at all, or that 
such systems will be accepted by the market. 

STRATEGIC PARTNERS 

   The Company's Strategic Partners have played an important role in the 
development of the Company's technology and products and in some cases, have 
been substantial customers of the Company's products. See "Risk Factors -- 
Dependence on Agreements" and "Business -- Customers." 

                                      42 
<PAGE>

   The Company and its Strategic Partners have conducted the research and 
development of the Company's products pursuant to various contracts. Once 
development of the Company's products is complete, it intends to enter into 
marketing agreements with the relevant Strategic Partners. Cooperation with 
its strategic partners enables the Company to take advantage of its partners' 
knowledge, technology and resources. 


   Deutsche Telekom. DT is the Company's oldest Strategic Partner with a 
relationship extending back to 1992. The Company and DT jointly developed and 
contributed $3.1 million and $2.5 million, respectively, to the first and 
second generations of the MFKS Vision and Live systems. The Company and DT 
each have the right to market the MFKS Vision and Live Systems and other uses 
of the technology developed in connection with this product. Approximately 
87%, 68% and 77% of the Company's revenues for the years ended December 31, 
1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively have been received from DT and its 
affiliates. The Company continues to work with DT to develop parts of the 
third generation of MFKS Vision and Live. 


   IBM Germany and Deutsche Telekom. The Company and DT made a strategic 
alliance with IBM Germany to develop the MIKS Interactive Kiosk by expanding 
the MFKS technology. Since the beginning of the development of the MIKS 
Interactive Kiosk, the parties have each contributed one-third to the total 
of research and development costs of $4.0 million. Currently, the partners 
cooperate informally to supply components for new MIKS systems which can be 
sold by any partner. The partners are negotiating a marketing agreement to 
formalize this arrangement. 

   Texas Instruments. The Company is jointly developing base hardware and 
software with Texas Instruments for its third generation MFKS Vision and Live 
system incorporating the C8x chip. The Company believes that the C8x chip 
offers the best price to value ratio for the demanding high quality 
multimedia systems it builds for its customers in all of its markets. The 
Company expects that it will continue to work with Texas Instruments to 
expand the range of the Company's products utilizing the C8x. The Company 
expects that it will launch the single board version of MFKS Vision and Live 
during 1997. Both parties have the right to sell and license the board. TI 
and IAT are in negotiations to define the role of each partner in marketing 
and supporting products based on the C8x and supporting customers working on 
C8x products (OEMs). See "Risk Factors -- Suppliers." 

   Olympus. In 1995, the Company began to collaborate with Olympus to combine 
its MFKS Vision and Live technology with Olympus' expertise in microscopes to 
produce systems for tele-microscopy and tele-endoscopy. Each of the Company 
and Olympus have contributed to the development of these specialized systems. 
Olympus will use its position in the microscopy business to market the MFKS 
based tele-microscopy system jointly with the Company. To further enhance the 
capabilities of the products developed with Olympus, the Company is jointly 
developing wavelet compression technology with Dr. Seiler of the Technical 
University of Berlin. See "Business -- Systems -- MFKS Vision and Live -- 
Wavelet Compression." 

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 

   The Company believes that research and development is vital to the success 
of its business and intends to continue, and to devote substantial resources 
to, its research and development efforts to improve its products and adapt to 
the changing environment and the demands of its customers. 

   The Company's strategy of joint development with its Strategic Partners 
allows the Company to increase the effectiveness of its research and 
development by taking advantage of the knowledge and resources of its 
Strategic Partners (including skilled personnel, existing hardware and 
software libraries and Research Participations) by eliminating unnecessary 
duplicative work and minimizing the Company's research and development 
expenditures. The Company's technology has been developed with Strategic 
Partners, including DT, Texas Instruments, IBM Germany and Olympus. In excess 
of $18 million was invested in the Company by its stockholders and the 
Company has invested approximately $10 million in the research, development 
of its technology (including approximately $4 million in participations from 
the Company's Strategic Partners). This investment in the Company's 
technology does not include additional amounts invested directly by the 
Company's Strategic Partners in the development of their components used in 
the Company's systems. 

                                      43 
<PAGE>

   To date, the Company has generally focused first on developing systems 
which can be utilized by customers in the field to assess the needs of such 
customers. IAT and its Strategic Partners have then refined these systems and 
tried to reduce costs while continuing to upgrade the systems to take into 
account changes in standards and technology. In addition, a key function with 
development of a proprietary library of processing algorithms which can be 
adapted to a variety of platforms. IAT is jointly developing with Texas 
Instruments and DT its third generation of technology with the functionality 
of the second generation systems plus additional features at a substantially 
lower price. The Company views its third generation products as the first 
products that it has produced that have the potential for market penetration. 
Once IAT's third generation products are introduced, the Company's research 
emphasis will shift from basic research and initial product development to 
improvements in the Company's systems to meet the needs of specific customers 
or groups of customers and to take into account advances in technology or 
standards. However, IAT expects to continue to conducts research and 
development jointly with its Strategic Partners who contribute to the costs 
of research and development. "Risk Factors -- Dependence on New Products and 
Rapidly Developing Technologies." 

   The Company is currently working with Olympus to integrate MFKS systems 
into tele-microscopes and is jointly developing wavelet compression 
technology with Professor Seiler of the Technical University of Berlin. See 
"--Systems -- MFKS Vision and Live -- Wavelet Compression." 

   The Company is working to develop versions of MFKS systems and MIKS 
Interactive Kiosks available as pure software products to take advantage of 
Intel's Pentium MMX software interface. In addition, the Company is 
conducting research on applying its technology to digital television area as 
well as providing intranet capabilities for its systems. There can be no 
assurance that the Company will be able to develop its business in these 
areas, if at all. 

MARKETING 

   The Company targets professional users who need the highest available 
communications quality for demanding applications such as tele-medicine and 
tele-surveillance. The Company believes that the needs of its target 
customers cannot be addressed by currently available lower quality 
software-only products (including Internet products) or by high quality 
traditional video conferencing products. Depending on the application, these 
customers may demand full frame video, reduced noise and artifacts, truer 
color representation and/or higher frame rates. In addition, many of these 
customers need solutions which allow for data sharing and full remote 
operation of applications. The Company believes that its proprietary know-how 
for combining hardware and software solutions in complete systems is unique. 
The Company believes that its technology can produce substantially higher 
quality image and video transmissions than other systems, while using less of 
the computing power of the general purpose CPU of the host desktop computer 
which permits other applications to continue to operate without interruption. 

   In addition, IAT targets OEMs and integrators and offers these customers 
products with a range of compatibilities and prices. See "-- OEM." The 
Company's use of programmable digital signal processors and proprietary 
software offers full implementation of relevant standards and allows these 
companies to preserve their investment in visual communications technology. 
Systems using programmable digital signal processors, such as the C8x used in 
the Company's third-generation systems, are attractive to OEMs and 
integrators because these systems are relatively easy to reprogram to handle 
new algorithms and standards as technology improves or to be customized to 
meet specialized customer needs. Hardwired chips are not as flexible as 
programmable digital signal processors as upgrades or other changes require 
that a new chip be engineered and fabricated. 

   To date, the Company has invested approximately $4 million in the 
marketing of its products. Currently, the Company markets its products, both 
through its own sales staff and through certain of its Strategic Partners, 
primarily in Europe. IAT's sales and marketing force of 11 persons is located 
primarily in Germany. A substantial part of the potential market for the 
Company's products are in the United States due to the geographic spread, 
technological sophistication and number of potential users of the Company's 
products. Entering into the United States market is a fundamental part of the 
Company's strategy. The Company intends to expand its marketing efforts, both 
by expanding its sales and marketing staff in Europe as well as establishing 
an office and a sales and marketing staff in the United States during 1997. 
The Company continually evaluates potential strategic partners for additional 
applications and broader marketing of IAT's technology. The Company may make 


                                      44 
<PAGE>

acquisitions or other investments or may enter into joint venture agreements 
for strategic reasons. Once development of the Company's products is 
complete, it may enter into marketing agreements with the relevant Strategic 
Partners. IAT contacts customers via its sales force, web site, articles, 
advertising, and through certain of its Strategic Partners. In several cases 
the Company has supplied MIKS Interactive Kiosks to fairs and exhibitions to 
gain customer exposure. 

   Currently, purchase decision cycles for the Company's products are 
relatively long because the technology is new and costs are relatively high. 
New customers typically acquire a pilot system or systems to evaluate before 
purchasing a number of systems. While the Company sells these pilot units in 
most cases, it may lend evaluation units to certain accounts. In many cases, 
the customer requires the approval of its senior management or the board of 
directors before purchasing a number of the Company's systems. The Company is 
not aware of other companies which offer similar customized complete systems 
at comparable prices. The Company believes that the market for high end 
systems will expand and purchase decision cycles will shorten once the price 
of introductory systems decrease. Currently, the target wholesale price of a 
third generation MFKS system is approximately $1,500 per unit and the Company 
has targeted a $1,000 per unit price for a third-generation OEM kit unless 
competition from other products would induce the Company to reduce its target 
prices. 

CUSTOMERS 

   The Company believes that there are numerous potential uses by 
professional users for its MFKS systems. MFKS systems are currently used by 
DT for administrative tasks; by customers of DeTeSystems, an integrator and 
affiliate of DT, for a variety of tasks in different industries; by MAN 
Roland for tele-servicing of large, high-speed printing presses; by Grundig 
for tele-surveillance in an underground subway system; by the water quality 
control industry for visual water testing from remote sites; and by hospitals 
for pilot projects in tele-microscopy and tele-endoscopy. The following 
table sets forth certain of the Company's customers and their respective 
industries: 

DT and DeTeSystem  ........   Telecom and Integrator 
MAN Roland  ...............   Printing Presses 
Olympus  ..................   Medical, Scientific and Industrial Devices 
Grundig  ..................   Tele-surveillance 
Kantonspolizei Zurich  ....   Document analysis 

   Approximately 87%, 68% and 77% of the Company's revenues for the years 
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively have been received from 
DT and its affiliates. The loss of sales or a significant reduction in sales 
to DT could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, 
financial condition and result of operations. There can be no assurance that 
any of the customers listed above will continue to purchase products from the 
Company in the future. 


INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY 

   The Company's success is heavily dependent upon its proprietary 
technology. The Company currently has no patents and relies primarily on 
copyright, trademark and trade secrets law, as well as employee and third- 
party non-disclosure agreements, to protect its intellectual property. The 
Company intends to apply for patents on certain aspects of its technology. 
However, there can be no assurance that such patents will be granted or, if 
granted, that such patents will provide protection against infringement. 
There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company to protect its 
proprietary rights will be adequate to prevent misappropriation of its 
technology or independent development by others of similar technology. 

   Substantially all of the Company's revenues in the years ended December 
31, 1995 and 1996 were generated from operations located in Germany and 
Switzerland, where the Company believes that regardless of differences in 
legal systems, it enjoys substantially equivalent protection for its 
proprietary rights as it would in the United States. However, the laws of 
some foreign countries where the Company may in the future sell its products 
may not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as do 
laws in the United States. There can be no assurance that the protections 
afforded by the laws of such countries will be adequate to protect the 
Company's proprietary rights, the unenforceability of any of which could have 
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

                                      45 
<PAGE>

   Litigation may be necessary to enforce the Company's intellectual property 
rights or to protect the Company's trade secrets. There can be no assurance 
that any such litigation would be successful. Any such litigation, even if 
successful, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

   The Company has not been charged with infringement of any proprietary 
rights of others; however, there can be no assurance that third parties will 
not assert infringement and other claims against the Company or that such 
claims will not be successful. From time to time, the Company may receive in 
the future notice of claims of infringement of other parties' proprietary 
rights. Many participants in the Company's industry have frequently 
demonstrated a readiness to commence litigation based on allegations of 
patent or other intellectual property infringement. Third parties may assert 
exclusive patent, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property rights 
to technologies that are important to the Company. In addition, patents held 
by third parties in certain countries may require the Company to obtain a 
license or may prevent it from marketing certain solutions in such countries. 
The Company is aware of one patent in the United States held by a third-party 
which has claims related to tele-pathology including using remote control 
microscopes. While the Company does not believe that the U.S. patent will 
have a significant impact on the sales of the Company, there can be no 
assurance that infringement claims (or claims for indemnification resulting 
from infringement claims) will not be asserted or prosecuted against the 
Company or that any such assertion or prosecution will not have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or results of 
operations. Regardless of the validity or the successful assertion of any 
such claims, the Company could incur significant costs and diversion of 
resources in defending such claims, which could have a material adverse 
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of 
operations. Furthermore, any party making such claims could secure a judgment 
awarding substantial damages, as well as injunctive or other equitable 
relief, which could effectively block the Company's ability to make, use, 
sell, distribute or market its products and services in the United States or 
abroad. Any such judgment could have a material adverse effect on the 
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In 
circumstances where claims relating to proprietary technology or information 
are asserted against the Company, the Company may seek licenses to such 
intellectual property. There can be no assurance, however, that such licenses 
would be available or, if available, that such licenses could be obtained on 
terms that are commercially reasonable and acceptable to the Company. The 
failure to obtain the necessary licenses or other rights could preclude the 
sale, manufacture or distribution of the Company's products and, therefore, 
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

   The Company believes its MFKS Vision and Live and MIKS Kiosk trademarks 
are important to the development of its business and will attempt to register 
them as trademarks in the United States, Germany and elsewhere. The Company 
intends to vigorously protect its trademarks. 

COMPETITION 

   The visual communications business is highly competitive. The Company 
estimates that more than 100 companies world-wide offer products which 
compete in its market segments and expects that whether or not the Company is 
successful in capturing market share, the competition will intensify in the 
future. The Company believes that the majority of its competitors focus on 
low-cost products or closed device solutions such as video phones. The 
Company believes that the principal competitive factors in the visual 
communications industry are price, video and audio quality, the ability to 
connect auxiliary devices such as video disk players, reliability, service 
and support, and vendor and product reputation. The Company believes that its 
ability to compete successfully will depend on a number of factors both 
within and outside its control, including the adoption and evolution of 
industry standards, the pricing policies of its competitors and suppliers, 
the timing of the introduction of new hardware and software systems and 
services by the Company and others, the Company's ability to hire and retain 
employees, and industry and general economic trends. The Company anticipates 
that the trend in the visual communications market towards polarization, with 
certain providers focusing on capturing the mass consumer market with lower 
quality and less costly software-only products or products based on hardwired 
chips while other providers including the Company, are seeking to provide 
hardware and software systems for more specialized and dedicated markets, 
will continue to manifest itself. The Company intends to market its 
technology and its products to professional customers, many of whom are not 
currently utilizing visual communications systems. If the market for these 
products is established, competitors of the Company may begin to manufacture 
products 

                                      46 
<PAGE>

similar to the Company's products. In addition, while the Company believes it 
has created proprietary technology and advantages in manufacturing its 
products and that a competitor would require significant investment and the 
efforts of a highly skilled team, there are no barriers restricting 
competitors from entering into the market in which the Company's intends to 
sell its products. While the Company believes the mass market solutions do 
not meet the needs of its customers, the availability of these products may 
have an adverse effect on the pricing of the Company's products. 

   Many of the Company's current and potential competitors, have 
significantly longer operating histories and/or significantly greater 
managerial, financial, marketing, technical and other competitive resources, 
as well as greater name recognition, than the Company. As a result, the 
Company's competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to new or emerging 
technologies and changes in customer requirements and may be able to devote 
greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services. 
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete 
successfully with existing or new competitors. In addition, competition could 
increase if new companies enter the market or if existing competitors expand 
their service offerings. An increase in competition could result in material 
price reductions or loss of market share by the Company and could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

   To remain competitive, the Company will need to continue to invest in 
research and development and sales and marketing. There can be no assurance 
that the Company will have sufficient resources to make such investments or 
that the Company will be able to make the technological advances necessary to 
remain competitive. In addition, current and potential competitors have 
established or may in the future establish collaborative relationships among 
themselves or with third parties, including the Company's Strategic Partners, 
to increase the visibility and utility of their products and services. 
Accordingly, it is possible that new competitors or alliances may emerge and 
rapidly acquire significant market shares. Such an eventuality could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and 
results of operations. 

SUPPLIERS AND PRODUCTION 

   The Company does not have supply contacts with any of its vendors and 
purchases are made with purchase orders. Certain critical components and 
parts used in the Company's systems, including the C8x, are procured from a 
single source. The Company believes that the C8x will substantially decrease 
the cost of the hardware the Company uses in its third generation products 
and is necessary to permit the Company's systems to be sold at prices which 
create the potential for market penetration. The C8x is only manufactured by 
Texas Instruments and the Company does not have any other source for 
obtaining a programmable digital signal processor which would provide the 
Company with the same functions at a similar price. The Company obtains other 
parts and certain components only from a single supplier of such parts or 
components, even where multiple sources are available, to maintain quality 
control and enhance the working relationship with suppliers. There can be no 
assurance that the Company will be able to continue to obtain these parts 
from these sources or that it can obtain alternatives from other terms on 
terms acceptable to the Company. Any interruption in the supply of such parts 
could have a short-term material adverse effect on the business and results 
of operations of the Company. 

   The Company relies on third-party manufacturers located in Germany, 
Switzerland and Finland to produce its products. To insure the quality of the 
Company's systems, all of the Company's manufacturers have the demanding ISO 
9000 quality certification. The Company contracts with such suppliers to 
manufacture batches of products and does not have long-term contracts with 
these companies. These manufacturers supply services to a variety of other 
companies some of whom may be competitors of the Company. IAT's current 
manufacturers specialize in relatively small batches of products. If the 
Company's sales increase, it anticipates entering into agreements with other 
manufacturers who specialize in larger batches. The Company has identified 
one such manufacturer and is in the process of testing its facilities and 
manufacturing processes. The Company believes that it can reach an agreement 
with this or other manufacturers in time to fulfill the Company's potential 
demands. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to 
reach an agreement with this or other manufacturers on terms acceptable to 
the Company, or at all, continue to obtain the services of its existing 
manufacturers on terms acceptable to the Company or that it can obtain 
alternatives from other terms on terms acceptable to the Company. Any 
interruption in the supply of such parts could have a short-term material 
adverse effect on the business and results of operations of the Company. 
However, over the space of one to two quarters the Company believes that it 
could identify and qualify alternate parts, with the except of C8x chips. 
Over a longer-term the Company believes it could re-engineer its products to 
use alternate parts. 

                                      47 
<PAGE>

AGREEMENTS WITH STRATEGIC PARTNERS 

   Texas Instruments. The Company's relationship with Texas Instruments is 
evidenced by, among others, the MVP Cross License Agreement (the "MVP Cross 
License Agreement") between IAT AG and Application Specific Product Group of 
Texas Instruments France in 1994. The MVP Cross License Agreement expires in 
2004 and can be extended for one year periods by written agreement. Pursuant 
to the MVP Cross License Agreement, the Company was granted a worldwide, 
non-transferable, non-assignable, non-exclusive, fully paid license to use, 
modify, compile or otherwise develop as applicable certain software programs 
relating to encoding and decoding pursuant to H.320, JPEG, H.261, G.728 and 
G.722 standards and to make, have made, use, sell or otherwise dispose of 
hardware and software products incorporating object code versions of such 
software programs. Texas Instruments was granted a worldwide, 
non-transferable, non-assignable, non-exclusive, fully paid license to use, 
modify, compile or otherwise develop as applicable certain software programs 
relating to encoding and decoding pursuant to H.221, H.242, H.230 standards 
and to make, have made, use, sell or otherwise dispose of hardware and 
software products incorporating object code versions of such software 
programs. The Company has the obligation to keep the source code of these 
programs confidential but may sublicense these programs provided that it 
enters into a sublicense agreement on substantially the same terms as the MVP 
Cross License Agreement. Either party to the MVP Cross License Agreement may 
terminate this agreement upon written notice upon the occurrence of certain 
events of default including the other party having a substantial change in 
ownership such as to create a material conflict of interest. 

   On June 12, 1996, IAT AG and Texas Instruments entered into the Joint 
Development and Cross License Agreement (the "Texas Instruments Agreement") 
to reflect the changes in technology and to determine the parties rights and 
obligations in light thereof. Pursuant to the Texas Instruments Agreement, 
which expires on April 1, 1999, Texas Instruments and IAT AG agreed to 
develop or acquire and deliver software and hardware products to each other 
and to provide engineering support to each other. Subject to completing its 
obligations, IAT AG is to receive a non-transferable, non-assignable, 
non-exclusive license under Texas Instruments' copyrights and associated 
trade secrets, solely to use, modify, compile or otherwise develop as 
applicable software programs to provide quality Windows 95 video conferencing 
implementation for personal computers and to make, have made, use and 
sublicense use of object code versions of such software programs solely for 
operation on the C8x. The license is fully paid except for T.123 Databeam 
software which is royalty bearing and for which Texas Instruments negotiates 
the royalty payable by IAT on a case by case basis and on a most favored 
nations status. IAT AG may sublicense the programs it develops jointly with 
Texas Instruments pursuant to the Texas Instruments Agreement but has the 
obligation to keep the source code confidential. If Texas Instruments 
licenses the use of its H.320 software library to a third party, it will pay 
IAT AG the greater of 50% of the license fee or $20,000, provided, however, 
that if Texas Instruments grants licenses to existing users of IAT AG's 
systems, no royalty will be due to IAT AG. If Texas Instruments licenses to 
third parties the use of the reference design produced by IAT AG, Texas 
Instruments will pay IAT AG the greater of 35% of the license fee or $7,000. 
If Texas Instruments sells evaluator kits defined as bundled hardware and 
software as produced by IAT, Texas Instruments has to pay to IAT 10% of the 
kit fee provided, however, that Texas Instruments has the right to provide 
the kit without the fee or without separately identifying fees and in such 
event no fees are due to IAT AG. The Texas Instruments Agreement may be 
terminated by either party upon the same terms and conditions as stated in 
the MVP Cross License Agreement described above. 

   Deutsche Telekom. In December 1992, IAT Germany and DT entered into the 
Contract of the Communication Computer Development Community (the 
"Development Agreement") to jointly develop software for MFKS on commercially 
available boards. IAT Germany and DT were responsible for equal parts of the 
development cost of these components which were used in first and second 
generations of the MFKS system. The agreement provided that upon full 
development of the components, the parties would enter into a licensing 
agreement setting forth the rights to the jointly developed intellectual 
property. 

   In March 1994, IAT AG and DT entered into a Licensing and General 
Distribution Agreement (the "DT Licensing Agreement") which provides for a 
framework within which both parties will endeavor to jointly launch and 
exploit products developed pursuant to the Development Agreement. The DT 
Licensing Agreement has an unspecified duration and may be terminated upon 
breach by either party. Each party has the right to grant sublicenses upon 
receipt of consent to the other party. If one party decides not to 
participate in the joint exploitation of products, the other party shall be 
given the possibility to exploit the product on its own. The DT Licensing 
Agreement was intended to provide a framework within which to develop 
products, and royalty payments are to be determined by the parties in the 
future. 

                                      48 
<PAGE>

   In October 1995, IAT AG and DT entered into the General Cooperation 
Agreement Concerning Joint Further Development of IAT/Deutsche Telekom 
Software Codec on the Basis of the Texas Instruments Parallel Processor 
TMS320C8x (the "DT Cooperation Agreement"). It provides that the prototype of 
the codec developed pursuant to the Development Agreement will be further 
refined and integrated with the C8x. Each partner to the DT Cooperation 
Agreement bears the cost of the research and development. To date, each 
partner has contributed $1.0 million to the cost of research and development. 
The DT Cooperation Agreement further provides that IAT AG transfers to DT all 
of its rights and obligations under the MVP Cross License Agreement. Each 
party has the right to terminate the DT Cooperation Agreement in whole or in 
part upon written notice if the other party does not pursue the goals 
described in the DT Cooperation Agreement, the cost projections provided for 
in the DT Cooperation Agreement are exceeded and the completion deadlines are 
not met. This agreement has been extended several times. Since the product 
development goals of the DT Cooperation Agreement are expected to be met in 
the near future, the DT Cooperation Agreement will expire on March 31, 1997. 
The parties have agreed that each party retains all rights to use of the 
products developed pursuant to the DT Cooperation Agreement upon expiration 
of such agreement. The parties can transfer a portion of such rights or, with 
the prior written consent of the other party, all of such rights. 

   IBM Deutschland Informationssysteme GmbH and Deutsche Telekom. In December 
1994, IAT AG, DT and IBM Germany entered into the Cooperation Contract 
Covering the Development of Version 3 of the Multimedia Information and 
Communication System MIKS (the "MIKS Agreement"). The MIKS Agreement 
supersedes agreements between IAT AG, DT and IBM Germany with respect to 
versions 1 and 2 of the MIKS Interactive Kiosk and expires on December 30, 
1996. The Company believes the goals of the MIKS Agreement have been achieved 
and does not intend to extend the agreement. The MIKS Agreement provides that 
IAT AG, DT and IBM Germany will jointly develop the MIKS Interactive Kiosk as 
a dual-board solution with each partner bearing one-third of the expenses of 
this development. Pursuant to the MIKS Agreement, each party has the right to 
use the jointly developed components and parts for their own use, to sell to 
third parties for their internal usage and to allow third parties to utilize 
components and parts for marketing as resellers. The MIKS Agreement provides 
for the collection of royalties in the amount of 3,000 Deutsche Marks for 
each component and nine (9%) percent of the sales per part used outside the 
MIKS Interactive Kiosk. Each party is to receive one- third of the royalties 
until the development costs have been recovered. The Company believes it is 
possible that it may enter into a new agreement with DT and IBM Germany with 
respect to MIKS but no assurance can be given that such an agreement will be 
entered into on terms favorable to the Company, if at all. 

   Olympus Optical Co. (Europe) GmbH. In March 1996, IAT Germany entered into 
a Cooperation Agreement with Olympus pursuant to which IAT Germany agreed to 
provide Olympus with IAT Germany's resale price list and to allow Olympus to 
resell IAT Germany's products to its customers. In addition, IAT Germany may 
procure Olympus microscopes, including any and all accessories, at a resale 
discount of 20% of the retail cost. IAT Germany and Olympus agree to provide 
initial training for their respective employees in the use of their products 
and to consider a long-term partnership. 

EMPLOYEES 

   As of December 31, 1996, the Company had a total of 54 full-time employees 
of which 38 and 16 are located in Germany and in Switzerland respectively. Of 
these employees, 33 are employed in engineering and product development, 11 
in sales and marketing, and 10 in managerial and administrative functions. 
The Company's employees are not party to any collective bargaining agreements 
or labor unions. The Company has not experienced any work stoppages and 
believes that its relations with its employees are good. 

PROPERTY 

   The Company does not own but leases approximately 6,500 square feet of 
office space and approximately 350 square feet of storage space in Turgi, 
Switzerland, approximately 12,000 square feet of office and work space in 
Bremen, Germany and approximately 430 square feet of office space in Berlin, 
Germany. Acquisition of real property located in Switzerland by the Company 
or any of its subsidiaries is severely restricted under Swiss law. However, 
IAT does not intend to acquire real property in Switzerland and believes that 
none of its facilities are material to its operations and believes that it 
could find alternate space with minimal interruption to its operations. 

LITIGATION 

   The Company's subsidiaries are parties to certain legal proceedings. The 
Company believes that none of these proceedings is likely to have a material 
adverse effect on the Company's financial position. 

                                      49 
<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 

   The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of the 
executive officers and directors of Multimedia: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Name                 Age                          Position 
 -----------------   -----   ---------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                  <C>    <C>
Viktor Vogt  .....    49    Co-Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and 
                              President 
Jacob Agam  ......    41    Co-Chairman of the Board 
Klaus Grissemann      53    Chief Financial Officer and Director 
Volker Walther  ..    35    Director 
Franz Muller  ....    45    Chief Technical Officer 
Wilhelm Gudauski      46    Managing Director, IAT Germany 

</TABLE>

   Dr. Viktor Vogt has served as the Co-Chairman of the Board, Chief 
Executive Officer and President of Multimedia since its organization in 
October 1996. Dr. Vogt is a co-founder and has served as Chief Executive 
Officer and director of IAT AG and Managing Director of IAT Germany since 
their formations in 1989 and 1990, respectively. He has also served as 
Chairman of the Board of IAT AG since October 1996. Prior to 1988, Dr. Vogt 
was Professor for mathematics and computer-science at the University of 
Erlangen-Nurnberg, Germany. He was a pioneer scientist at the Academy for 
Economics and Administration in Nurnberg in the implementation of computer 
science in education and published several works in the fields of multimedia, 
authoring and computer aided instruction (CAI) systems. Dr. Vogt received his 
degree in Mathematics and Physics (Dr. rer. nat.) from Friedrich-Alexander 
University in Erlangen in 1980. 

   Jacob Agam has served as the Co-Chairman of the Board of Multimedia since 
its organization in October 1996. Mr. Agam is a founder and Chairman of the 
Board of Orida Capital Ltd. ("Orida"), a merchant banking and venture capital 
firm, since its inception in 1993, and a director of Vertical, a principal 
shareholder of the Company, since 1995. Mr. Agam, in his capacity as Chairman 
of Orida, spends a portion of his business time providing services to 
companies other than IAT. Orida provides services for Vertical pursuant to an 
agreement between Orida and Vertical. Mr. Agam received a law degree from Tel 
Aviv University in 1984 and his LLM in Securities and Corporate Finance from 
the University of Pennsylvania in 1986. 

   Klaus Grissemann has served as Chief Financial Officer of Multimedia since 
the organization of Multimedia in October 1996 and was elected to serve as a 
director in December 1996. Mr. Grissemann joined IAT AG in 1989 as Chief 
Financial Officer and was elected as a Director of IAT AG in 1993. From 1979 
until 1988, Mr. Grissemann was Chief Financial Officer of Jaeger Le Coultre 
AG, a Swiss watch manufacturer. Mr. Grissemann graduated from Kantonale 
Handelsschule (Business School) in Zurich. 

   Volker Walther was elected to serve as a director of Multimedia in 
December 1996. In 1996, Mr. Walther became Chief Executive Officer and 
majority shareholder of Walther Glas, a glass manufacturing company in 
Germany which produces car lights, household glassware and gift items, where 
he was general manager from 1993 to 1996 and buying manager from 1991 to 
1993. Mr. Walther holds a degree in Economics from Ludwig 
Maximilian-University in Munich. 

   Wilhelm Gudauski joined IAT Germany in January 1994 as General Manager. 
From 1988 until 1994, Mr. Gudauski has served as Managing Director for 
Schlutersche Verlagsanstalt and Druckerei Hannover/Germany, publishing 
houses, as head of on-line media. Mr. Gudauski holds a master degree in 
philosophy, classical studies and political science from the Carl von 
Ossietzky University in Oldenburg. 

   Franz Muller joined IAT AG in 1991 to head its Research and Development 
department and has been its Chief Technical Officer since 1994. From 1977 
until 1991, Mr. Muller was employed by Siemens Germany where he was head of 
research and development for mainframe computer systems from 1987 until 1991. 
Mr. Muller holds a degree as graduate communications engineer from Technical 
University, Osnabruck. 

   The Board of Directors of Multimedia has determined that, within 90 days 
of this Offering, it will elect two directors who are not affiliated with or 
employed by the Company and who in the opinion of the Board of Directors do 
not have a relationship which would interfere with the exercise of 
independent judgement in carrying out the responsibilities of a director (the 
"Independent Directors"). 

                                      50 
<PAGE>

   Directors serve until the next annual meeting or until their successors 
are elected and qualified subject to the provisions of the Investor Rights 
Agreement (as defined herein) which provides that so long as Vertical holds 
at least 10% of the Common Stock to be issued upon conversion of the Series A 
Preferred Stock, Vertical has the right, but not the obligation, to nominate 
two persons as members of the management state for election to Multimedia's 
Board of Directors. So long as Vertical holds at least 5% of such securities, 
it has the right, but not the obligation to nominate one such person. Mr. 
Agam, the Co-Chairman of the Board, is the person designated by Vertical and 
elected to the Board of Directors. Vertical plans to nominate a second 
director and the Board of Directors has determined that it will elect such 
person to the Board of Directors. The existence of such rights solidified the 
control over the Company by its existing stockholders. See "Certain 
Transactions -- Private Placement and Related Transactions." Officers serve 
at the discretion of the Board of Directors, subject to rights, if any, under 
contracts of employment with the Company. 

   Board Committees 

   The Board of Directors has appointed Mr. Agam, Dr. Vogt and Mr. Grissemann 
to the Underwriting Committee. Pursuant to the provisions of the Stock 
Purchase Agreement, the Underwriting Committee shall consist of four members 
with two members appointed by each of Vertical and Multimedia. Pending the 
nomination of a second director by Vertical, Vertical has waived its right to 
name a second member to the Underwriting Committee. Mr. Agam, as designated 
by Vertical, serves as the Chairman of the Underwriting Committee. The 
Underwriting Committee is vested with full and exclusive responsibility and 
authority on behalf of Multimedia to select an underwriter and to negotiate 
all of the terms and conditions of any such underwriting including, without 
limitation, this Offering. In the event that the Underwriting Committee is 
unable to produce a majority vote on any particular issue, such issue shall 
be decided by a vote of the Board of Directors of Multimedia provided that 
the resolution of any such issue by the Board of Directors shall not be 
effectuated without the written consent of Vertical. 

   Multimedia intends to establish an Audit Committee, a Compensation 
Committee and a Stock Option Committee. Upon the election of the Independent 
Directors it is expected that the Independent Directors will be members of 
the Compensation Committee with Mr. Agam and the sole members of the Audit 
Committee and the Stock Option Committee. 

   Executive Compensation 

   The following summary compensation table sets forth the aggregate 
compensation paid or accrued by the Company to Dr. Vogt, the Co-Chairman and 
Chief Executive Officer of Multimedia and the three most highly compensated 
executive officers other than Dr. Vogt whose annual salary and bonus exceeds 
$100,000 (the "Named Executive Officers"), during the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 1996: 

                                      51 
<PAGE>

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Long-Term Compensation 
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------- 
                                        Annual Compensation((1))                Awards                   Payouts 
                                  -----------------------------------  -------------------------- -----------------------
                                                                        Restricted 
                                                         Other Annual      Stock      Options/     LTIP      All Other 
         Name and                   Salary      Bonus    Compensation    Award(s)       SARs     Payouts    Compensation 
    Principal Position     Year       ($)        ($)          ($)           ($)         (#)        ($)          ($) 
 ------------------------ ------  ------------ --------  -------------- ------------ ----------  --------- -------------- 
<S>                       <C>     <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>       <C>
Viktor Vogt  ............  1996     133,845(2)     --      16,812 (3)      --           --         --           -- 
 Co-Chairman and                                           10,329 (4) 
 Chief Executive Officer 
                           1995     133,845(2)    7,692    15,458 (3)      --           --         --           -- 
                                                           10,329 (4) 
                           1994     133,845(2)   11,538    15,462 (3)      --           --         --           -- 
                                                            9,701 (4) 
Klaus Grissemann (5)  ...  1996     150,827       --        9,738 (4)      --           --         --           -- 
 Chief Financial Officer 
                           1995     126,981       --        4,058 (4)      --           --         --           -- 
                           1994     114,885       --           --          --           --         --           -- 
Franz Muller  ...........  1996      96,700       --        8,561 (3)      --           --         --           -- 
 Chief Technical Officer                                    9,563 (4) 
                           1995      96,700       --        5,952 (3)      --           --         --           -- 
                                                            9,563 (4) 
                           1994      89,700       --        5,807 (3)      --           --         --           -- 
Wilhelm Gudauski  .......  1996     113,164       --        7,600 (3)      --           --         --           -- 
 Managing Director,                                        11,713 (4) 
 IAT Germany               1995     106,196       --        7,578 (3) 
                                                           11,713 (4)      --           --         --           -- 
                           1994      99,560       --        7,560 (3)      --           --         --           -- 
                                                            8,785 (4) 

</TABLE>

- ------ 
(1)   Compensation is paid in Swiss Francs or Deutsche Marks, as the case may 
      be, and is converted into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of $1.00 = 
      1.30 SF and $1.00 = 1.55 DM on December 8, 1996. 

(2)   Includes a non-accountable expense allowance of SF 12,000 (approximately
      $9,230).

(3)   Pursuant to the pension system in existence in Switzerland, the Company 
      contributes these amounts to pension funds selected by the executive 
      officer from among several independent pension funds chartered by the 
      government to collect pension contributions and to make pension 
      payments upon retirement. In the case of Mr. Gudauski, the Company 
      contributes these amounts to the mandatory pension fund. 

(4)   Represents payments made by the Company for automobile leases for the 
      Named Executive Officers. 

(5)   Mr. Grissemann is not an employee of the Company. His services are 
      provided on a per diem basis by Grissemann Consulting S.A.
      See "-- Employment and Consulting Agreements." 

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS 

   Directors of Multimedia currently do not receive any compensation or 
reimbursement of expenses in connection with their service on the Board of 
Directors but the Company may establish compensation policies in the future. 
Pursuant to the provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement, Vertical is 
entitled to receive a monthly payment of $5,000 prior to, and a monthly 
payment of $12,000 subsequent to, the consummation of this Offering as 
compensation for the services of the Co-Chairman of the Company nominated by 
Vertical. Jacob Agam is the current nominee of Vertical. To date, the Company 
has not made these payments but has accrued such payments and intends to make 
such payments (including accrued payments) in the future. 

   Employment and Consulting Agreements 

   
   The Company and Dr. Vogt intend to enter into an employment agreement 
governed by Swiss law pursuant to which Dr. Vogt agrees to serve as the
Company's Co-Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President for a three year
    

                                      52 
<PAGE>


   
term subject to extension. It is anticipated that the employment agreement will
provide that Dr. Vogt will receive approximately $140,000 in annual salary
(based upon a fixed exchange rate of SF 1.35=$1.00), a non-accountable expense
in the amount of SF 12,000 (approximately $9,230) and pension fund
contributions, as well as a cash bonus in the amount of one half of one percent
of the Company's net sales in excess of $5.0 million provided that such cash
bonus will not be less than $10,000 and other customary fringe benefits. In
addition, Dr. Vogt will be eligible to receive stock options for a number of
shares of the Company's Common Stock to be determined by the Stock Option
Committee. The employment agreement with Dr. Vogt is also expected to contain a
provision prohibiting Dr. Vogt from competing with the Company for a period of
two years from the date of expiration of his employment. During the two year
non-competition period, the Company will be required to compensate Dr. Vogt for
the difference between his salary at the Company during the year prior to
commencement of the non-competition period and any compensation he may receive
from a third party during such period, if any, and to make payments of pension
fund contributions on such compensation. For example, if upon expiration of the
employment agreement Dr. Vogt was paid a salary of $140,000 during the previous
year and if during the non-competition period Dr. Vogt is employed by a third
party at a salary of $100,000, the Company would have to pay Dr. Vogt $40,000
per year and make pension fund contributions on this amount for each of the two
years of the non-competition period. In the event the Company subsequently
waives its rights under the non-competition provision, no compensation will be
due to Dr. Vogt upon termination. Additionally, it is anticipated that the
employment agreement will provide that during its three year term each party may
only terminate the employment agreement for gross misconduct of the other party
without notice. However, Dr. Vogt may be relieved by the Company of his
functions and duties at any time provided that all compensation continues to be
paid until the expiration of the employment agreement.
    

   Mr. Grissemann is not an employee of the Company. His services are 
provided on a per diem basis by Grissemann Consulting S.A. pursuant to an 
agreement (the "Grissemann Agreement") dated September 1, 1992 and amended on 
December 19, 1994 between IAT AG and Grissemann Consulting S.A. The 
Grissemann Agreement has an indefinite term and provides that Mr. Grissemann 
is responsible for the administration and accounting of IAT AG and that the 
amount of his business time which he is to devote to IAT AG's affairs is to 
be agreed among the parties but will in no event be less than thirty percent 
of Mr. Grissemann's business time. Grissemann Consulting S.A. is paid a per 
diem fee of SF 775 (approximately $574) to be amended yearly in line with 
increases in salary of IAT AG's other executive officers. In addition, the 
Grissemann Agreement provides that Mr. Grissemann will be provided with an 
automobile at IAT AG's expense. 

   IAT AG and Franz Muller entered into an employment agreement on March 1, 1991
(the "Muller Agreement") pursuant to which Mr. Muller was appointed Director of
Product Development (Hardware), Technical Support of IAT AG. The Muller
Agreement has an indefinite term and provides for an annual salary of SF 110,110
(approximately $81,500), subject to increases in the Company's discretion, which
have been made from time to time, and may be terminated by either party upon
three months notice. In addition, the Muller Agreement contains a
confidentiality provision which extends beyond termination of the employment
relationship. The Muller Agreement was amended effective as of July 1, 1993 to
provide that Mr. Muller assigns to IAT AG any and all rights to work and
computer programs which he develops singly or in cooperation with others during
the performance of his duties.

   IAT Germany and Wilhelm Gudauski entered into an employment agreement
effective on January 3, 1994 (the "Gudauski Agreement") pursuant to which Mr.
Gudauski was appointed Manager of Marketing and Sales. On July 12, 1994, Mr.
Gudauski became Managing Director of IAT Germany. The Gudauski Agreement has an
indefinite term and under German law, ends at the mandatory retirement age of
65. The Gudauski Agreement provides for an annual salary of DM 150,000
(approximately $96,444), certain benefits and the payment of an undetermined
bonus upon reaching certain goals to be agreed upon by the parties. Mr.
Gudauski's salary has been increased from time to time subsequent to the
execution of the Gudauski Agreement. The Gudauski Agreement may be terminated by
either party upon six months notice and provides that Mr. Gudauski may not
compete in Germany with IAT Germany for one year upon termination during which
period IAT Germany will be obligated to pay Mr. Gudauski 70% of his salary,
bonus and certain other benefits unless Mr. Gudauski was terminated for cause.

1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN 

   The Company's Board of Directors has approved and stockholders have 
approved the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Plan"). The 1996 
Plan, which provides for a grant of a limited number of non-qualified and 
incentive stock options in respect of up to 500,000 shares of Common Stock, 
none of which have been granted as of this date, to eligible employees and 
advisors, is designed to attract and retain the best available personnel for 
positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to 
key employees, officers and advisors to the Company and its subsidiaries and 
to promote the success of the Company's business. 

                                      53 
<PAGE>

   Each option granted pursuant to the 1996 Plan is designated at the time of 
grant as either an "incentive stock option" or as a "non-qualified stock 
option." Grants to executive officers may be made only at the fair market 
value of the underlying stock on the date of issuance. The issuance of 
options at fair market value on grant date constitutes a performance goal 
under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The following summary 
description of the Plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan 
itself, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which 
this Prospectus is a part. 

   Administration of the Plan. The 1996 Plan will be administered by the 
Stock Option Committee (the "Committee"), which will be appointed by the 
Board of Directors. Only the Independent Directors may serve on the 
Committee. The Committee determines who among those eligible will be granted 
options, the time or times at which options will be granted, the number of 
shares to be subject to each option, the duration of options, any conditions 
to the exercise of options and the date or dates on, and the price at which, 
options may be exercised. 

   The 1996 Plan may be amended by the Board without stockholder approval, 
except that stockholder approval is required to (i) decrease the minimum 
exercise price for incentive stock options ("ISOs"); (ii) extend the term of 
the 1996 Plan beyond ten years; (iii) extend the maximum term of the options 
granted under the 1996 Plan beyond ten years; (iv) withdraw the 
administration of the 1996 Plan from the Committee; (v) expand the class of 
eligible participants; (vi) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common 
Stock which may be issued pursuant to the provisions of the 1996 Plan; and 
(vii) change the material terms of the performance goal within the meaning of 
Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m). 

   Unless the Plan is terminated earlier by the Board of Directors, it will 
terminate on the earlier of (i) the date when all shares of the Common Stock 
reserved for issuance under the Plan have been acquired through the exercise 
of options granted thereunder, (ii) January 2007 or (iii) such earlier date 
as the Board of Directors may determine. 

   Shares Subject to the Plan. The 1996 Plan provides that options may be 
granted with respect to a total of 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Under 
certain circumstances involving a change in the number of shares of Common 
Stock without receipt by the Company of any consideration therefor, such as a 
stock split, stock consolidation or payment of a stock dividend, the class 
and aggregate number of shares subject to options under the 1996 Plan will be 
proportionally adjusted. In addition, if the Company is involved in a merger, 
consolidation, dissolution or liquidation, the options granted under the 1996 
Plan will be adjusted. If any option expires or terminates for any reason, 
without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject to such 
option will be available again for the purposes of the 1996 Plan. 

   Participation. Grants under the 1996 Plan may be granted to employees of 
the Company and its subsidiaries and any other individual who, in the 
judgment of the Committee, provides valuable and important services to the 
Company. Non-employee directors are not eligible to participate in the 1996 
Plan. No participant may receive, in the aggregate, options in respect of 
more than 100,000 shares. 

   Option Price. The exercise price of each option will be determined by the 
Committee. With respect to incentive stock options, the exercise price may 
not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock 
covered by the option on the date the option is granted. If an incentive 
stock option is granted to an employee who owns over 10% of the total 
combined voting power of all classes of the Company's stock, then the 
exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the 
Common Stock underlying the option on the date the option is granted. The 
exercise price of non-qualified stock options may be any price set by the 
Committee; provided, however, that the exercise price of any grant to any 
executive officer shall not be lower than the fair market value of the 
underlying Common Stock on the date of grant. The issuance of options at fair 
market value on the date of grant constitutes a performance goal under 
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, grants under the 
Plan should qualify as performance-based compensation. 

   Term of Options. The Committee shall fix the term of each option, provided 
that the maximum term of each option shall be ten years. Incentive stock 
options granted to a person who owns over 10% of the total combined voting 
power of all classes of the Company's stock shall expire not more than five 
years after the date of grant. The 1996 Plan provides for the earlier 
expiration of options held by a participant under certain terminations of 
employment with the Company. The Committee will have discretion on a case by 
case basis, with respect to any optionee whose employment is terminated for 
any reason whatsoever, to accelerate the vesting of 

                                      54 
<PAGE>

any options outstanding on the date employment is terminated to permit the 
optionee to exercise the option during the remaining term of such options. 
Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the 1996 
Plan must be paid for in United States currency, or, at the Committee's 
discretion, in shares of the Company's Common Stock already owned by the 
participant exercising the options. 

   Restrictions on Transfer, Grant and Exercise. An option may not be 
transferred other than to members of the holder's family, trusts and 
charities. Any other transfers are permissible only upon prior written 
approval of the Committee. Notwithstanding the above, the option agreement 
accompanying the issuance of any incentive stock options shall limit the 
transferability of such ISOs (as defined herein) to the extent required by 
the then-applicable tax provisions governing the qualification of ISOs. The 
aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of 
the shares as to which a Grantee may first exercise incentive stock options 
in any one calendar year may not exceed $100,000. The Committee may impose 
any other conditions on the exercise of options it deems appropriate. 

   Federal Income Tax Consequences to the Company and the Participant. 

   Incentive Stock Options. Options granted under the 1996 Plan which 
constitute ISOs will, in general, be subject to the following Federal income 
tax treatment: 

   (i) The grant of an ISO will give rise to no Federal income tax 
consequences to either the Company or the participant. 

   (ii) A participant's exercise of an ISO will result in no Federal income 
tax consequences to the Company. 

   (iii) A participant's exercise of an ISO will not result in ordinary 
Federal taxable income to the participant, but may result in the imposition 
of, or an increase in, the alternative minimum tax. A participant's holding 
period for shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO will commence the day 
after acquisition. If shares acquired upon exercise of an ISO are not 
disposed of within the same taxable year the ISO is exercised, the excess of 
the fair market value of the shares at the time the ISO is exercised over the 
option price is included in the participant's computation of alternative 
minimum taxable income. 

   (iv) If shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO are disposed of within 
two years of the date of the option grant, or within one year of the date of 
the option exercise, the participant will realize ordinary Federal taxable 
income at the time of the disposition to the extent that the fair market 
value of the shares at the time of exercise exceeds the option price, but not 
in an amount greater than the excess, if any, of the amount realized on the 
disposition over the option price. 

   (v) Short-term or long-term capital gain will be realized by the 
participant at the time of such a disposition to the extent that the amount 
of proceeds from the sale exceeds the fair market value at the time of the 
exercise of the ISO. 

   (vi) Short-term or long-term capital loss will be realized by the 
participant at the time of such a disposition to the extent that the option 
price exceeds the amount of proceeds from the sale. 

   (vii) If a disposition is made as described in this section, the Company 
will be entitled to a Federal income tax deduction in the taxable year in 
which the disposition is made in an amount equal to the amount of ordinary 
Federal taxable income realized by the participant. 

   (viii) If shares acquired upon the exercise of an ISO are disposed of 
after the later of two years from the date of the option grant or one year 
from the date of the option exercise, the participant will realize long-term 
capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount 
realized by the participant on the disposition and the participant's Federal 
income tax basis in the shares, usually the option exercise price. In such 
event, the Company will not be entitled to any Federal income tax deduction 
with respect to the ISO. 

   Non-Qualified Stock Options ("NQSOs"). Options granted under the 1996 Plan 
which constitute NQSOs will, in general, be subject to the following Federal 
income tax treatment: 

   (i) The grant of an NQSO will give rise to no Federal income tax 
consequences to either the Company or the participant. 

                                      55 
<PAGE>

   (ii) The exercise of an NQSO will generally result in ordinary Federal 
taxable income to the participant in an amount equal to the excess of the 
fair market value of the shares at the time of exercise over the option 
price. 

   (iii) A deduction from Federal taxable income will be allowed to the 
Company in an amount equal to the amount of ordinary income recognized by the 
participant. 

   (iv) Upon a subsequent disposition of shares, a participant will recognize 
a short-term or long-term capital gain or loss equal to the difference 
between the amount received and the tax basis of the shares, usually fair 
market value at the time of exercise. 

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS 

TRANSACTIONS UNDERTAKEN PRIOR TO ORGANIZATION AND FORMATION OF THE COMPANY 

   Multimedia was formed in September 1996 as a holding company for the 
existing business of IAT AG and IAT Germany which were organized in 1989 and 
1991, respectively. IAT AG and IAT Germany incurred operating losses since 
their inception. As a result, between May 1992 and April 1993, in compliance 
with Swiss law, IAT AG underwent a financial reorganization. IAT AG filed and 
was granted an application for a stay of payment with the applicable court in 
Switzerland and eventually reached a court-approved agreement with its 
unsecured creditors to accept forgiveness of 90% of their claims and to be 
paid the remaining 10%. In addition, IAT AG also altered its capital 
structure in June 1993. 

   Since 1993 and in compliance with Swiss law, IAT AG took steps to 
safeguard the interests of its creditors and to raise capital to fund its 
operations by obtaining unsecured subordinated loans not bearing interest and 
having no specific maturity date from former stockholders of IAT AG (current 
stockholders of Multimedia) and by obtaining additional shareholders equity 
by increasing the share capital of IAT AG, which according to Swiss law is 
required to be fixed. The share capital was increased in various steps from 
SF 3,000,000 to SF 10,000,000 between 1993 and 1996 and, except for one 
instance where Robert Klein Handel & Co. GmbH was issued 1,500 shares of IAT 
AG for cash consideration of SF 1.875 million (approximately $1.49 million), 
and one instance in June 1993 where shareholders made their capital 
contribution of SF 0.3 million by transfer of the rights to certain 
proprietary licenses instead of by cash consideration, the 7,000 additional 
shares were either paid for in cash on the basis of one share for a cash 
payment of SF 1,000 or by converting loans into share capital on the basis of 
one share for each SF 1,000 in loan forgiveness. In October 1996, in 
connection with the formation of Multimedia, all of the 10,000 shares of IAT 
AG for which the shareholders of IAT AG had contributed SF 10.375 million 
(approximately $8.05 million at historic exchange rates) were exchanged (the 
"Exchange") for 4,375,000 shares of Common Stock of Multimedia and the 
Shareholder Warrant to Messrs. Sippel, Suter and Holthuisen at a purchase 
price equivalent to approximately $1.84 per share of Common Stock of 
Multimedia. 

   In connection with the increase in share capital in July 1996, whereby IAT 
AG issued 900 shares to Volker Walther, a director and stockholder of 
Multimedia, for total consideration of SF 900,000 (approximately $714,300) at 
historic exchange rates, bmp Management Consultants, also a stockholder of 
Multimedia, was paid a finders fee by the Company of approximately $60,000. 

   During the period from August to October 1996, Walther Glas made several 
unsecured subordinated loans to IAT AG in the aggregate amounts of SF 900,000 
(approximately $666,700) and DM 700,000 (approximately $440,700). These loans 
have an annual interest rate of 10% and provide that they will be repaid at 
the earlier of the consummation of this Offering or June 30, 1997. 

   On November 6, 1996, Klaus-Dirk Sippel, a principal stockholder of 
Multimedia, made an unsecured subordinated loan to IAT AG in the amount of SF 
650,000 (approximately $481,500). A portion of this loan was used to repay an 
unsecured non-interest bearing loan in the amount of SF 150,000 
(approximately $111,000) made in February 1996 to IAT AG by Telefutura, a 
company controlled by Klaus-Dirk Sippel. This loan has an annual interest 
rate of 8% and principal and accrued interest are due and payable on January 
1, 1998. In December 1996, Vertical transferred 200,000 Investor Warrants it 
had purchased in the Private Placement to Mr. Sippel. 


                                      56 
<PAGE>


   The Company obtained an aggregate of approximately $500,000 in stockholder 
loans in February 1997 from Vertical, Walther Glas and Messrs. Vogt and 
Sippel. These loans bear annual interest at 8% and mature at the earlier of 
the consummation of this Offering or June 30, 1997 unless extended by mutual 
agreement of the parties. In connection with these loans, the Company granted 
registration rights to Walther Glas and Messrs. Vogt and Sippel evidenced by 
registration rights agreements (the "Registration Rights Agreements"). 
Pursuant to these agreements, each of these three stockholders have one 
demand and unlimited piggy-back registration rights for all of the shares of 
Common Stock owned by such stockholder except for Dr. Vogt whose registration 
rights are limited to 250,000 of his shares of Common Stock. The Registration 
Rights Agreements further provide that any demand registration at a minimum 
will include an amount of shares of Common Stock equal to 25% of the 
demanding stockholder's share ownership at the time of this Offering. In 
addition, the Registration Rights Agreements provide that any exercise of 
registration rights in such agreements is subject to Vertical's approval. 

   
   The stockholder loans described above are expected to be sufficient only to
cover the Company's operations through approximately the third week of March 
1997, at which time the Company will have exhausted its operating funds without 
the proceeds of this Offering. At such time, the Company may obtain further 
financing from its stockholders, by borrowing funds from its lender or a 
combination of both. In the event the Company will borrow additional funds from 
existing stockholders, such funds are expected to be repaid with the proceeds of
this Offering. In the event the Company will borrow additional funds from its 
lender, certain stockholders may be required to guarantee the Company's 
repayment obligation.
    

   In connection with the operations of IAT Germany, the capital was 
increased in 1993 and 1995 from the initial DM 100,000 (approximately 
$64,300) to the current DM 700,000 (approximately $450,000). In addition, on 
December 19, 1995, HIBEG, the 25.1% shareholder of IAT Germany, made an 
unsecured subordinated loan to IAT Germany in the amount of approximately DM 
500,000 (approximately $321,467) which was increased in June 1996 to DM 750,000
(approximately $482,200) (the "HIBEG Loan"). The HIBEG Loan bears interest at
5% per annum payable semi-annually and will be increased to 10% per annum during
the year when the retained earnings of IAT Germany exceeds DM 87,500
(approximately $56,300). IAT Germany will be required to make semi-annual
payments of 10% of the principal starting on June 30, 2000 until the principal
is repaid in full. 

   In addition to the transactions listed above, Messrs. Sippel and Suter 
have jointly and severally guaranteed two loans each in the amount of SF 
600,000 (approximately $444,400) and each of Messrs. Sippel, Suter and 
Holthuisen have jointly and severally guaranteed IAT AG's credit line in the 
amount of SF 700,000 (approximately $518,500) under IAT AG's credit agreement 
with Swiss Bank Corporation for SF 1,900,000 (approximately $1.41 million). 
IAT Germany entered into a line of credit with Volksbank Sottrum in the 
amount of DM 1,050,000 (approximately $675,000). IAT AG, HIBEG, Dr. Vogt and 
Mr. Gudauski have each guaranteed the amount of DM 350,000 (approximately 
$225,000) of this line of credit. These guarantees are offset by a lien on 
accounts receivable balances. In addition, IAT AG has agreed with Volksbank 
Sottrum that IAT AG will insure that IAT Germany has sufficient capital to 
ensure that IAT Germany will be able to meet all of its obligations, 
including its obligatons under its loan agreement to Volksbank Sottrum. 

<PAGE>

PRIVATE PLACEMENT AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 

   Simultaneously with the Exchange, pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement 
between the Company, IAT AG, IAT Germany and Vertical dated October 24, 1996, 
the Company completed the Private Placement and issued an aggregate of 
1,980,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (which was subsequently adjusted 
in the Company's recapitalization) and the Investor Warrants to Vertical, 
Behala Anstalt, Lupin Investments Services Ltd., Henilia Financial Ltd. and 
Avi Suriel for an aggregate gross purchase price of $1.5 million or $.76 per 
share of Series A Preferred Stock of Multimedia. See "Principal 
Stockholders." 

   The Stock Purchase Agreement contains certain continuing obligations of 
the Company. Pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, Multimedia is 
obligated to use all reasonable efforts to file a registration statement 
containing this Prospectus no later than December 31, 1996. In addition, 
Multimedia is obligated to establish an underwriting committee of its Board 
of Directors consisting of four members with two members appointed by each of 
Vertical and Multimedia. Vertical has the right to designate the Chairman of 
the underwriting committee which is vested with full and exclusive 
responsibility and authority on behalf of Multimedia to select an underwriter 
and to negotiate all of the terms and conditions of any such underwriting 
including, without limitation, this Offering. In the event that the 
underwriting committee is unable to produce a majority vote on any particular 
issue, such issue shall be decided by a vote of the Board of Directors of 
Multimedia, provided, that the resolution of any such issue by the Board of 
Directors shall not be effectuated without the written consent of Vertical. 

   The Stock Purchase Agreement further provides that, if on the effective 
date of this Offering, the aggregate value of the shares of Common Stock (as 
measured by the per share offering price of the shares of Common 

                                      57 
<PAGE>

Stock offered in this Offering) owned by non-management stockholders of 
Multimedia (the "Non-Management Stockholders") is less than $15,000,000 (the 
amount of such shortfall being hereinafter referred to as the "Shortfall"), 
Vertical and Dr. Viktor Vogt, Klaus Grissemann, Wilhelm Gudauski, Franz 
Muller and other members of management (the "Management Stockholders") shall, 
within five business days of the consummation of this Offering, transfer to 
the Non-Management Stockholders such additional number of shares of Common 
Stock as shall have a value equal to the Shortfall, with Vertical 
contributing 60% of the Shortfall and the Management Stockholders 
contributing 40% of the shortfall, pro rata. Alternatively, if on the 
effective date of this Offering, the aggregate value of the shares of Common 
Stock (as measured by the per share offering price of the shares of Common 
Stock offered in this Offering) owned by the Non-Management Stockholders is 
greater than $25,000,000 (the amount of such excess amount being hereinafter 
referred to as the "Excess Amount"), the Non-Management Stockholders shall, 
within five business days of the consummation of this Offering, distribute, 
without any further consideration, such number of shares of Common Stock as 
shall have a value equal to (i) 60% of the Excess Amount to Vertical and (ii) 
40% of the Excess Amount to the Management Stockholders, pro rata according 
to their respective stockholdings. 

   The Stock Purchase Agreement further provides that until October 24, 1999 
Multimedia shall pay to Vertical monthly compensation for the services of the 
Co-Chairman of the Company nominated by Vertical each month prior to the 
consummation of this Offering of $5,000 and for each month subsequent to the 
consummation of this Offering of $12,000. Jacob Agam is the current nominee 
of Vertical. To date, the Company has not made these payments but has accrued 
such payments and intends to make such payments (including accrued payments) 
in the future. 

   Multimedia further agreed that, for so long as Vertical shall hold the 
Series A Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof or 
upon exercise of the Investor Warrant), without Vertical's consent, the 
composition of the Board of Directors of IAT AG and IAT Germany shall be 
identical to the composition of the Board of Directors of Multimedia; 
provided, that consent shall not be withheld if required to comply with Swiss 
law. 

   Multimedia has further agreed that it will cause IAT AG and IAT Germany 
not to issue, and will not permit the issuance of, any shares of capital 
stock (or any security convertible into shares of capital stock) of IAT AG or 
IAT Germany, it being the intention of Multimedia and Vertical that IAT AG 
shall remain a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Multimedia and 
IAT Germany shall remain a direct or indirect subsidiary of Multimedia. 

   Amendment No. 1 to the Stock Purchase Agreement provides that Vertical 
shall not enter into an agreement or make any investment in an entity engaged 
in the video conferencing business prior to January 1, 1998 and that 
subsequent to January 1, 1998, Vertical, prior to entering into an agreement 
or making any investment in an entity engaged in the video conferencing 
business will provide the Company the opportunity to enter into such 
agreement or make such investment instead of Vertical. 


   In connection with the Private Placement, the Company also entered into 
the Investor Rights Agreement with Vertical (the "Investor Rights Agreement") 
which provides that Vertical has the right, but not the obligation, to 
nominate as a member of the management slate for election to the Company's 
Board of Directors one or two persons for so long as Vertical will hold at 
least 5% or 10%, respectively, of the Series A Preferred Stock (or at least 
5% or 10%, respectively, of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the 
Series A Preferred Stock or upon exercise of the Investor Warrants). The 
Company agreed that one such person shall be elected Co-Chairman of the Board 
of Directors of the Company. The Investor Rights Agreement further provides 
for one demand and two piggy-back registration rights with respect to the 
Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock and the 
exercise of the Investor Warrants. 

   In addition, also in connection with the Private Placement, the Company 
entered into the Marketing Agreement with General Capital, an affiliate of 
Vertical. The Marketing Agreement provides that General Capital will assist 
the Company in connection with marketing its products worldwide, arranging 
debt or equity financing for the Company's products to be purchased by its 
customers, and arranging financing for the Company's operations, leasing 
programs, joint ventures and distribution arrangements, in each case for the 
further enhancement of the Company's marketing strategy. Currently, General 
Capital is working with the Company to structure a possible marketing joint 
venture with an Israeli company relating to marketing of the Company's 
products in the United States and to structure a possible marketing joint 
venture with a German company related to the marketing by 


                                      58 
<PAGE>

the Company of certain products of the German company. There can be no 
assurance that the Company will be able to structure these joint ventures on 
terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. The Marketing Agreement has a 
five year term and expires on October 26, 2001. Pursuant to the Marketing 
Agreement, the Company paid $100,000 at the closing of the Private Placement 
and is obligated to pay $300,000 at such time as the Company's consolidated 
stockholders' equity exceeds $6,000,000 and an additional $100,000 payable at 
such time as the Company's consolidated stockholders' equity exceeds 
$8,000,000, provided that the current liabilities of the Company used to 
determine the consolidated stockholders' equity of the Company shall not 
exceed $3,500,000 and, to the extent it exceeds $3,500,000, any such 
additional amounts shall not reduce such stockholders' equity. The 
consummation of this Offering will trigger the $400,000 payment which will be 
made with the proceeds of this Offering. The Marketing Agreement further 
provides that Multimedia will provide General Capital with certain technical 
and other information relating to its business and operations as is 
reasonable and necessary for General Capital to market the Company's 
products. In addition, Multimedia will provide General Capital with the 
necessary sales promotion materials to market the Company's products and 
Multimedia shall make its management available to General Capital and 
prospective customers at such reasonable times and locations as is necessary 
for General Capital to market Multimedia's products. In connection with these 
provisions, General Capital agrees that, during the term of the Marketing 
Agreement and for a period of five years following such term, it shall not 
disclose to any third party any trade secrets or other confidential 
information for any purpose other than the performance of its duties under 
the Marketing Agreement and upon the prior written approval of Multimedia. 
General Capital further agreed that during the term of the Marketing 
Agreement and for a period of two years thereafter it shall not directly or 
indirectly own, manage, control, participate in, consult with, render 
services for, or in any manner engage in any business competing with the 
business of Multimedia as such business exists within any geographical area 
in which Multimedia conducts its business. Either party may terminate the 
Marketing Agreement at any time after June 30, 1997 if the Company's working 
capital does not exceed $4,000,000 by such date, provided, however, that in 
the event that the Company's working capital exceeds such amount by June 30, 
1997, the Marketing Agreement will not be terminable by either party. 

   Amendment No. 1 to the Marketing Agreement provides that General Capital, 
during the term of the Marketing Agreement and for a period of three years 
thereafter shall not directly or indirectly own, manage, control, participate 
in, consult with, render services for, or in any manner engage in the video 
conferencing business without any geographical limitation. 


STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT 

   Prior to the closing of this Offering, all of the existing stockholders of
the Company will enter into a stockholders' agreement (the "Stockholders'
Agreement"). Pursuant to the Stockholders' Agreement, Walther Glas and Messrs.
Vogt and Sippel (the "Registration Rights Group") have agreed not to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or exercise any registration
rights, or seek the consent of the Representative for such sale, disposition or
exercise, without Vertical's prior written consent for a period of 24 months
after the consummation of the Offering. In addition, pursuant to the
Stockholders' Agreement, all of the existing stockholders of the Company other
than Vertical and the Registration Rights Group, have agreed not to sell or
otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or seek the consent of the
Representative for such sale or disposition, without the prior written consent
of each member of the Registration Rights Group and Vertical for a period of 24
months after the consummation of this Offering. In addition, the Stockholders'
Agreement prohibits any sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock
within such 24 month period unless the acquiror (and any subsequent acquirors)
of such shares becomes a party to the Stockholders' Agreement.


REVERSE STOCK SPLIT 

   In connection with the Reverse Stock Split effected by the Company in 
December 1996, the outstanding capital stock of the Company was reduced from 
an aggregate of 6,600,000 shares to 6,250,000 resulting in 4,375,000 shares 
of Common Stock and 1,875,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding. 


ESCROW SHARES 

   In connection with this Offering, the existing stockholders will deposit 
500,000 shares of Common Stock into escrow. See "Principal Stockholders -- 
Escrow Shares." 


EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS 

   IAT AG and IAT Germany have entered into written employment and consulting
agreements with Grissemann Consulting S.A., Franz Muller and Wilhelm Gudauski
and the Company intends to enter into a written employment agreement with
Dr. Vogt prior to or concurrently with the completion of this Offering. See
"Management -- Employment and Consulting Agreements."


                                      59 
<PAGE>

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS 

   The following table sets forth certain information regarding ownership of 
Common Stock prior to this Offering and as adjusted to give effect to the 
sale of the 3,100,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby by (i) each 
director of Multimedia, (ii) each of the Named Executive Officers, (iii) all 
executive officers and directors of the Company as a group, and (iv) each 
person known by the Company to own beneficially more than five percent of the 
outstanding Common Stock. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Number of Shares Beneficially     Percentage of Shares 
                                                           Owned                  Beneficially Owned 
                                              ------------------------------   ------------------------ 
Name and Address                                 Before           After          Before        After 
of Beneficial Owner(1)                          Offering        Offering        Offering     Offering 
 -------------------------------------------   -----------   ---------------    ----------   ---------- 
<S>                                           <C>            <C>                <C>          <C>
Viktor Vogt(2)  ..........................        870,079        870,079 (3)      13.92%        9.31% 
Jacob Agam(4)  ...........................             --             --             --           -- 
Klaus Grissemann(2)  .....................        189,395        189,395 (5)       3.03%        2.03% 
Volker Walther(6)  .......................        890,750        890,750          14.25%        9.53% 
Franz Muller(2)  .........................         94,697         94,697 (7)       1.52%        1.01% 
Wilhelm Gudauski(2)  .....................        142,046        142,046 (8)       2.27%        1.52% 
All executive officers and directors of the 
  Company as a group 6 persons .............    2,186,967      2,186,967          34.99%       23.39% 
Vertical Financial Holdings(4)(9)  .........      890,152      1,580,304 (10)     14.24%       15.74% 
Behala Anstalt(11)  ........................      296,402        592,804 (12)      4.74%        6.15% 
Lupin Investments Services Ltd.(13)  .......      296,402        592,804 (14)      4.74%        6.15% 
Henilia Financial Ltd.(15)  ................      297,347        594,694 (16)      4.76%        6.16% 
Klaus-Dirk Sippel(17)  .....................      707,059      1,105,923 (18)     11.31%       11.34% 
Richard Suter(19)  .........................      572,687        771,551 (20)      9.16%        8.08% 
Robert Klein Handel GmbH & Co. 
  KG((21)) .................................      455,438        455,438           7.29%        4.87% 
</TABLE>

- ------ 

 (1) Unless otherwise noted, the Company believes that all persons named in 
     the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all 
     shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by them. See "Certain 
     Transactions." 

 (2) The address of all directors and officers is c/o IAT Multimedia Co., 
     Geschaftshaus Wasserschloss, Aarestrasse 17, CH-5300 Vogelsang-Turgi, 
     Switzerland. 


 (3) Includes 69,605 shares of Common Stock which are held in escrow but in 
     respect of which Dr. Vogt retains the power to vote. See "-- Escrow 
     Shares." 


 (4) Jacob Agam, the Co-Chairman of the Company, is a director of Vertical. 
     Pursuant to an agreement between Orida and Vertical, Orida has the right 
     to receive a portion of the profits from the sale of the shares held by 
     Vertical. Mr. Agam is the Chairman and a significant owner of Orida. Mr. 
     Agam disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Vertical. 

 (5) Includes 15,151 shares of Common Stock which are held in escrow but in 
     respect of which Mr. Grissemann retains the power to vote.
     See "-- Escrow Shares." 

 (6) Volker Walther's address is Pestalozziweg 8, D-34439, Willebadessen, 
     Germany. Includes 156,188 shares held by Walther Glas GmbH of which Mr. 
     Walther is a majority shareholder. Also includes 58,765 and 12,495 
     shares of Common Stock which are held in escrow but in respect of which 
     Mr. Walther and Walther Glas GmbH, respectively, retain the power to 
     vote. See "-- Escrow Shares." 

 (7) Includes 7,575 shares of Common Stock which are held in escrow but in 
     respect of which Mr. Muller retains the power to vote. See "-- Escrow 
     Shares." 

 (8) Includes 11,364 shares of Common Stock which are held in escrow but in 
     respect of which Mr. Gudauski retains the power to vote. See "-- Escrow 
     Shares." 

 (9) The address of Vertical is Hombrechtikerstrasse 61, CH-8640 Rapperswil, 
     Switzerland. 

                                      60 
<PAGE>

(10) Includes 690,152 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an 
     equal amount of Investor Warrants beneficially owned by Vertical and 
     exercisable within 60 days. Also includes 71,212 shares of Common Stock 
     which are held in escrow but in respect of which Vertical retains the 
     power to vote. See "-- Escrow Shares." 

(11) The address of Behala Anstalt is Heiligkreuz 6, PL-9490 Vaduz, 
     Liechtenstein. 

(12) Includes 296,402 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an 
     equal amount of Investor Warrants beneficially owned by Behala Anstalt 
     and exercisable within 60 days. Also includes 23,712 shares of Common 
     Stock which are held in escrow but in respect of which Behala Anstalt 
     retains the power to vote. See "-- Escrow Shares." 

(13) The address of Lupin Investments Services Ltd. is P.O. Box 3186, 
     Tortola/BVI, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. 

(14) Includes 296,402 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an 
     equal amount of Investor Warrants beneficially owned by Lupin 
     Investments Services Ltd. and exercisable within 60 days. Also includes 
     23,712 shares of Common Stock which are held in escrow but in respect of 
     which Lupin Investments Services Ltd. retains the power to vote.
     See "-- Escrow Shares." 

(15) The address of Henilia Financial Ltd. is 35A Regent Street, Belize City, 
     Belize. 

(16) Includes 297,347 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an 
     equal amount of Investor Warrants beneficially owned by Henilia 
     Financial Ltd. and exercisable within 60 days. Also includes 23,788 
     shares of Common Stock which are held in escrow but in respect of which 
     Henilia Financial Ltd. retains the power to vote. See "-- Escrow 
     Shares." 

(17) The address of Klaus-Dirk Sippel is Tannenweg 2, CH-5415 Nussbaumen, 
     Switzerland. In October 1996, Mr. Sippel sold 76,941 shares to Mr. 
     Jurgen Henning. While Mr. Sippel does not have any voting or dispositive 
     power with respect to these shares, the agreement between Messrs. Sippel 
     and Henning provides that Mr. Sippel will share in the proceeds of the 
     sale of Mr. Henning's shares. 

(18) Includes 398,864 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an 
     equal amount of Shareholder Warrants beneficially owned by Klaus-Dirk 
     Sippel and exercisable within 60 days. Also includes 56,565 shares of 
     Common Stock which are held in escrow but in respect of which Mr. Sippel 
     retains the power to vote. See "-- Escrow Shares." 

(19) Richard Suter's address is Lendikerstrasse 25, CH-8484 Weisslingen, 
     Switzerland. 

(20) Includes 198,864 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of an 
     equal amount of Shareholder Warrants beneficially owned by Richard Suter 
     and exercisable within 60 days. Also includes 45,815 shares of Common 
     Stock which are held in escrow but in respect of which Mr. Suter retains 
     the power to vote. See "-- Escrow Shares." 

(21) Robert Klein Handel GmbH & Co. KG's address is Perlengraben 2, D-50676 
     Koln. 

ESCROW SHARES 

   The existing stockholders of the Company will deposit an aggregate of 
500,000 shares of Common Stock into escrow. The Escrow Shares are not 
assignable or transferable. Of the Escrow Shares, 

       (i) 166,666 shall be released from escrow if, for the fiscal year 
   ending December 31, 1997, the Company's minimum revenues (the "Minimum 
   Revenues") equals or exceeds $5.5 million; 

       (ii) 166,666 Escrow Shares (or, if the conditions set forth in (i) 
   above was not met, 333,332 Escrow Shares) shall be released, if, for the 
   fiscal year ending December 31, 1998, the Minimum Revenues equals or 
   exceeds $8.0 million; 

                                      61 
<PAGE>

       (iii) 166,668 Escrow Shares (or, if the conditions set forth in either 
   (i) or (ii) were not met, the remaining Escrow Shares) shall be released 
   if, for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1999, the Minimum Revenues 
   equals or exceeds $12.0 million and the Company's income before provision 
   for taxes (the "Minimum Pretax Income") equals or exceeds $1.0 million; 
   and 

       (iv) all of the Escrow Shares will be released from escrow if one or 
   more of the following conditions is/are met: 

          (a) the average of the closing bid prices of the Company's Common 
       Stock for any 30 consecutive trading days commencing 24 months after 
       the Effective Date exceeds $13.00 per share; or 

          (b) the Company is acquired by or merged into another entity during 
       the period set forth in (a) above in a transaction in which the value 
       of the per share consideration received by the stockholders of the 
       Company (after giving effect to the release from escrow) on the date of 
       such transaction exceeds $13.00 per share. 

   The Minimum Revenues and Minimum Pretax Income Amounts set forth above 
shall be (i) derived solely from the business currently owned and operated by 
the Company and shall not give effect to any operations relating to business 
or assets acquired in the future; (ii) calculated exclusive of any 
extraordinary earnings including, but not limited to, any charge to income 
resulting from the release of the Escrow Shares and (iii) audited by the 
Company's independent public accountants. 

   Any money, securities, rights or property distributed in respect of the 
Escrow Shares shall be received by the escrow agent, including any property 
distributed as dividends or pursuant to any stock split, merger, 
recapitalization, dissolution or total or partial liquidation of the Company 
(the "Escrow Property"). On March 31, 2000, any remaining Escrow Shares, as 
well as any dividends or other distributions made with respect thereto, will 
be canceled and contributed to the capital of the Company. The Company 
expects that the release of the Escrow Shares to officers, directors, 
employees and consultants of the Company will be deemed compensatory and, 
accordingly, will result in a substantial charge to operations, which would 
equal the then fair market value of such shares. Such charges could 
substantially increase the loss or reduce or eliminate the Company's net 
income for financial reporting purposes for the period during which such 
shares are, or become probable of being, released from escrow. Although the 
amount of compensation expense recognized by the Company will not affect the 
Company's total stockholder's equity, it may have a negative effect on the 
market price of the Common Stock. See "Risk Factors -- Charge to Earnings in 
the Event of Release of Escrow Shares", "Management's Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Note 4 -- Consolidated 
Financial Statements of the Company. 

   The Minimum Revenues and Minimum Pretax Income amounts and closing bid 
price levels set forth above were determined by negotiation between the 
Company and the Underwriters and should not be construed to imply or predict 
any future earnings by the Company or any increase in the market price of the 
Common Stock. 

                                      62 
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES 

   The authorized capital stock of Multimedia consists of 20,000,000 shares 
of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 2,375,000 shares of preferred 
stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"), including 500,000 
shares of Blank Check Preferred Stock. Prior to this Offering, Multimedia had 
issued and outstanding 4,375,000 shares of its Common Stock and 1,875,000 
shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Upon consummation of this Offering, 
Multimedia will have issued and outstanding an aggregate of 9,350,000 shares 
of its Common Stock including 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock issued upon 
automatic conversion of all of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock. Upon 
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, all of the Series A Preferred 
Stock will be cancelled. 

COMMON STOCK 

   Holders of Common Stock have the right to cast one vote for each share 
held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, 
including the election of directors. Holders of Common Stock are entitled to 
receive such dividends, pro rata, based on the number of shares held, when, 
as and if declared by the Board of Directors, from funds legally available 
therefor, subject to the rights of holders of any outstanding preferred 
stock. Multimedia has never paid cash dividends on its Common Stock and does 
not anticipate or intend paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future on 
its Common Stock. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up 
of the affairs of Multimedia, all assets and funds of Multimedia remaining 
after the payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the rights 
of the holders of any outstanding Preferred Stock, shall be distributed to 
the holders, pro rata on a per share basis, among the holders of the Common 
Stock. Holders of Common Stock are not entitled to preemptive, subscription, 
cumulative voting or conversion rights, and there are no redemption or 
sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding 
shares of Common Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock offered hereby 
will be, when issued, fully paid and non-assessable. 

PREFERRED STOCK 

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK 

   Dividends. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to 
receive mandatory preferential dividends at the rate of $.056 per share (as 
adjusted for stock splits, combinations or similar events) during the one 
year period from October 4, 1996 to October 24, 1997, which dividends shall 
be accrued and shall be paid, in cash, upon the earlier of (i) the 
consummation of this Offering at which time all shares of Series A Preferred 
Stock will automatically convert at the then-effective Conversion Rate (as 
defined below) or (ii), in the event this Offering is not consummated, on 
October 24, 1997. 

   Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or 
winding up of Multimedia, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the 
Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to 
any distribution of any of the assets of Multimedia to any holders of Common 
Stock, an amount per share equal to $.080 (as adjusted for stock splits, 
combinations or similar events) for each outstanding share of Series A 
Preferred Stock plus any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends (the 
"Liquidation Preference"). If, upon the occurrence of such an event, the 
assets and funds thus distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred 
Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full 
Liquidation Preference, then the entire assets and funds of Multimedia 
legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the 
holders of the Series A Preferred Stock such that an equal amount shall be 
paid with respect to each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock. 

   Redemption. Multimedia is obligated to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock 
at the Liquidation Preference upon the written request of the holders of any 
outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock at any time following October 
4, 1998. If, at any time after December 31, 1997, Multimedia has not 
consummated this Offering, Multimedia may redeem all, but not less than all, 
of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the Liquidation 
Preference. To the extent that Multimedia does not have funds legally 
available to fund any required redemption of shares of Series A Preferred 
Stock, Multimedia shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to raise 
sufficient capital to fund such required redemption within 60 days of the 
date such redemption is required to be made. To the extent that Multimedia is 
unable to raise sufficient capital to fund such required 

                                      63 
<PAGE>

redemption within such period, Multimedia shall commence, as of the 61st day 
following the date such redemption is required to be made, a rights offering 
of Multimedia's Common Stock to all of Multimedia's shareholders of an 
adequate number of shares at a purchase price per share equal to its then 
fair market value such that the total dollar amount to be raised from such 
rights offering will equal or exceed the dollar amount needed by Multimedia 
to fund such required redemption. 

   Conversion. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock is convertible, at the 
option of the holder thereof at any time after the date of issuance of such 
share. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the 
number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock equal to a 
fraction, the numerator of which is the "Conversion Value" per share of such 
Series A Preferred Stock and the denominator of which is the "Conversion 
Price" per share in effect for such Series A Preferred Stock at the time of 
conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of 
Series A Preferred Stock is convertible is hereinafter collectively referred 
to as the "Conversion Rate" for such series. The Conversion Price of each of 
the Series A Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment to protect against 
certain antidilutive events. The initial Conversion Price per share of Series 
A Preferred Stock is $.80, subject to adjustment for stock splits, 
combinations or similar events affecting the Series A Preferred Stock. The 
Conversion Value per share of Series A Preferred Stock is $.80. As of the 
date of this Prospectus, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will convert 
into 1,875,000 shares of Common Stock upon the consummation of this Offering. 

   Voting Rights. Except with respect to the election of members of 
Multimedia's Board of Directors, the Series A Preferred Stock are entitled to 
vote on all matters as to which the holders of Common Stock are entitled to 
vote with each share of Series A Preferred Stock having that number of votes 
equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which it is then 
convertible. 

   Status of Converted Stock. Upon consummation of this Offering and the 
conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the shares so converted shall be 
canceled by Multimedia. See "-- Preferred Stock." 

   Right to Elect Certain Directors. Provided that there are at least five 
directors, for so long as the holders of Series A Preferred Stock hold at 
least 5% of Multimedia's Series A Preferred Stock (or 5% of the Common Stock 
issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock or upon exercise of 
any warrants held by such holder), the holders of the Series A Preferred 
Stock voting as a separate class, shall have the right to elect one 
individual to Multimedia's Board of Directors and so long as the holders of 
at least 10% of Multimedia's Series A Preferred Stock (or 10% of the Common 
Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock or upon exercise 
of any warrants held by such holder), such holders voting as a separate 
class, shall have the right to elect two individuals to Multimedia's Board of 
Directors, including one member who shall be elected as Co-Chairman of the 
Board of Directors. The Series A Directors shall be elected at the same time 
as the election of the other members of the Board of Directors. In the event 
of the resignation or removal of a Series A Directors, a special meeting 
shall be convened at which elections shall be held for the election of a 
substitute Series A Director, provided that such holders may act by unanimous 
consent in lieu of such meeting. 

   Covenants. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are 
outstanding, Multimedia shall not without first obtaining the written consent 
of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then outstanding shares of 
Series A Preferred Stock, among other things, sell all or substantially all 
of the assets of Multimedia, merge in any transaction in which more than 50% 
percent of the voting power of Multimedia is disposed of, engage in any 
spin-out, distribution or sale of any business unit of Multimedia, increase 
or decrease the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock 
or amend the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely 
the Series A Preferred Stock, authorize or issue any other equity security 
having a preference over, or being on a parity with the Series A Preferred 
Stock with respect to dividends, redemption or liquidation, redeem or 
repurchase any outstanding equity securities of the Company, to issue shares 
of Common Stock to employees, advisors, consultants or outside directors if 
the cumulative total number of shares of Common Stock so issued exceeds 
748,000, increase the authorized number of directors of Multimedia to more 
than five members, liquidate, dissolve or otherwise wind up the affairs of 
Multimedia, enter into any transactions with affiliates of Multimedia except 
on arms-length terms or pay any dividend on or any distribution with respect 
of any shares of capital stock other than the dividends paid on the Series A 
Preferred Stock in accordance with its terms. 

                                      64 
<PAGE>

BLANK CHECK PREFERRED STOCK 

   The Company is authorized to issue up to 500,000 shares of Blank Check 
Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue this Blank 
Check Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the number of shares 
and the relative rights, conversion rights, voting rights and terms of 
redemption (including sinking fund provisions) and liquidation preferences, 
without further vote or action by the stockholders. If shares of Blank Check 
Preferred Stock with voting rights are issued, such issuance could affect the 
voting rights of the holders of the Company's Common Stock by increasing the 
number of outstanding shares having voting rights, and by the creation of 
class or series voting rights. If the Board of Directors authorizes the 
issuance of shares of Blank Check Preferred Stock with conversion rights, the 
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding could potentially be increased 
by up to the authorized amount. Issuances of Blank Check Preferred Stock 
could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying or preventing 
a change in control of the Company and may adversely affect the rights of 
holders of Common Stock. Also, Blank Check Preferred Stock could have 
preferences over the Common Stock (and other series of preferred stock) with 
respect to dividend and liquidation rights. The Company currently has no 
plans to issue any Blank Check Preferred Stock. 

INVESTOR WARRANTS AND SHAREHOLDER WARRANTS 

   Each of the Investor Warrants and the Shareholders Warrants entitle the 
holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at an exercise price per share 
equal to 130% of the initial public offering price at any time or from time 
to time during the ten year period following the consummation of this 
Offering, but not later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on December 31, 
2006. Each of the Investor Warrants and the Shareholders Warrants provide for 
adjustment of the exercise price and for a change in the number of shares 
issuable upon exercise to protect holders against dilution in the event of a 
stock dividend, stock split, combination or reclassification of the Common 
Stock or upon issuances of shares of Common Stock at prices lower than the 
market price of the Common Stock, with certain exceptions. In addition, the 
Investor Warrants also contain a cashless exercise option provision. 

   Each of the Investor Warrants and the Shareholder Warrants may be 
exercised upon surrender of the certificate evidencing the Investor Warrant 
or the Shareholder Warrant on or prior to its expiration date at the offices 
of the Company or the Transfer Agent (as defined below), with the form of 
"Election to Purchase" on the reverse side of the Warrant certificate 
completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by payment of the full 
exercise price (by certified or bank check payable to the order of the 
Company) for the number of shares with respect to which the Investor Warrant 
or Shareholder Warrant is being exercised. Shares issued upon exercise of 
Investor Warrants or Shareholder Warrants and payment in accordance with the 
terms of the Investor Warrants or Shareholders Warrants will be fully paid 
and non-assessable. 

   The Investor Warrants or the Shareholder Warrants do not confer upon the 
holders of the Investor Warrants or the Shareholder Warrants any voting or 
other rights of a stockholder of the Company. 

   Upon exercise of the Investor Warrants or the Shareholder Warrants, the 
holders of the Common Stock issued upon such exercise will have registration 
rights as set forth in the Investor's Rights Agreement. See "Certain 
Transactions -- Private Placement and Related Transactions." 

UNDERWRITERS' WARRANTS 

   For a description of the Underwriters' Warrants, see "Underwriting." 

TRANSFER AGENT 


   American Stock Transfer & Trust Company serves as Transfer Agent for the 
shares of Common Stock. 


BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISIONS 

   The Company is subject to the "business combination" statute of the 
Delaware Law, an anti-takeover law enacted in 1988. In general, Section 203 
of the Delaware Law prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from 
engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a 
period of three years after the 

                                      65 
<PAGE>


date of the transaction in which the person became an "interested 
stockholder," unless (a) prior to such date the board of directors of the 
corporation approved either the "business combination" or the transaction 
which resulted in the stockholder becoming an "interested stockholder," (b) 
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder 
becoming an "interested stockholder," the "interested stockholder" owned at 
least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the 
transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of 
shares outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and 
also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do 
not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to 
the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer, or (c) on or 
subsequent to such date the "business combination" is approved by the board 
of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders 
by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3 % of the outstanding voting stock 
which is not owned by the "interested stockholder." A "business combination" 
includes mergers, stock or asset sales and other transactions resulting in a 
financial benefit to the "interested stockholders." An "interested 
stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns 
(or within three years, did own) 15% or more of the corporation's voting 
stock. Although Section 203 permits the Company to elect not to be governed 
by its provisions, the Company to date has not made this election. Upon 
closing of this Offering and the registration of its shares of Common Stock 
under the Exchange Act, the restrictions imposed by such statute will apply 
to the Company and, as a result of the application of Section 203, potential 
acquirers of the Company may be discouraged from attempting to effect an 
acquisition transaction with the Company, thereby possibly depriving holders 
of the Company's securities of certain opportunities to sell or otherwise 
dispose of such securities at above-market prices pursuant to such 
transactions. 


                                      66 
<PAGE>

                       SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 



   Upon completion of this Offering the Company will have 9,350,000 shares of
Common Stock outstanding. Of these shares outstanding, the 3,100,000 shares of
Common Stock offered hereby will be freely transferable without restriction or
further registration under the Securities Act, unless purchased by affiliates of
the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule
144") described below. All of the 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock held by
existing stockholders are eligible for sale under Rule 144 beginning in October
1997. Of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, 500,000 shares are Escrow
Shares. Currently 5,607,757 of the 6,250,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding
are held by affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations after October
1997. The existing stockholders of the Company have entered into the Lock-Up
Agreements wherein they agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock (other than shares of Common Stock acquired in the public market
after the date of this Prospectus) or to exercise any registration rights for a
period of 24 months from the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of the Representative; provided, however, that the stockholders of the
Company (other than officers and directors of the Company) may sell or otherwise
dispose of shares of Common Stock in one or more private sales without such
consent if the acquirors (and any subsequent acquirors) of such shares enter
into a Lock-Up Agreement with the Underwriters restricting the transferability
of such shares for the remainder of such 24 month period; and provided further
that participants in the Private Placement may not sell or otherwise dispose of
shares of Common Stock which were issued upon the automatic conversion of the
Series A Preferred Stock in such private sales without such consent prior to
October 24, 1998. The Representative has indicated that it will not consent to
any sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock which were issued upon
the automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock prior to October 24,
1998, except in the event of a tender offer. See "Underwriting."

   In addition, the Investor Warrants, the Shareholder Warrants and the 
2,348,485 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Investor 
Warrants and the Shareholders Warrants are also "restricted securities" and 
may not be sold publicly unless they are registered under the Securities Act 
or are sold pursuant to Rule 144 or another exemption from registration. None 
of such warrants or shares will be eligible for sale in the public market 
pursuant to Rule 144 until October 1997. 

   Upon completion of this Offering, the Company will have outstanding in 
addition to the securities referred to above, the Underwriters' Warrants to 
purchase an aggregate of 310,000 shares of Common Stock. See "Underwriting." 
If the Underwriters' Warrants are exercised, the value of the Common Stock 
held by public investors will be diluted, if the value of such stock 
immediately prior to the exercise of such Underwriters' Warrants exceeds the 
exercise price thereof, with the extent of such dilution depending upon such 
excess. The Underwriters' Warrants afford the holders thereof the 
opportunity, at nominal cost, to profit from a rise in the market price of 
the Common Stock, which may adversely affect the terms upon which the Company 
could issue additional Common Stock during the term thereof. In addition, the 
Company has reserved for issuance 500,000 shares of Common Stock in 
connection with the 1996 Stock Option Plan. 

   In general under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are 
aggregated), including persons who may be deemed to be "affiliates" of the 
Company as that term is defined under the Securities Act, is entitled to sell 
within any three-month period a number of restricted shares beneficially 
owned for at least one year that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of 
the then outstanding shares of Common Stock or (ii) the average weekly 
trading volume in the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding 
such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain requirements as 
to the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public 
information about the Company. However, a person who is not an affiliate and 
has beneficially owned such shares for at least two years is entitled to 
sell such shares without regard to the volume or other resale requirements. 

   Vertical, Walther Glas and Messrs. Vogt and Sippel have certain demand and 
piggy-back registration rights covering their respective securities. See 
"Certain Transactions." In addition, the Underwriters also have demand and 
piggy-back registration rights with respect to the securities underlying the 
Underwriters' Warrants. See "Underwriting." 

   Prior to this Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of 
the Company, and no predictions can be made of the effect, if any, that sales 
of Common Stock or the availability of Common Stock for sale will have on the 
market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, 
sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market could 
adversely affect prevailing market prices. 

                                      67 
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING 

   Royce Investment Group, Inc. and Continental Broker-Dealer Corp. (the 
"Underwriters"), have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions 
of the Underwriting Agreement between the Company and the Underwriters (the 
"Underwriting Agreement"), to purchase from the Company, and the Company has 
agreed to sell to the Underwriters, the number of shares of Common Stock set 
forth opposite their respective names in the table below at the price set 
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          Underwriters                                       Number of Shares 
 -------------------------------                              ---------------- 
<S>                                                           <C>
Royce Investment Group, Inc. 
Continental Broker-Dealer Corp. 
                                                              ---------------- 
  Total                                                          3,100,000 
                                                              ================ 

</TABLE>

   The Underwriters have advised the Company that they propose to offer the 
Common Stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the 
cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers who are members of the 
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"), at such price 
less a concession of not in excess of $   per share, of which a sum not in 
excess of $   may in turn be reallowed to other dealers who are members of 
the NASD. After the commencement of the Offering, the public offering price, 
the concession and the reallowance may be changed by the Underwriters. The 
Underwriters are committed to purchase all of the shares offered hereby if 
any are purchased. 

   The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain 
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The Company has 
also agreed to pay to the Underwriters a non-accountable expense allowance 
equal to 2.5% of the gross proceeds derived from the sale of the shares 
offered hereby, including any shares purchased pursuant to the Underwriters' 
over-allotment option, $50,000 of which has been paid to date. 

   The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option exercisable during 
the 45-day period commencing on the date of this Prospectus, to purchase from 
the Company at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this 
Prospectus less underwriting discounts and commissions, up to 465,000 
additional shares for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made 
in connection with the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. 


   The existing stockholders of the Company have entered into the Lock-Up
Agreements wherein they agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock (other than shares of Common Stock acquired in the public market
after the date of this Prospectus) or to exercise any registration rights for a
period of 24 months from the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of the Representative; provided, however, that stockholders of the
Company (other than officers and directors of the Company) may sell or otherwise
dispose of shares of Common Stock in one or more private sales without such
consent if the acquirors (and any subsequent acquirors) of such shares enter
into a Lock-Up Agreement with the Underwriters restricting the transferability
of such shares for the remainder of such 24 month period; and provided further
that participants in the Private Placement may not sell or otherwise dispose of
shares of Common Stock which were issued upon the automatic conversion of the
Series A Preferred Stock in such private sales without such consent prior to
October 24, 1998. The Representative has indicated that it will not consent to
any sale or other disposition of shares of Common Stock which were issued upon
the automatic conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock prior to October 24,
1998, except in the event of a tender offer.


   The Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriters or their designees, for 
nominal consideration, the Underwriters' Warrants to purchase up to an 
aggregate of 310,000 shares of Common Stock. The Underwriters' Warrants are 
exercisable during the four-year period commencing one year from the date of 
this Prospectus at an exercise price equal to 165% of the per share price set 
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, subject to adjustment in certain 
events, and are not transferable for a period of one year from the date of 
this Prospectus except to officers of the Underwriters or to members of the 
selling group. The Underwriters' Warrants also contain a cashless exercise 
provision. The Company has agreed to register under the Securities Act during 
the four- year period commencing one year from the date of the Prospectus, on 
two separate occasions, the securities issuable upon exercise thereof. The 
initial such registration shall be at the Company's expense and the second at 
the expense of the holders. 

   During the five-year period from the date of this Prospectus, in the event 
the Representative originates a financing or a merger, acquisition, joint 
venture, strategic introduction or other similar transaction to which the 

                                      68 
<PAGE>

Company is a party, the Representative will be entitled to receive a finder's 
fee in consideration of the origination of such transaction. The fee is based 
upon a percentage of the consideration paid in the transaction. 

   The Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not expect sales 
to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% percent of the total number of the 
shares offered hereby. 

   Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common 
Stock offered hereby. Accordingly, the offering price of the shares of Common 
Stock offered hereby has been determined by negotiation between the Company 
and the Underwriters and is not necessarily related to the Company's asset 
value, net worth or other established criteria of value. Factors considered 
in determining such price in addition to prevailing market conditions, 
include the history of and the prospects for the industry in which the 
Company competes, the present state of the Company's development and its 
future prospects, an assessment of the Company's management, the Company's 
capital structure, the general condition of the securities markets and such 
other factors as were deemed relevant. 

                                LEGAL MATTERS 

   The validity of the securities offered hereby will be passed upon for the 
Company by Baker & McKenzie, New York. Certain legal matters related to this 
Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Bachner, Tally, Polevoy 
& Misher LLP, New York. Baker & McKenzie, New York will rely, without 
independent verification, on the opinion of Baker & McKenzie, Zurich and Dr. 
Schackow & Partners, Bremen as to matters of Swiss and German law, 
respectively. 

                                   EXPERTS 

   The consolidated financial statements of IAT Multimedia, Inc. included in 
this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been so included in reliance 
on the report of Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C., independent certified 
public accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in 
accounting and auditing. 

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

   The Company will be subject to the informational requirements of the 
Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith will file reports and other 
information with the Commission. The Company has filed a Registration 
Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with the Commission in 
Washington, D.C. with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. 
This Prospectus, which is part of the Registration Statement, does not 
contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and 
the exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to the Company and 
the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, reference is hereby made to the 
Registration Statement and such exhibits, which may be inspected without 
charge at the office of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, 
D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission located at Seven 
World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and at 500 West 
Madison (Suite 1400), Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such material may 
also be obtained at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the 
Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The Commission 
maintains a Web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and 
information statements and other information regarding issuers that file 
electronically with the Commission. Statements contained in this Prospectus 
as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not 
necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of 
such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, 
each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. 

                                      69 
<PAGE>

                                   GLOSSARY 

"Byte" means a sequence of binary digits or bits which represents one piece 
of information such as a single letter. A byte is the unit of information 
processed by a computer. 

"Codec" means a combination of a coder and decoder. A coder uses a 
compression algorithm to reduce the number of bytes needed to represent an 
audio or video segment. A decoder recovers the original raw bytes from the 
compressed bytes generated by the coder. In video and audio compression, the 
recovery does not need to be exact; a good approximation of the original 
information is appropriate for practical purposes. 

"Compression algorithm" means a set of procedures (usually specified by 
mathematical equations) that reduce the number of bytes necessary to 
represent some piece of information, such as a video or audio segment. 

"Compression ratio" means the average number of bytes at the input of codec 
that will produce one byte at the output of the coder. The higher the ratio 
the lower the necessary channel speed to transmit the information, and 
therefore the lower the transmission cost. 

"CPU" means central processing unit. 

"ISDN" means integrated services digital network, an international switched 
digital communication network that provides multiples of 64 Kbps per channel, 
up to a maximum of 2 Mbps. ISDN is available in most countries from local 
telephone service providers and, in some cases, others. 

"Integrator" means a company which assembles third party components in 
systems. 

"Kbps" means kilobits per second, 1 Kbps equals 1,000 bits per second. 

"LAN" means Local Area Network, often a company computer network confined to 
one physical location. 

"Mbps" means megabits per second, 1 Mbps equals 1,000,000 bits per second. 

"OEM" means original equipment manufacturer. Such manufacturers often acquire 
components from outside suppliers which are then combined with the 
manufacturer's proprietary knowledge, hardware and/or software. 

"WAN" means Wide Area Network, often an enterprise computer network which 
ties a company's various physical locations together. 

                                      70 
<PAGE>

                        INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Page 
                                                                 ------------- 
<S>                                                              <C>
Independent Auditors' Report  ................................    F-2 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

     Consolidated Balance Sheets  ............................    F-3 

     Consolidated Statements of Operations  ..................    F-4 

     Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity 
        (Deficit) ............................................    F-5 

     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  ..................    F-6 

     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  .............    F-7 - F-13 


</TABLE>

                                     F-1 
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders 
IAT Multimedia, Inc. 


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of IAT 
Multimedia, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the 
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) 
and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 
1996. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the 
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these 
consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 


We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing 
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to 
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, 
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. 
An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 


In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above 
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of IAT 
Multimedia, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the 
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years 
in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles. 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared 
assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 
10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has sustained 
recurring losses which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue 
as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also 
described in Note 10. The financial statements do not include any adjustments 
that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. 

                                                     Rothstein, Kass & 
                                                     Company, P.C. 

Roseland, New Jersey 

January 31, 1997 


                                     F-2 
<PAGE>

                    IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

                         CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31, 
                                                               ------------------------------- 
                                                                    1995             1996 
                                                                ------------    -------------- 
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>

Assets 
Current assets: 
   Cash .....................................................    $   198,879     $    264,661 
   Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts 
     of $0 in 1995 and $20,000 in 1996  .....................        600,904          309,133 
   Inventories ..............................................        476,487          437,128 
   Other current assets .....................................        212,330          192,996 
                                                                ------------    -------------- 
     Total current assets ...................................      1,488,600        1,203,918 
Equipment and improvements, less accumulated depreciation 
   and amortization .........................................        567,806          638,955 
Other assets: 
   Other assets .............................................                          96,667 
   Deferred registration costs ..............................             --          276,525 
                                                                ------------    -------------- 
                                                                 $ 2,056,406     $  2,216,065 
                                                                ============    ============== 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit 
Current liabilities: 
   Notes payable, banks .....................................    $ 1,616,669     $  1,811,837 
   Accounts payable and other current liabilities ...........        978,480        1,013,400 
   Loans payable, stockholders ..............................             --        1,107,407 
                                                                ------------    -------------- 
     Total current liabilities ..............................      2,595,149        3,932,644 
                                                                ------------    -------------- 
Loans payable, stockholders, net of current portion  ........        348,913          963,704 
                                                                ------------    -------------- 
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 
   redeemable, authorized, issued and outstanding 1,875,000 
   shares ...................................................                       1,400,000 
Commitments and contingencies                                                   --------------
Stockholders' deficit: 
   Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized 500,000 
     shares, none issued 
   Common stock, $.01 par value, authorized 20,000,000 
     shares, issued and outstanding 3,500,000 and 4,375,000 
     shares, respectively  ..................................         35,000           43,750 
   Capital in excess of par value ...........................      6,472,051        8,002,884 
   Accumulated deficit ......................................     (7,184,969)     (12,293,447) 
   Cumulative translation adjustments .......................       (209,738)         166,530 
                                                                ------------    -------------- 
     Total stockholders' deficit ............................       (887,656)      (4,080,283) 
                                                                ------------    -------------- 
                                                                 $ 2,056,406     $  2,216,065 
                                                                ============    ============== 
</TABLE>


         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

                                     F-3 
<PAGE>

                    IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Years Ended December 31, 
                                                        ------------------------------------------------- 
                                                              1994             1995             1996 
                                                         --------------   --------------    ------------- 
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>               <C>
Net sales  ...........................................    $ 1,053,148      $ 1,510,076       $ 1,193,302 
Cost of sales  .......................................        699,701          967,909           811,771 
                                                         --------------   --------------    -------------
Gross margin  ........................................        353,447          542,167           381,531 
                                                         --------------   --------------    -------------
Operating expenses: 
   Research and development costs: 
     Expenses incurred  ..............................      2,269,191        2,531,093         2,728,815 
     Less participations received  ...................      2,206,888          868,335           398,177 
                                                         --------------   --------------    -------------
          Research and development costs, net  .......         62,303        1,662,758         2,330,638 
   Selling expenses ..................................        739,385        1,265,697         1,462,191 
   General and administrative expenses ...............        798,766        1,374,379         1,494,858 
                                                         --------------   --------------    -------------
                                                            1,600,454        4,302,834         5,287,687 
                                                         --------------   --------------    -------------
Operating loss  ......................................     (1,247,007)      (3,760,667)       (4,906,156)
                                                         --------------   --------------    -------------
Other income (expense): 
   Interest expense ..................................       (124,776)        (128,804)         (213,136)
   Other income ......................................         36,586           30,127            10,814 
   Minority interest in net loss of subsidiaries .....             --          129,167                -- 
                                                         --------------   --------------    -------------
                                                              (88,190)          30,490          (202,322)
                                                         --------------   --------------    -------------
Net loss  ............................................    $(1,335,197)     $(3,730,177)      $(5,108,478)
                                                         ==============   ==============    =============
Loss per share of common stock  ......................    $     (0.33)     $     (0.77)      $     (0.89)
                                                         ==============   ==============    =============
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding        4,000,000        4,837,243         5,750,000 
                                                         ==============   ==============    =============
</TABLE>

         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

                                     F-4 
<PAGE>

                    IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

          CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        
                                                    Common Stock        Capital in                     Cumulative  
                                                ----------------------  Excess of     Accumulated     Translation  
                                                  Shares      Amount    Par Value       Deficit       Adjustments       Total 
                                                -----------  --------- ------------  ---------------  ------------- ------------- 
   
<S>                                             <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>
Balances, January 1, 1994  ...................  1,750,000    $17,500    $2,685,203    $ (2,119,595)    $  (6,330)    $   576,778 
Change in cumulative translation adjustments .         --         --            --              --        20,204          20,204 
Net loss  ....................................         --         --            --      (1,335,197)           --      (1,335,197) 
                                                -----------  --------- ------------  ---------------  ------------- -------------   
Balances, December 31, 1994  .................  1,750,000     17,500     2,685,203      (3,454,792)       13,874        (738,215)   
Issuance of common stock  ....................  1,750,000     17,500     3,786,848              --            --       3,804,348 
Change in cumulative translation adjustments .         --         --            --              --      (223,612)       (223,612)   
Net Loss  ....................................         --         --            --      (3,730,177)           --      (3,730,177) 
                                                -----------  --------- ------------  ---------------  ------------- -------------   
Balances, December 31, 1995  .................  3,500,000     35,000     6,472,051      (7,184,969)     (209,738)       (887,656)   
Issuance of common stock  ....................    875,000      8,750     1,530,833              --            --       1,539,583 
Change in cumulative translation adjustments .         --         --            --              --       376,268         376,268 
Net loss  ....................................         --         --            --      (5,108,478)           --      (5,108,478) 
                                                -----------  --------- ------------  ---------------  ------------- -------------   
Balances, December 31, 1996  .................  4,375,000    $43,750    $8,002,884    $(12,293,447)    $ 166,530     $(4,080,283) 
                                                ===========  ========= ============  ===============  ============= ============= 
   
</TABLE>

         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

                                     F-5 
<PAGE>

                    IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Years Ended December 31, 
                                                      -------------------------------------------------
                                                           1994             1995             1996 
                                                      --------------   --------------    -------------- 
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>               <C>

Cash flows from operating activities: 
   Net loss .......................................    $(1,335,197)     $(3,730,177)      $(5,108,478) 
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash 
     used in operating activities: 
     Depreciation and amortization  ...............        152,413          194,274           230,134 
     Minority interest  ...........................             --         (129,167)               -- 
     (Increase) decrease in cash attributable to 
        changes in assets and liabilities: 
        Accounts receivable  ........................      448,460          291,512           216,016 
        Inventories  ................................      (23,611)        (111,089)          (34,002) 
        Other current assets  .......................       18,282             (409)           (8,480) 
        Other assets  ...............................                                         (96,667) 
        Accounts payable and other current 
          liabilities ...............................      (13,116)         253,707           194,949 
                                                      -------------    --------------    -------------- 
Net cash used in operating activities  ............       (752,769)      (3,231,349)       (4,606,528) 
                                                      -------------    --------------    -------------- 
Net cash used in investing activities, purchases 
   of equipment and improvements ..................       (169,435)        (243,706)         (370,780) 
                                                      -------------    --------------    -------------- 
Cash flows from financing activities: 
   Proceeds from (repayments of) loans payable, 
     stockholders  ................................        321,124         (130,524)        1,931,250 
   Deferred registration costs ....................             --               --          (276,525) 
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock .........             --        3,804,348         1,539,583 
   Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock ......                                         1,400,000 
   Issuance of common stock of a subsidiary to a 
     minority interest  ...........................             --          129,167                -- 
   Proceeds from (repayments of) short-term bank 
     loan  ........................................        501,507          (39,475)          473,235 
                                                      -------------    --------------    -------------- 
Net cash provided by financing activities  ........        822,631        3,763,516         5,067,543 
                                                      -------------    --------------    -------------- 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  ..........         (4,261)        (103,403)          (24,453) 
                                                      -------------    --------------    -------------- 
Net increase (decrease) in cash  ..................       (103,834)         185,058            65,782 
Cash, beginning of period  ........................        117,655           13,821           198,879 
                                                      -------------    --------------    -------------- 
Cash, end of period  ..............................    $    13,821      $   198,879       $   264,661 
                                                      ==============   ==============    ============== 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information, 
   cash paid during the period for interest .......    $   124,776      $   128,804       $   162,473 
                                                      ==============   ==============    ============== 
</TABLE>



         See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 


                                     F-6 
<PAGE>

                    IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION: 

   IAT Holdings, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in 
September 1996 and changed its name to IAT Multimedia, Inc. ("IAT") in 
December 1996. During October 1996, IAT issued 4,375,000 shares of its common 
stock for 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of IAT AG, a 
corporation organized under the laws of Switzerland, in a transaction 
accounted for as a pooling of interests. IAT develops, produces and sells 
desktop video conferencing communications systems to customers mainly in 
Germany and Switzerland. 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: 

   Principles of Consolidation -- The consolidated financial statements 
include the accounts of IAT, its wholly-owned subsidiary IAT AG, Switzerland, 
and a 74.9% owned subsidiary, IAT Deutschland GmbH Interaktive Mediem Systeme 
("IAT GmbH"), Bremen (collectively the "Company"). All intercompany accounts 
and transactions have been eliminated. 

   Inventories -- Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, on the 
first-in, first-out method (FIFO), or market. 

   Revenue Recognition -- Revenues from the sale of communications systems 
are recognized upon shipment to customers. Revenues from the rental of 
communications systems are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
rental time period. 

   Use of Estimates -- The preparation of financial statements in conformity 
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make 
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date 
of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those 
estimates. 

   Equipment and Improvements -- Equipment and improvements are stated at 
cost. Depreciation and amortization are provided using the straight-line 
method over the following estimated useful lives: 

  Computer hardware and software         3-5 years 
  Office furniture and equipment           8 years 
  Leasehold improvements                  10 years 


   Deferred Registration Costs -- The Company has incurred costs relating to 
its proposed public offering. If the offering is successful, these costs will 
be charged to capital in excess of par value, otherwise, the costs will be 
charged to operations. 

   Foreign Currency Translation -- The Company has determined that the local 
currency of its Switzerland subsidiary, Swiss Francs, is the functional 
currency. The financial statements of the subsidiaries have been translated 
into U.S. dollars in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting 
Standards No. 52 (SFAS No. 52), "Foreign Currency Translation". SFAS No. 52 
provides that all balance sheet accounts are translated at year-end rates of 
exchange (1.15 and 1.35 Swiss Francs for each U.S. Dollar at December 31, 
1995 and 1996, respectively), except for equity accounts which are translated 
at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are translated at the 
average of the exchange rates in effect during the period. The resulting 
translation adjustments are included as a separate component of stockholders' 
deficit, whereas gains or losses arising from foreign currency transactions 
are included in results of operations. 


   Fair Value of Financial Instruments -- The fair value of the Company's 
assets and liabilities which qualify as financial instruments under Statement 
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 approximate the carrying amounts 
presented in the consolidated balance sheets. 

   Stock Options -- In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board 
(FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No 123, "Accounting 
for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). SFAS 123 requires compensation 
expense to be recorded (i) using the new fair value method or (ii) using 
existing account-

                                     F-7 
<PAGE>

ing rules prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, 
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") and related 
interpretations with pro forma disclosure of what net income and earnings per 
share would have been had the Company adopted the new fair value method. The 
Company intends to continue to account for its stock based compensation plans 
in accordance with the provisions of APB 25. 

   Income Taxes -- The Company complies with Statement of Financial 
Accounting Standards No. 109 (SFAS 109), "Accounting for Income Taxes", which 
requires an asset and liability approach to financial reporting for income 
taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed based on 
differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and 
liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future, 
based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the period in which the 
differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established, 
when necessary, to reduce the deferred income tax assets to the amount 
expected to be realized. 

   Research and Development Costs -- Research and development expenditures 
conducted for internal purposes are expensed as incurred. The expenditures 
include the following cost elements directly relating to research and 
development: materials costs, equipment and facilities depreciation, 
personnel costs, contract services and certain general and administrative 
expenses. Software development costs incurred subsequent to establishment of 
technological feasibility have not been material. 


   Loss Per Common Share -- Loss per share of common stock is based upon the 
weighted average number of shares outstanding, including common stock 
equivalents. Shares of common stock to be placed in escrow upon completion of 
the proposed public offering described in Note 9, which are common stock 
equivalents, have been excluded from the calculation of loss per share. The 
weighted average includes shares and common stock equivalents issued within 
one year of the Company's proposed initial public offering (IPO) with an 
issue price less than the anticipated IPO price (see Notes 8, 9 and 10). In 
addition, all shares have been adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split 
discussed in Note 9. 


   Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements -- The unaudited interim 
consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In the opinion of 
management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements include all 
adjustments of a normal and recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair 
presentation. The results of operations for the nine months are not 
necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full year. 

   Minority Interest in Consolidated Subsidiary -- The Company records 
minority interest in its consolidated subsidiary at the cost of the 
investment, adjusted for the applicable income (loss) from operations. Losses 
from operations, however, will be recorded only to the extent of the original 
investment and previously recognized equity in earnings, if any. 


   Research and Development Participation Agreements -- The Company has 
entered into various agreements relating to the joint development of the 
Company's products. In accordance with these agreements, the Company and its 
counterparts each have rights for the use of the developed technology. 
Reimbursed research and development costs for the years ended December 31, 
1994, 1995 and 1996 were $2,206,888, $868,335, and $398,177, respectively. 


                                     F-8 
<PAGE>

NOTE 3. INVENTORIES: 

   Inventories consist of the following: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   December 31, 
                                   ------------------------------------------ 
                                       1995                           1996 
                                    ----------                      ---------- 
<S>                                <C>                              <C>
Raw Materials ....................   $343,814                       $406,202 
Finished Goods ...................    132,673                         30,926 
                                    ----------                      ---------- 
                                     $476,487                       $437,128 
                                    ==========                      ========== 
</TABLE>

NOTE 4. EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENTS: 

   Equipment and improvements consists of the following: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          December 31, 
                                                  --------------------------- 
                                                      1995            1996 
                                                   -----------     ----------- 
<S>                                               <C>              <C>

Computer hardware and software  ...............    $  735,322      $  806,768 
Office furniture and equipment  ...............       298,411         286,863 
Leasehold improvements  .......................       344,791         294,624 
                                                   -----------     ----------- 
                                                    1,378,524       1,388,255 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization        810,718         749,300 
                                                   -----------     ----------- 
                                                   $  567,806      $  638,955 
                                                   ===========     =========== 
</TABLE>


NOTE 5. NOTES PAYABLE, BANKS: 

   Notes payable, banks consist of the following: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              December 31, 
                                                                      ---------------------------- 
                                                                           1995           1996 
                                                                       ------------   ------------ 
<S>                                                                   <C>             <C>
Note payable under a line of credit with a Swiss Bank for a maximum 
  amount of approximately $1.4 million, bearing interest at 6.5% per 
  annum (at December 31, 1996), due on demand and guaranteed by 
  certain of the stockholders of IAT ...............................    $1,365,457     $1,209,770 
Notes payable to German banks including a line of credit 
  arrangement for a maximum amount of approximately $675,000, 
  bearing interest at 10.5% per annum, due on demand, collateralized 
  by account receivable balances and guaranteed by the stockholders 
  of IAT GmbH ......................................................       251,212        602,067 
                                                                       ------------   ------------ 
                                                                        $1,616,669     $1,811,837 
                                                                       ============   ============ 
</TABLE>

                                     F-9 
<PAGE>

NOTE 6. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES: 

   Accounts payable and other current liabilities consist of the following: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     December 31, 
                                        ------------------------------------- 
                                            1995                      1996 
                                         ----------                ----------- 
<S>                                     <C>                        <C>
Accounts payable, trade  .                $416,663                 $  347,615 
Value added taxes  .......                 173,798                     92,807 
Payroll taxes  ...........                 143,393                    120,486 
Other current liabilities                  244,626                    452,492 
                                         ----------                ----------- 
                                          $978,480                 $1,013,400 
                                         ==========                =========== 
</TABLE>

NOTE 7. LOANS PAYABLE, STOCKHOLDERS: 

   Loans payable, stockholders consist of the following: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             December 31, 
                                                                      ------------------------- 
                                                                          1995         1996 
                                                                       ----------   ----------- 
<S>                                                                   <C>           <C>

Unsecured loan payable to minority stockholder of IAT GmbH, bearing 
  interest at 5% per annum and adjustable to 10% based upon the 
  attainment of retained earnings of IAT GmbH, as defined. Semi- 
  annual principal payments at 10% of outstanding principal balance 
  commence June 30, 2000. The loan is subordinated to all other 
  creditor claims, except for amounts due from IAT GmbH to IAT AG ..    $348,913    $  482,222 
Unsecured loans payable to a stockholder, bearing interest at 10% 
  per annum. The loans are due the earlier of June 30, 1997 or the 
  completion of an IPO. The loans are subordinated to all other 
  creditor claims ..................................................                 1,107,407 
Unsecured loan payable to a stockholder, bearing interest at 8% per 
  annum and due January 1, 1998. The loan is subordinated to all 
  other creditor claims ............................................                   481,482 
                                                                       ----------   ----------- 
                                                                         348,913     2,071,111 
Less current portion  ..............................................                 1,107,407 
                                                                       ----------   ----------- 
                                                                        $348,913      $963,704 
                                                                       ==========   =========== 
</TABLE>


   Scheduled aggregate payments of loans payable stockholders are as follows: 

       Year Ending December 31, 
       ------------------------ 
               1997                 $1,107,407 
               1998                    481,482 
               1999 
               2000                     96,444 
               2001                     96,444 
                                    -----------
                                    $1,781,777 
                                    ===========


NOTE 8. SERIES A CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK 

   During October 1996, the Company issued 1,875,000 shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (Series A), for net
proceeds of $1,400,000, after deducting expenses of $100,000. The Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,875,000 shares of the
Company's common stock subject to anti-dilution provisions and will
automatically convert upon the consummation of the Company's proposed IPO under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Each share of Series A has voting rights
equivalent to a common stockholder on an as converted basis. The Company is
required to pay a dividend at a rate of $.056 per share for the first year and
$.80 per share for each year thereafter. At any time after December 31, 1997,
the Company has the option to redeem all outstanding shares of Series A, and the
preferred stockholder has the option to require the Company to purchase all, or
a portion, of the Series A shares at any time following the second anniversary
of purchase, for an amount equal

                                     F-10 

<PAGE>


to the liquidation preference, as defined, currently $0.80 per share. In 
addition, the Company issued warrants to purchase 1,875,000 shares of common 
stock. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 130% of the 
IPO price per share, and expire at the earlier of the ten year anniversary 
date of the IPO, or December 31, 2006. 

NOTE 9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

   In connection with the issuance of the Company's common stock to certain 
former IAT AG stockholders, the Company issued warrants to purchase an 
aggregate of 473,485 shares of the Company's common stock. The warrants are 
exercisable at a per share price equal to 130% of the IPO price per share, 
and expire at the earlier of the ten year anniversary date of the IPO, or 
December 31, 2006. 

   Certain of the Company's stockholders have agreed to place an aggregate of 
500,000 shares of the Company's common stock in escrow. These shares will not 
be assignable or transferable (but may be voted) until such time as they are 
released from escrow based upon the Company meeting certain annual revenue 
and or income levels or the common stock attaining certain price levels. All 
reserved shares remaining in escrow on March 31, 2000 will be forfeited and 
contributed to the Company's capital. In the event the Company attains any of 
the earnings thresholds or stock prices providing for the release of escrow 
shares to the stockholders, the Company will recognize compensation expense 
at such time based on the fair market value of the shares. 

   In December 1996, the Company's board of directors and stockholders 
approved the adoption of the Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996 
Plan"). The 1996 Plan provides for a grant of a limited number of 
non-qualified and incentive stock options in respect of up to 500,000 shares 
of Common Stock to eligible employees and advisors. The 1996 Plan is 
administered by the Stock Option Committee consisting of the independent 
directors of the Company. Each option granted pursuant to the 1996 Plan is 
designated at the time of grant as either an incentive stock option or as a 
non-qualified stock option. As of December 31, 1996, no options have been 
granted under the plan. 

   In December 1996, the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Company 
approved a reverse stock split whereby .947 shares of the common stock and 
preferred stock were issued for each share outstanding at that time. All 
share information in the consolidated financial statements have been restated 
to reflect such stock split. In addition, the Company increased the amount of 
authorized Preferred Stock $.01 par value, to 2,375,000 shares. 

NOTE 10. UNCERTAINTY -- ABILITY TO CONTINUE AS A GOING CONCERN: 

   The consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming the 
Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization 
of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of 
business. The Company has sustained recurring losses and has working capital 
and stockholders' deficits. The Company's subsidiaries are subject to German 
and Swiss law, which require, among other things, that companies which incur 
losses have to take appropriate measures to ensure that the claims of the 
Company's subsidiaries' obligees are covered by the assets of those 
respective subsidiaries. Such measures include, among others, increasing 
paid-in capital or obtaining declarations from the obligees which 
subordinates their claims. If those measures are not taken, the board of 
directors of the subsidiaries must notify a judge in order to commence 
bankruptcy proceedings which, under Swiss and German law, usually leads to 
the dissolution of the corporate existence. As of December 31, 1996 the 
Company's subsidiaries have not filed for bankruptcy. Continuation of the 
Company as a going concern is dependent on its ability to resolve its 
liquidity problems and attain profitable operations. The consolidated 
financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from 
the outcome of this uncertainty. 

   Management plans to raise equity capital and in December 1996 executed a 
letter of intent with an underwriter for an IPO on a Registration Statement 
on Form S-1. 

NOTE 11. DEPENDENCE UPON KEY RELATIONSHIPS: 

   Approximately $915,000, $1,032,000, $923,000 of the Company's revenues for 
the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, were 
attributable to sales to one customer or affiliates of the customer. Sales 
for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively are from 
customers located in Switzerland and Germany. At December 31, 1 1995 and 1996 
substantially all of the Company's assets and liabilities were located in 
Germany and Switzerland. 


                                     F-11 
<PAGE>

   The Company purchases several parts used in the production of its products 
from certain vendors, even where multiple sources are available in an effort 
to maintain quality control. The loss of any of these vendors could have a 
material adverse effect on the Company's operations until the Company can 
redesign its products or find an alternative source. 


NOTE 12. INCOME TAXES: 

   For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and 1996, income taxes 
computed at the statutory federal rates differ from the Company's effective 
rate due to the change in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. The 
Company, since inception, has not generated taxable income within any taxing 
jurisdiction in which the Company operates. 

   At December 31, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards 
("NOL") for Swiss and German income tax purposes of approximately $11,754,000 
and $1,272,000, respectively, subject to change based upon final tax 
assessment from the applicable taxing authorities. The Swiss NOLs expire 
between 1997 and 2003, and the German NOLs have no expiration date. As a 
result, at December 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company recorded deferred tax 
assets of approximately $3,669,000 and $4,162,000, respectively and valuation 
allowances in the same amounts relating principally to Swiss and German NOLs. 


   SFAS 109 requires that the Company record a valuation allowance when it is 
"more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will 
not be realized". The ultimate realization of this deferred tax asset depends 
on the ability to generate sufficient taxable income in the future. 


NOTE 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES: 

   The Company has entered into operating leases for the use of office, 
manufacturing facilities and equipment. Rent expense for the years ended 
December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 was approximately $196,000, $306,000 and 
$400,000 respectively. 


   Aggregate approximate future minimum rental payment under these operating 
leases are as follows: 

       Year Ending December 31, 
       ----------------------- 
               1997                           $321,000
               1998                            220,000
               1999                            200,000
               2000                              3,000
                                             ---------
                                              $744,000
                                             =========

   The Company currently does not maintain product liability insurance, and 
believes that it cannot obtain such insurance except at substantial cost. 
While no product liability claims have been made against the Company, there 
can be no assurance that such claims will not arise in the future. Any 
substantial uninsured liability would have a material adverse effect on the 
results of operations, cash flows or financial position of the Company. 


   The Company is a party to various legal actions, the outcome of which, in 
the opinion of management, will not have a material adverse effect on results 
of operations, cash flows or financial position of the Company. 

   In connection with the sale of the Series A shares, the Company entered 
into a marketing agreement, with an affiliate of a Series A stockholder, to 
assist with marketing the Company's products worldwide, and to arrange 
financing for the Company's operations, leasing programs and distribution 
arrangements. The agreement terminates in October 2001. Compensation under 
the agreement is as follows: 

   $100,000 payable on the signing of the contract, $300,000 payable at such 
   time as the Company's consolidated stockholders' equity exceeds $6 
   million, and an additional $100,000 payable at such time the Company's 
   consolidated stockholders' equity exceeds $8 million, as defined. The 
   agreement may be terminated at any time after June 30, 1997, if the 
   Company's working capital does not exceed $4 million. 

                                     F-12 

<PAGE>


NOTE 14. SUBSEQUENT EVENT: 

   In January 1997, certain stockholders represented to the Company their
intention to advance the Company, in early February 1997, an aggregate amount of
approximately $500,000. These loans will bear interest at 8% per annum and will
mature at the earlier of the consummation of an IPO or June 30, 1997, unless
extended by mutual consent of the parties.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>






                      [This Page Intentionally Left Blank]



<PAGE>


                        [Schematic depicting elements of
                       MFKS Vision and Live superimposed
                            over a map of the world]



<PAGE>

============================================================================= 

   No dealer, salesman or other person has been authorized to give any 
information or to make any representations, other than those contained in 
this Prospectus, and, if given or made, such information or representations 
must not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company or by the 
Underwriters. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a 
solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities offered hereby by anyone in 
any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in 
which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so 
or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to make such offer, or solicitation. 

                                    ------ 

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Page 
                                                                      -------- 
<S>                                                                   <C>
Prospectus Summary  ........................                              4 
Risk Factors  ..............................                             11 
Use of Proceeds  ...........................                             22 
Dividend Policy  ...........................                             23 
Exchange Rate  .............................                             23 
Capitalization  ............................                             24 
Dilution  ..................................                             25 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data  ......                             26 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
  Financial Condition and Results of 
  Operations ...............................                             28 
Business  ..................................                             33 
Management  ................................                             50 
Certain Transactions  ......................                             56 
Principal Stockholders  ....................                             60 
Description of Securities  .................                             64 
Shares Eligible for Future Sale  ...........                             67 
Underwriting  ..............................                             68 
Legal Matters  .............................                             69 
Experts  ...................................                             69 
Additional Information  ....................                             69 
Glossary  ..................................                             70 
Index to Financial Statements  .............                            F-1 
</TABLE>

   Until     , 1997, all dealers effecting transactions in the registered 
securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be 
required to deliver a Prospectus. This is an addition to the obligation of 
dealers to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect 
to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. 

============================================================================= 

                                    
<PAGE>

============================================================================= 




                             IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. 






                               3,100,000 SHARES 
                                      OF 
                                 COMMON STOCK 





                                    ------ 
                                  PROSPECTUS 
                                    ------ 




                               ROYCE INVESTMENT 
                                 GROUP, INC. 



                                 CONTINENTAL 
                             BROKER-DEALER CORP. 





                                      , 1997 

============================================================================= 

<PAGE>

              PART II -- INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS 

ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. 

   The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Registrant provide 
that the Registrant shall indemnify any person to the full extent permitted 
by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "GCL"). Section 
145 of the GCL, relating to indemnification, is hereby incorporated herein by 
reference. 

   In accordance with Section 102(a)(7) of the GCL, the Certificate of 
Incorporation of the Registrant eliminates the personal liability of 
directors to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for 
breach of fiduciary duty as a director with certain limited exceptions set 
forth in Section 102(a)(7). 

   Reference is made to Section 6 of the Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1) 
which provides for indemnification by the Underwriter of the Registrant and 
its directors. 

ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION. 

   The estimated expenses payable by the Registrant in connection with the 
issuance and distribution of the securities being registered (other than 
underwriting discounts and commissions and the Underwriter's non-accountable 
expense allowance of $465,000) are as follows: 
      
                                                      Amount 
                                                     --------- 
      SEC Registration Fee  .............            $ 18,167 
      NASD Filing Fee  ..................               6,495 
      Nasdaq Filing Fees  ...............              20,500 
      Printing and Engraving Expenses  ..              95,000 
      Accounting Fees and Expenses  .....             130,000 
      Legal Fees and Expenses  ..........             300,000 
      Blue Sky Fees and Expenses  .......              15,000 
      Transfer Agent's Fees and Expenses                3,500 
      Miscellaneous Expenses  ...........              58,338 
                                                     --------- 
      Total  ............................            $647,000 
                                                     ========= 

ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES. 

   In connection with its organization in October 1996, the Registrant 
exchanged 4,620,000 of its Common Stock and warrants to purchase 500,000 
shares of Common Stock for all of the issued and outstanding stock of IAT AG, 
a corporation organized under the laws of Switzerland. Since its 
organization, the Registrant has sold and issued the following unregistered 
securities: 

   In October 1996, the Registrant sold 1,980,000 shares of Series A 
Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase 1,980,000 shares of Common Stock to 
Vertical Financial Holdings, Behala Anstalt, Henilia Financial Limited, Lupin 
Investment Services Ltd. and Avi Suriel. 

   The above transactions were private transactions not involving a public 
offering and were exempt from the registration provisions of the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof. The sale of 
securities was without the use of an underwriter, and the certificates 
evidencing the shares bear a restrictive legend permitting the transfer 
thereof only upon registration of the shares or an exemption under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

   In December 1996, the Registrant effected a reverse stock split resulting 
in a reduction of its outstanding stock from 4,620,000 shares of Common Stock 
to 4,375,000 shares and from 1,980,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to 
1,875,000 shares. The Registrant's outstanding Warrants were similarly 
effected. 

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

ITEM 27. EXHIBITS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>           <C>
   
  1.1         Form of Underwriting Agreement 
 *3.1         Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant 
 *3.2         By-laws of the Registrant 
  4.1          (Reserved) 
  4.2         Form of Underwriters' Warrant 
 *4.3         Warrant issued to Vertical Financial Holdings (one in a series of warrants with identical terms) 
 *4.4         Warrant issued to Stockholders (one in a series of warrants with identical terms) 
 *4.5         Form of Escrow Agreement 
 *5.1         Opinion of Baker & McKenzie 
*10.1         IAT Multimedia, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan 
*10.2         Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 4, 1996, by and among IAT Multimedia, Inc. (formerly known 
              as IAT Holdings, Inc.), IAT AG, IAT Deutschland, GmbH, Vertical Financial Holdings, and the stockholders 
              of IAT AG 
*10.3         Investor's Rights Agreement, dated as of October 24, 1996, by and between IAT Multimedia, Inc. (formerly 
              known as IAT Holdings, Inc.) and Vertical Financial Holdings 
*10.4         Marketing Agreement, dated as of October 24, 1996, by and between IAT Multimedia, Inc. (formerly known 
              as IAT Holdings, Inc.) and General Capital 
*10.5         Contract of the Communications Computer Development Community (EGKR), dated August 12, 1992, by and between 
              IAT Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Bundespost Telekom Siegen Telecommunications Office, SfE EKOM 
*10.6+        Cooperation Contract Covering the Development of Version 3 of the Multimedia Information and Communications 
              System MIKS, dated December 16, 1994, by and among The Deutsche Bundespost Telekom, IBM Deutschland 
              Informationssysteme GmbH and IAT Schwiez AG 
*10.7         General Cooperation Agreement Concerning Joint Further Development of the IAT/Deutsche Telekom Software 
              Codec on the Basis of the Texas Instruments Parallel Processor TMS320C8x, dated October 16, 1995, by and 
              between Deutsche Telekom AG and IAT Schweiz AG 
*10.8         Extension of Agreement Concerning MIKS Version 3, dated July 30, 1996, by and among IBM Deutschland 
              Informationssysteme GmbH, Deutsche Telekom AG and IAT AG 
*10.9+        Licensing and General Distribution Agreement, dated as of April 11, 1994, by and between Deutsche Bundespost 
              Telekom and IAT AG 
*10.10        Program License Agreement, dated November 10, 1993, by and between Texas Instruments Deutschland GmbH 
              and IAT AG Geschaeftshaus Wasserschloss 
*10.11        Form of MVP Cross License Agreement by and between the Texas Instruments France and IAT AG 
*10.12+       Form of Joint Development and Cross License Agreement by and between Texas Instruments, Inc. and IAT AG 
*10.13        Wavelet Data Compression for the Transmission of High-Quality Still Video Images, dated as of May 15, 
              1996, by and between IAT AG and Prof. Dr. R. Seiler 
*10.14        Cooperation Agreement, dated March 18, 1996, by and between Olympus Optical (Europe) GmbH and IAT Deutschland 
              GmbH 
    

</TABLE>

                                      II-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>           <C>

   
 *10.15       Loan Agreement between IAT Deutschland GmbH and Bremer Bank 
 *10.16       Directly Enforceable Minimum Guarantee for Securing All Claims Under the Banking Relationship among IAT 
              AG, IAT Deutschland GmbH and Bremer Bank 
 *10.17       Loan Agreement for Current Account Credit Lines between IAT Deutschland GmbH and Volksbank Sottrum eG 
 *10.18       Agreement, dated September 1, 1992, by and between Grissemann Consulting SA and IAT AG 
 *10.19       Addendum to the Agreement of September 1, 1992, dated December 14, 1994, by and between Grissemann Consulting 
              SA and IAT AG 
 *10.20       Management Contract, dated December 14, 1995, by and between IAT GmbH and Mr. Wilhelm Gudauski 
 *10.21       Employment Contract, dated as of July 1, 1993, by and between IAT AG and Mr. Franz Muller 
 *10.22       Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 4, 1996, by and among IAT Multimedia, 
              Inc. (formerly known as IAT Holdings, Inc.), IAT AG, IAT Deutschland GmbH Vertical Financial Holdings, 
              and the stockholders of IAT AG. 
 *10.23       Amendment No. 1 to Marketing Agreement, dated as of October 24, 1996, by and between IAT Multimedia, Inc. 
              (formerly known as IAT Holdings, Inc.) and General Capital. 
 *10.24       Letters of Consent, dated December 20, 1996 
  10.25       Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1997, between IAT Multimedia, Inc. and Dr. Viktor Vogt 
  10.26       Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 27, 1997, between IAT Multimedia, Inc. and Walter Glas, GmbH 
  10.27       Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 27, 1997, between IAT Multimedia, Inc. and Dr. Viktor Vogt 
  10.28       Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 27, 1997, between IAT Multimedia, Inc. and Klaus-Dirk Sippel 
  10.29       Form of Stockholders' Agreement, dated as of February 27, 1997, between all existing stockholders of IAT Multimedia, 
              Inc. 
 *11          Statement regarding computation of per share earnings. 
 *21.1        List of Subsidiaries of Registrant 
 *23.1        Consent of Baker & McKenzie included in Exhibit 5.1 
  23.2        Consent of Rothstein Kass & Company 
  23.3        Consent of Dr. Schackow & Partner 
</TABLE>
    

- ------ 
*  Previously filed. 
+  Confidential treatment has been applied for with respect to portions of this
   exhibit. 
       


ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS. 

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: 

   (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a 
post-effective amendment to this registration statement: 

        (i)  to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the 
             Securities Act of 1933; 

       (ii)  to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after 
             the effective date of the registration statement (or the most 
             recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or 
             in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the 
             information set forth in the registration statement. 
             Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume 
             of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities 
             offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any 
             deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum 
             offering range may be reflected in 

                                      II-3
<PAGE>

             the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 
             424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price 
             represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum 
             aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of 
             Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; 
             and 

       (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of 
             distribution not previously disclosed in the registration 
             statement or any material change to such information in the 
             registration statement. 

   (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the 
Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed 
to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered 
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to 
be the initial bona fide offering thereof. 

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter 
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such 
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to 
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser. 

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities 
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons 
of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the 
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as 
expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a 
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by 
the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or 
controlling person of the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a 
director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful 
defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, 
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being 
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the 
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of 
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is 
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the 
final adjudication of such issue. 

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that: 

   (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of 
the registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form 
of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this 
registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and 

   (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act 
of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus 
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities 
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be 
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereto. 

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES 


   
   In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the 
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to the registration statement 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in 
the City of New York, State of New York on the 4th of March, 1997. 
    

                                          IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC. 


                                          By:  /s/ Viktor Vogt
                                               ------------------------------- 
                                               Viktor Vogt                
                                               Chief Executive Officer and
                                               President                  

   
   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment 
No. 3 to the registration statement has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates 
indicated. 
    


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Signature                                Title                                Date 
 -----------------------   -------------------------------------------------   ------------------- 
 <S>                      <C>                                                  <C>

   
  /s/ Viktor Vogt         Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors and  Chief       March 4, 1997 
  ----------------------     Executive Officer and President 
       Viktor Vogt           (Principal Executive Officer) 


      
  /s/ Jacob Agam          Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors                  March 4, 1997 
  ---------------------- 
        Jacob Agam 
      
            *             Chief Financial Officer and Director                   March 4, 1997 
  ----------------------   (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer) 
     Klaus Grissemann 


            *             Director                                               March 4, 1997 
  ---------------------- 
      Volker Walther 

                                                                                 March 4, 1997 
</TABLE>
    

*By: /s/ Jacob Agam
     ----------------------
       Jacob Agam 
  as Attorney-in-Fact 


                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBITS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>           <C>
   
  1.1         Form of Underwriting Agreement 
 *3.1         Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant 
 *3.2         By-laws of the Registrant 
  4.1         (Reserved) 
  4.2         Form of Underwriters' Warrant 
 *4.3         Warrant issued to Vertical Financial Holdings (one in a series of warrants with identical terms) 
 *4.4         Warrant issued to Stockholders (one in a series of warrants with identical terms) 
 *4.5         Form of Escrow Agreement 
 *5.1         Opinion of Baker & McKenzie 
*10.1         IAT Multimedia, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan 
*10.2         Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 4, 1996, by and among IAT Multimedia, Inc. (formerly known 
              as IAT Holdings, Inc.), IAT AG, IAT Deutschland, GmbH, Vertical Financial Holdings, and the stockholders 
              of IAT AG 
*10.3         Investor's Rights Agreement, dated as of October 24, 1996, by and between IAT Multimedia, Inc. (formerly 
              known as IAT Holdings, Inc.) and Vertical Financial Holdings 
*10.4         Marketing Agreement, dated as of October 24, 1996, by and between IAT Multimedia, Inc. (formerly known 
              as IAT Holdings, Inc.) and General Capital 
*10.5         Contract of the Communications Computer Development Community (EGKR), dated August 12, 1992, by and between 
              IAT Deutschland GmbH and Deutsche Bundespost Telekom Siegen Telecommunications Office, SfE EKOM 
*10.6+        Cooperation Contract Covering the Development of Version 3 of the Multimedia Information and Communications 
              System MIKS, dated December 16, 1994, by and among The Deutsche Bundespost Telekom, IBM Deutschland 
              Informationssysteme GmbH and IAT Schwiez AG 
*10.7         General Cooperation Agreement Concerning Joint Further Development of the IAT/Deutsche Telekom Software 
              Codec on the Basis of the Texas Instruments Parallel Processor TMS320C8x, dated October 16, 1995, by and 
              between Deutsche Telekom AG and IAT Schweiz AG 
*10.8         Extension of Agreement Concerning MIKS Version 3, dated July 30, 1996, by and among IBM Deutschland 
              Informationssysteme GmbH, Deutsche Telekom AG and IAT AG 
*10.9+        Licensing and General Distribution Agreement, dated as of April 11, 1994, by and between Deutsche Bundespost 
              Telekom and IAT AG 
*10.10        Program License Agreement, dated November 10, 1993, by and between Texas Instruments Deutschland GmbH 
              and IAT AG Geschaeftshaus Wasserschloss 
*10.11        Form of MVP Cross License Agreement by and between the Texas Instruments France and IAT AG 
*10.12+       Form of Joint Development and Cross License Agreement by and between Texas Instruments, Inc. and IAT AG 
*10.13        Wavelet Data Compression for the Transmission of High-Quality Still Video Images, dated as of May 15, 
              1996, by and between IAT AG and Prof. Dr. R. Seiler 
*10.14        Cooperation Agreement, dated March 18, 1996, by and between Olympus Optical (Europe) GmbH and IAT Deutschland 
              GmbH 
*10.15        Loan Agreement between IAT Deutschland GmbH and Bremer Bank 
</TABLE>
    

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>           <C>

   
 *10.16       Directly Enforceable Minimum Guarantee for Securing All Claims Under the Banking Relationship among IAT 
              AG, IAT Deutschland GmbH and Bremer Bank 
 *10.17       Loan Agreement for Current Account Credit Lines between IAT Deutschland GmbH and Volksbank Sottrum eG 
 *10.18       Agreement, dated September 1, 1992, by and between Grissemann Consulting SA and IAT AG 
 *10.19       Addendum to the Agreement of September 1, 1992, dated December 14, 1994, by and between Grissemann Consulting 
              SA and IAT AG 
 *10.20       Management Contract, dated December 14, 1995, by and between IAT GmbH and Mr. Wilhelm Gudauski 
 *10.21       Employment Contract, dated as of July 1, 1993, by and between IAT AG and Mr. Franz Muller 
 *10.22       Amendment No. 1 to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 4, 1996, by and among IAT Multimedia, 
              Inc. (formerly known as IAT Holdings, Inc.), IAT AG, IAT Deutschland GmbH Vertical Financial Holdings, 
              and the stockholders of IAT AG. 
 *10.23       Amendment No. 1 to Marketing Agreement, dated as of October 24, 1996, by and between IAT Multimedia, Inc. 
              (formerly known as IAT Holdings, Inc.) and General Capital. 
 *10.24       Letters of Consent, dated December 20, 1996 
  10.25       Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 1997, between IAT Multimedia, Inc. and Dr. Viktor Vogt 
  10.26       Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 27, 1997, between IAT Multimedia, Inc. and Walter Glas, GmbH 
  10.27       Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 27, 1997, between IAT Multimedia, Inc. and Dr. Viktor Vogt 
  10.28       Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 27, 1997, between IAT Multimedia, Inc. and Klaus-Dirk Sippel 
  10.29       Form of Stockholders' Agreement dated as of February 27, 1997 between all existing stockholders of IAT Multimedia, 
              Inc. 
 *11          Statement regarding computation of per share earnings. 
 *21.1        List of Subsidiaries of Registrant 
 *23.1        Consent of Baker & McKenzie included in Exhibit 5.1 
  23.2        Consent of Rothstein Kass & Company 
  23.3        Consent of Dr. Schackow & Partner 
</TABLE>
    

- ------ 
*  Previously filed. 
+  Confidential treatment has been applied for with respect to portions of this
   exhibit. 
       




<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit 1.1

                        3,100,000 Shares of Common Stock

                              IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

Royce nvestment Group, Inc.                                  March      , 1997
 As Representative of the Several Underwriters
199 Crossways Park Drive
Woodbury, New York 11797

                  IAT Multimedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation ( "IAT" or the
"Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in
Schedule A (the "Underwriters") of this Underwriting Agreement (the
"Agreement"), for whom you are acting as representative (the "Representative"),
an aggregate of 3,100,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"). In addition, IAT proposes to grant to the Underwriters (or, at
the Representative's option, the Representative, individually) the option
referred to in Section 2(b) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of
465,000 additional shares of Common Stock.

                  The aggregate of 3,100,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold
by IAT, together with all or any part of the 465,000 shares of Common Stock
which the Underwriters have the option to purchase are herein called the
"Shares." The Common Stock of IAT to be outstanding after giving effect to the
sale of the Shares is herein called the "Common Stock."

                  You have advised IAT that you and the other Underwriters
desire to purchase, severally, the Shares, and that you have been authorized by
the Underwriters to execute this agreement on their behalf. IAT confirms the
agreements made by it with respect to the purchase of the Shares by the several
Underwriters on whose behalf you are signing this Agreement, as follows:

                  1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriters that:

                           (a) A registration statement (File No. 333-18529) on
Form S-1 relating to the public offering of the Shares, including a form of
prospectus subject to completion, copies of which have heretofore been delivered
to you, has been prepared by IAT in conformity with the applicable requirements
of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the rules and
regulations (the "Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") thereunder, and has been filed with the Commission
under the Act and one or more amendments to such registration statement may have
been so filed. After the execution of this Agreement, IAT will file with the
Commission either (i) if such registration statement, as it may have been
amended, has been declared by the Commission to be effective under the Act,
either (A) if IAT relies on Rule 434 under the Act, a Term Sheet (as hereinafter

<PAGE>

defined) relating to the Shares that shall identify the Preliminary Prospectus
(as hereinafter defined) that it supplements containing such information as is
required or permitted by Rules 434, 430A and 424(b) under the Act or (B) if IAT
does not rely on Rule 434 under the Act, a prospectus in the form most recently
included in an amendment to such registration statement (or, if no such
amendment shall have been filed, in such registration statement), with such
changes or insertions as are required by Rule 430A under the Act or permitted by
Rule 424(b) under the Act and in the case of either clause (i)(A) or (i)(B) of
this sentence, as have been provided to and approved by the Representative prior
to the execution of this Agreement, or (ii) if such registration statement, as
it may have been amended, has not been declared by the Commission to be
effective under the Act, an amendment to such registration statement, including
a form of prospectus, a copy of which amendment has been furnished to and
approved by the Representative prior to the execution of this Agreement.

                  As used in this Agreement, the term "Registration Statement"
means such registration statement, as amended at the time when it was or is
declared effective, including all financial schedules and exhibits thereto and
including any information omitted therefrom pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act
and included in the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined); the term "Preliminary
Prospectus" means each prospectus subject to completion filed with such
registration statement or any amendment thereto (including the prospectus
subject to completion, if any, included in the Registration Statement or any
amendment thereto at the time it was or is declared effective); the term
"Prospectus" means (A) if IAT relies on Rule 434 under the Act, the Term Sheet
relating to the Shares that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) under the
Act, together with the Preliminary Prospectus identified therein that such Term
Sheet supplements; (B) if IAT does not rely on Rule 434 under the Act, the
prospectus first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act
or (C) if IAT does not rely on Rule 434 under the Act and if no prospectus is
required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, such term means the
prospectus included in the Registration Statement; except that if such
registration statement or prospectus is amended or such prospectus is
supplemented, after the effective date of such registration statement and prior
to the Option Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), the terms "Registration
Statement" and "Prospectus" shall include such registration statement and
prospectus as so amended, and the term "Prospectus" shall include the prospectus
as so supplemented, or both, as the case may be; and the term "Term Sheet" means
any term sheet that satisfies the requirements of Rule 434 under the Act. Any
reference to the "date" of a Prospectus that includes a Term Sheet shall mean
the date of such Term Sheet.

                           (b) The Commission has not issued any order
preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus. At the time the
Registration Statement becomes effective and at all times subsequent thereto up
to and on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) or the Option Closing Date,
as the case may be, (i) the Registration Statement and Prospectus will in all
respects conform to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations;
and (ii) neither the Registration Statement nor the Prospectus will include any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make statements therein not misleading;
provided, however, that IAT makes no representations, warranties or agreements
as to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written information
furnished to IAT by or on behalf of the Underwriters specifically for use in the
preparation thereof. It is understood that the statements set forth in the
Prospectus in the last paragraph on the front cover, on page 2 with respect to
stabilization, under the heading "Underwriting" and the identity of counsel to
the Underwriters under the heading "Legal Matters" constitute the only
information furnished in writing by or on behalf of the several Underwriters for
inclusion in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, as the case may be.

                           (c) Each of IAT and IAT AG ("IAT AG") and IAT
Deutschland GmbH Interactive Media Systeme ("IAT Germany" and together with IAT
AG, the "Subsidiaries"), has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, with full power and authority corporate and other to own its
properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly
qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in all
other jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or the character or
location of its properties requires such qualification, except where failure to
so qualify will not materially affect IAT's or any of the Subsidiaries'
business, properties or financial condition.

                           (d) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital
stock of IAT as of December 31, 1996 is as set forth in the Prospectus under
"Capitalization"; the shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of IAT set
forth thereunder have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid
and non-assessable; except as set forth in the Prospectus, no options, warrants,
or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or
agreements or other rights to convert any obligation into, any shares of capital
stock of IAT have been granted or entered into by IAT; and the capital stock
conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration
Statement and Prospectus.

                           (e) The Shares are duly authorized, and when issued
and delivered pursuant to this Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly
issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive rights of any
security holder of IAT. Neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the
offering or sale of the Shares as contemplated in this Agreement gives rise to
any rights, other than those which have been waived or satisfied, for or
relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock, except as described
in the Registration Statement.

                  The Shares underlying the Share Purchase Option have been
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the Share Purchase Option and when
issued and sold in accordance with the terms of the Share Purchase Option, will
be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of
preemptive rights and no personal liability will attach to the ownership
thereof.

                           (f) This Agreement, the Share Purchase Option, the
Escrow Agreement and the Merger and Acquisition Agreement have been duly and
validly authorized, executed and delivered by IAT. IAT has full power and lawful
authority to authorize, issue and sell the Shares to be sold by it hereunder on
the terms and conditions set forth herein, and no consent, approval,

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

authorization or other order of any governmental authority is required in
connection with such authorization, execution and delivery or with the
authorization, issue and sale of the Shares or the Share Purchase Option, except
such as may be required for the registration of the Shares under the Act, by the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") or state
securities laws.

                           (g) IAT does not own, directly or indirectly, any
capital stock or other equity ownership or proprietary interests in any other
corporation, association, trust, partnership, joint venture or other entity
other than the Subsidiaries.

                           (h) Except as described in the Prospectus, neither
the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is in violation, breach or default of or
under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement
or instrument to which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by
which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries may be bound or to which any of the
property or assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject, which
violation, breach or default would have a material adverse effect on either the
Company or any of the Subsidiaries; and consummation of the transactions herein
contemplated and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement will not
conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of, any of the terms or
provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or
imposition or any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the property or assets
of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of any
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or
instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is party or by which the
assets of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject, nor will such
action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation or the By-Laws (or other organizational documents) of the Company
or any of the Subsidiaries, as amended, or any statute or any order, rule or
regulation applicable to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries of any court or
of any regulatory authority or other governmental body having jurisdiction over
the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

                           (i) Subject to the qualifications stated in the
Prospectus, each of IAT and the Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to
all properties and assets described in the Prospectus as owned by it, free and
clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are
not materially significant or important in relation to its business; all of the
material leases and subleases under which IAT or any of the Subsidiaries is the
lessor or sublessor of properties or assets or under which IAT or any of the
Subsidiaries hold properties or assets as lessee or sublessee as described in
the Prospectus are in full force and effect, and, except as described in the
Prospectus, neither IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries is in default in any
material respect with respect to any of the terms or provisions of any of such
leases or subleases, and no claim has been asserted by anyone adverse to rights
of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries as lessor, sublessor, lessee or sublessee
under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or
questioning the right of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries to continued possession
of the leased or subleased premises or assets under any such lease or sublease
except as described or referred to in the Prospectus; and each of IAT and the
Subsidiaries owns or leases all such properties described in the Prospectus as

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

are necessary to their respective operations as now conducted and, except as
otherwise stated in the Prospectus, as proposed to be conducted as set forth in
the Prospectus.

                           (j) Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C., who has given
its reports on certain financial statements filed and to be filed with the
Commission as a part of the Registration Statement, which are incorporated in
the Prospectus, are with respect to the Company, independent public accountants
as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

                           (k) The financial statements, together with related
notes, set forth in the Prospectus (or if the Prospectus is not in existence,
the most recent Preliminary Prospectus) present fairly the financial position
and results of operations and changes in cash flow position of IAT and the
Subsidiaries on the basis stated in the Registration Statement, at the
respective dates and for the respective periods to which they apply (subject in
the case of financial statements for interim periods, to normal and recurring
year-end adjustments). Said statements and related notes have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis
which is consistent during the periods involved. The information set forth under
the captions "Dilution", "Capitalization", and "Selected Financial Data" in the
Prospectus fairly present, on the basis stated in the Prospectus, the
information included therein. The pro forma financial information included in
the Prospectus (or the Preliminary Prospectus) has been prepared in accordance
with the Commission's rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial
statements, and, in the opinion of the Company, includes all adjustments
necessary to present fairly the pro forma financial condition and results of
operations at the respective dates and for the respective periods indicated and,
in the opinion of the Company, all assumptions used in preparing such pro forma
financial statements are reasonable.

                           (l) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which
information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus (or, if the
Prospectus is not in existence, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus), neither
IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries has incurred any liabilities or obligations,
direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, or entered into
any transaction not in the ordinary course of business, in either case which is
material to the business of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries, and there has not
been any change in the capital stock of, or any incurrence of short-term or
long-term debt by, the Company or any issuance of options, warrants or other
rights to purchase the capital stock of the Company or any adverse change or any
development involving, so far as the Company can now reasonably foresee a
prospective adverse change in the condition (financial or other), net worth,
results of operations, business, key personnel or properties of it which would
be material to the business or financial condition of IAT or any of the
Subsidiaries and neither IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries has become a party to,
and neither the business nor the property of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries has
become the subject of, any material litigation whether or not in the ordinary
course of business.

                           (m) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there is
not now pending or, to the knowledge of IAT, threatened, any action, suit or
proceeding to which IAT or any of the Subsidiaries is a party before or by any
court or governmental agency or body, nor are there any actions, suits or

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

proceedings related to environmental matters or related to discrimination on the
basis of age, sex, religion or race, in either case, which might result in any
material adverse change in the condition (financial or other), business
prospects, net worth, or properties of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries; and no
labor disputes involving the employees of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries exist
or are imminent which might be expected to materially adversely affect the
conduct of the business, property or operations or the financial condition or
results of operations of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries.

                           (n) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, IAT and
each of the Subsidiaries have filed, or have duly obtained extensions of the
time for filing of, all necessary income and franchise tax returns with all
federal, state, local and foreign governmental agencies and have paid all taxes
shown as due thereon; and there is no tax deficiency which has been or to the
knowledge of IAT might be asserted against IAT or any of the Subsidiaries.

                           (o) IAT and each of the Subsidiaries have sufficient
licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for
the conduct of their business or the ownership of their properties as described
in the Prospectus and are in all material respects complying therewith. To the
best knowledge of IAT, none of the activities or business of IAT or any of the
Subsidiaries are in violation of, or cause IAT or any of the Subsidiaries to
violate, any law, rule, regulation or order of the United States, Switzerland or
Germany or any state, county or locality, or of any agency or body of the United
States, Switzerland or Germany or of any state, county or locality, the
violation of which would have a material adverse impact upon the condition
(financial or otherwise), business, property, prospective results of operations,
or net worth of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries.

                           (p) IAT and the Subsidiaries own or possess the right
to use all patents, trademarks, trademark registrations, service marks, service
mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets
and rights described in the Prospectus as are necessary for the conduct of their
respective businesses, and neither IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries is aware of
any claim to the contrary or any challenge by any other person to the rights of
IAT and the Subsidiaries with respect to the foregoing. To the Company's
knowledge, IAT's and the Subsidiaries' business as now conducted does not and
will not infringe or conflict in any material respect with patents, trademarks,
service marks, trade names, copyrights, trade secrets, licenses or other
intellectual property or franchise right of any other person. Except as
described in the Prospectus, no claim has been made against IAT or any of the
Subsidiaries alleging the infringement by IAT or any of the Subsidiaries of any
patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright, trade secret, license in
or other intellectual property right or franchise right of any person.

                           (q) Neither IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries has,
directly or indirectly, at any time (i) made any contributions to any candidate
for political office, or failed to disclose fully any such contribution in
violation of law or (ii) made any payment to any state, federal or foreign
governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

quasi-public duties, other than payments or contributions required or allowed by
applicable law each of IAT's and the Subsidiaries' internal accounting controls
and procedures are sufficient to cause each of IAT and the Subsidiaries to
comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977,
as amended.

                           (r) On the Closing Dates (hereinafter defined), all
transfer or other taxes, (including franchise, capital stock or other tax, other
than income taxes, imposed by any jurisdiction), if any, which are required to
be paid in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares to the several
Underwriters hereunder will have been fully paid or provided for by IAT and all
laws imposing such taxes will have been fully complied with.

                           (s) All contracts and other documents of IAT or any
of the Subsidiaries which are, under the Rules and Regulations, required to be
filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement have been so filed.

                           (t) Neither IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries has taken
nor will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or result
in, or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected to
constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of the shares of
Common Stock to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares hereby.

                           (u) Neither IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries has
entered into any agreement pursuant to which any person is entitled either
directly or indirectly to compensation from IAT or any of the Subsidiaries for
services as a finder in connection with the proposed public offering.

                           (v) Except as previously disclosed in writing by IAT
to the Representative, no officer, director or five percent stockholder of IAT
or any of the Subsidiaries has any affiliation or association with any member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. ("NASD").

                           (w) Neither IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries is, nor
upon receipt of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares will be, an "investment
company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended,
and the rules and regulations thereunder.

                           (x) Neither IAT nor any of the Subsidiaries has
distributed, nor will it distribute prior to the First Closing Date (as
hereinafter defined) any offering material in connection with the offering and
sale of the Shares other than the Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the other materials permitted by the Act, if any.

                           (y) There are no business relationships or
related-party transactions of the nature described in Item 404 of Regulation S-K
involving IAT or any of the Subsidiaries and any person described in such Item
that are required to be disclosed in the Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is
not in existence, the most recent Preliminary Prospectus) and that have not been
so disclosed.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>



                           (z) IAT and each of the Subsidiaries have complied
with all provisions of Section 517.075 Florida Statutes relating to doing
business with the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in
Cuba.

                  2. Purchase, Delivery and Sale of the Shares.

                           (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, and upon the basis of the representations, warranties, and agreements
herein contained, IAT agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters, and each
such Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to buy from IAT at $_______
per Share, at the place and time hereinafter specified, the respective number of
Shares set forth opposite the names of the Underwriters in Schedule A attached
hereto (the "First Shares") plus any additional Shares which such Underwriters
may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 hereof.
The First Shares shall consist of 3,100,000 Shares to be purchased from IAT.

                           Delivery of the First Shares against payment therefor
shall take place at the offices of Royce Investment Group, Inc., 199 Crossways
Park Drive, Woodbury, N.Y. 11797 (or at such other place as may be designated by
agreement between you and IAT) at 10:00 a.m., New York time, on _____________,
1997, or at such later time and date as you may designate, such time and date of
payment and delivery for the First Shares being herein called the "First Closing
Date."

                           (b) In addition, subject to the terms and conditions
of this Agreement, and upon the basis of the representations, warranties and
agreements herein contained, IAT hereby grants an option to the several
Underwriters (or, at the Representative's option, to the Representative
individually) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of an additional
465,000 Shares at the same price per Share as the Underwriters shall pay for the
First Shares being sold pursuant to the provisions of subsection (a) of this
Section 2 (such additional Shares being referred to herein as the "Option
Shares"). This option may be exercised within 45 days after the effective date
of the Registration Statement upon notice by the Representative to IAT advising
as to the amount of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised, the
names and denominations in which the certificates for such Option Shares are to
be registered and the time and date when such certificates are to be delivered.
Such time and date shall be determined by the Representative but shall not be
earlier than four nor later than ten full business days after the exercise of
said option, nor in any event prior to the First Closing Date, and such time and
date is referred to herein as the "Option Closing Date." Delivery of the Option
Shares against payment therefor shall take place at the offices of Royce
Investment Group, Inc., 199 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, N.Y. 11797 (or at
such other place as may be designated by agreement between you and IAT). The
number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter, if any, shall bear
the same percentage to the total number of Option Shares being purchased by the
several Underwriters pursuant to this subsection (b) as the number of Shares
such Underwriter is purchasing bears to the total number of the First Shares
being purchased pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 2, as adjusted, in
each case by the Representative in such manner as the Representative may deem

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

appropriate. The option granted hereunder may be exercised only to cover
overallotments in the sale by the Underwriters of First Shares referred to in
subsection (a) above. In the event IAT declares or pays a dividend or
distribution on its Common Stock, whether in the form of cash, shares of Common
Stock or any other consideration, prior to the Option Closing Date, such
dividend or distribution shall also be paid on the Option Shares on the Option
Closing Date.

                           (c) IAT will make the certificates for the securities
comprising the Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters hereunder available to
you for checking at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date
or the Option Closing Date (which are collectively referred to herein as the
"Closing Dates"). The certificates shall be in such names and denominations as
you may request, at least two full business days prior to the Closing Dates.
Time shall be of the essence and delivery at the time and place specified in
this Agreement is a further condition to the obligations of each Underwriter.

                           Definitive certificates in negotiable form for the
Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters hereunder will be delivered by IAT to
you for the accounts of the several Underwriters against payment of the
respective purchase prices by the several Underwriters, by certified or bank
cashier's checks in New York Clearing House funds, payable to the order of IAT.

                           In addition, in the event the Underwriters (or the
Representative individually) exercise the option to purchase from IAT all or any
portion of the Option Shares pursuant to the provisions of subsection (b) above,
payment for such Shares shall be made to or upon the order of IAT by certified
or bank cashier's checks payable in New York Clearing House funds at the offices
of Royce Investment Group, Inc., 199 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York,
11797 (or such other place as may be designated by agreement between you and
IAT) at the time and date of delivery of such Shares as required by the
provisions of subsection (b) above, against receipt of the certificates for such
Shares by the Representative for the respective accounts of the several
Underwriters registered in such names and in such denominations as the
Representative may request.

                           It is understood that you, individually and not as
Representative of the several Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to)
make any and all payments required pursuant to this Section 2 on behalf of any
Underwriters whose check or checks shall not have been received by the
Representative at the time of delivery of the Shares to be purchased by such
Underwriter or Underwriters. Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such
Underwriter or underwriters of any of its or their obligations hereunder. It is
also understood that you individually rather than all of the Underwriters may
(but shall not be obligated to) purchase the Option Shares referred to in
subsection (b) of this Section 2, but only to cover overallotments.

                           It is understood that the several Underwriters
propose to offer the Shares to be purchased hereunder to the public upon the
terms and conditions set forth in the Registration Statement, after the
Registration Statement becomes effective.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



                  3. Covenants of the Company.  The Company covenants and 
agrees with the several Underwriters that:

                           (a) IAT will use its best efforts to cause the
Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as possible. If required,
IAT will file the Prospectus or any Term Sheet that constitutes a part thereof
and any amendment or supplement thereto with the Commission in the manner and
within the time period required by Rules 434 and 424(b) under the Act. Upon
notification from the Commission that the Registration Statement has become
effective, IAT will so advise you and will not at any time, whether before or
after the effective date, file the Prospectus, Term Sheet or any amendment to
the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus of which you shall
not previously have been advised and furnished with a copy or to which you or
your counsel shall have objected in writing or which is not in compliance with
the Act and the Rules and Regulations. At any time prior to the later of (A) the
completion by all of the Underwriters of the distribution of the Shares
contemplated hereby (but in no event more than nine months after the date on
which the Registration Statement shall have become or been declared effective)
and (B) 25 days after the date on which the Registration Statement shall have
become or been declared effective, IAT will prepare and file with the
Commission, promptly upon your request, any amendments or supplements to the
Registration Statement or Prospectus which, in your opinion, may be necessary or
advisable in connection with the distribution of the Shares.

                           As soon as IAT is advised thereof, IAT will advise
you, and confirm the advice in writing, of the receipt of any comments of the
Commission, of the effectiveness of any post-effective amendment to the
Registration Statement, of the filing of any supplement to the Prospectus or any
amended Prospectus, of any request made by the Commission for amendment of the
Registration Statement or for supplementing of the Prospectus or for additional
information with respect thereto, of the issuance by the Commission or any state
or regulatory body of any stop order or other order or threat thereof suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any order preventing or
suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the
qualification of the Shares for offering in any jurisdiction, or of the
institution of any proceedings for any of such purposes, and will use its best
efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order, and, if issued, to obtain as
soon as possible the lifting thereof.

                           IAT has caused to be delivered to you copies of each
Preliminary Prospectus, and IAT has consented and hereby consents to the use of
such copies for the purposes permitted by the Act. IAT authorizes the
Underwriters and dealers to use the Prospectus in connection with the sale of
the Shares for such period as in the opinion of counsel to the several
Underwriters the use thereof is required to comply with the applicable
provisions of the Act and the Rules and Regulations. In case of the happening,
at any time within such period as a Prospectus is required under the Act to be
delivered in connection with sales by an underwriter or dealer of any event of
which IAT has knowledge and which materially affects IAT or the securities of
IAT, or which in the opinion of counsel for IAT or counsel for the Underwriters

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

should be set forth in an amendment to the Registration Statement or a
supplement to the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not then
misleading, in light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is
required to be delivered to a purchaser of the Shares or in case it shall be
necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law or with the
Rules and Regulations, IAT will notify you promptly and forthwith prepare and
furnish to you copies of such amended Prospectus or of such supplement to be
attached to the Prospectus, in such quantities as you may reasonably request, in
order that the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented, will not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material facts
necessary in order to make the statements in the Prospectus, in light of the
circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. The preparation and
furnishing of any such amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or
amended Prospectus or supplement to be attached to the Prospectus shall be
without expense to the Underwriters, except that in case any Underwriter is
required, in connection with the sale of the Shares to deliver a Prospectus nine
months or more after the effective date of the Registration Statement, IAT will
upon request of and at the expense of the Underwriter, amend or supplement the
Registration Statement and Prospectus and furnish the Underwriter with
reasonable quantities of prospectuses complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the
Act.

                           The Company will comply with the Act, the Rules and
Regulations and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with the offering
and issuance of the Shares.

                           (b) IAT will use its best efforts to qualify to
register the Shares for sale under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such
jurisdictions as the Representative may designate and will make such
applications and furnish such information as may be required for that purpose
and to comply with such laws, provided IAT shall not be required to qualify as a
foreign corporation or a dealer in securities or to execute a general consent of
service of process in any jurisdiction in any action other than one arising out
of the offering or sale of the Shares. IAT will, from time to time, prepare and
file such statements and reports as are or may be required to continue such
qualification in effect for so long a period as the Underwriters may reasonably
request.

                           (c) If the sale of the Shares provided for herein is
not consummated for any reason caused by the Company, IAT shall pay all costs
and expenses incident to the performance of IAT's obligations hereunder,
including but not limited to, all of the expenses itemized in Section 8,
including the accountable out-of-pocket expenses of the Representative.

                           (d) IAT will use its best efforts to (i) cause a
registration statement under the Exchange Act to be declared effective
concurrently with the completion of this offering and will notify the
Representative in writing immediately upon the effectiveness of such
registration statement, and (ii) if requested by the Representative, to obtain a
listing on the Pacific Stock Exchange and to obtain and keep current a listing
in the Standard & Poors or Moody's Industrial OTC Manual.




                                      -11-

<PAGE>



                           (e) For so long as IAT is a reporting company under
either Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, IAT, at its expense, will
furnish to its stockholders an annual report (including financial statements
audited by independent public accountants), in reasonable detail and at its
expense, will furnish to you during the period ending five (5) years from the
date hereof, (i) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a
balance sheet of IAT and any of its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal
year, together with statements of income, surplus and cash flow of IAT and any
of its subsidiaries for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and
accompanied by a copy of the certificate or report thereon of independent
accountants; (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first
three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, consolidated summary financial
information of IAT for such quarter in reasonable detail; (iii) as soon as they
are available, a copy of all reports (financial or other) mailed to security
holders; (iv) as soon as they are available, a copy of all non-confidential
reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or
any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which any class of
securities of IAT is listed; and (v) such other information as you may from time
to time reasonably request.

                           (f) In the event IAT has an active subsidiary or
subsidiaries, such financial statements referred to in subsection (e) above will
be on a consolidated basis to the extent the accounts of IAT and its subsidiary
or subsidiaries are consolidated in reports furnished to its stockholders
generally.

                           (g) IAT will deliver to you at or before the First
Closing Date two signed copies of the Registration Statement including all
financial statements and exhibits filed therewith, and of all amendments
thereto, and will deliver to the several Underwriters such number of conformed
copies of the Registration Statement, including such financial statements but
without exhibits, and of all amendments thereto, as the several Underwriters may
reasonably request. IAT will deliver to you or upon the order of the several
Underwriters, from time to time until the effective date of the Registration
Statement, as many copies of any Preliminary Prospectus filed with the
Commission prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement as the
Underwriters may reasonably request. IAT will deliver to the Underwriters on the
effective date of the Registration Statement and thereafter for so long as a
Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, from time to time, as many
copies of the Prospectus, in final form, or as thereafter amended or
supplemented, as the Underwriters may from time to time reasonably request. IAT,
not later than (i) 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date of determination
of the public offering price, if such determination occurred at or prior to
12:00 noon, New York City time, on such date or (ii) 6:00 p.m., New York City
time, on the business day following the date of determination of the public
offering price, if such determination occurred after 12:00 noon, New York City
time, on such date, will deliver to the Underwriters, without charge, as many
copies of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto as the
Underwriters may reasonably request for purposes of confirming orders that are
expected to settle on the First Closing Date.

                           (h) IAT will make generally available to its security
holders and deliver to you as soon as it is practicable to do so but in no event

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

later than 90 days after the end of twelve months after its current fiscal
quarter, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a period of
at least 12 consecutive months beginning after the effective date of the
Registration Statement, which shall satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of
the Act.

                           (i) IAT will apply the net proceeds from the sale of
the Shares for the purposes set forth under "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus,
and will file such reports with the Commission with respect to the sale of the
Shares and the application of the proceeds therefrom as may be required pursuant
to Rule 463 under the Act.

                           (j) IAT will, promptly upon your request, prepare and
file with the Commission any amendments or supplements to the Registration
Statement, Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus and take any other action, which
in the reasonable opinion of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, counsel to
the several Underwriters, may be reasonably necessary or advisable in connection
with the distribution of the Shares, and will use its best efforts to cause the
same to become effective as promptly as possible.

                           (k) IAT will reserve and keep available that maximum
number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon
exercise of the Share Purchase Options outstanding from time to time.

                           (l) The Company will deliver to the Representative
agreements to the effect that for a period of 24 months from the First Closing
Date, no officer, director or existing stockholder of IAT (such officers,
directors and stockholders being herein referred to as the "Principal
Stockholders"), will directly or indirectly, offer, sell (including any short
sale), grant any option for the sale of, acquire any option to dispose of, or
otherwise dispose of any securities of IAT. In order to enforce this covenant,
IAT shall impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities owned
by the Principal Stockholders until the end of such period.

                           (m) Prior to completion of this offering, IAT will
make all filings required, including registration under the Exchange Act, to
obtain the listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market (or a
listing on such other market or exchange as the Underwriters consent to), and
will effect and maintain such listing for at least five years from the date of
this Agreement.

                           (n) Each of IAT and the Principal Stockholders
represents that it or he has not taken and agrees that it or he will not take,
directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which has constituted or which
might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or
manipulation of the price of the Shares or to facilitate the sale or resale of
the Shares.

                           (o) On the Closing Date and simultaneously with the
delivery of the Shares, IAT shall execute and deliver to you, individually and
not as representative of the Underwriters, the Share Purchase Option. The Share

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

Purchase Option will be substantially in the form of the Representative's Share
Purchase Option filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement.

                           (p) During the 18 month period commencing on the date
of this Agreement, IAT will not, without the prior written consent of the
Representative, grant options to purchase shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price less than the greater of (i) the initial public offering price of the
Shares or (ii) the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
During the six month period commencing on the date of this Agreement, IAT will
not, without the prior written consent of the Representative, grant options to
any current officer of IAT. During the three year period from the First Closing
Date, IAT will not, without the prior written consent of the Representative,
offer or sell any of its securities pursuant to Regulation S under the Act.

                           (q) IAT will not, without the prior written consent
of the Representative, grant registration rights to any person which are
exercisable sooner than 13 months from the First Closing Date.

                           (r) Dr. Viktor Vogt shall be Co-Chairman of the
Board, Chief Executive Officer and President of IAT and Klaus Grissemann shall
be the Chief Financial Officer and a director of IAT on the Closing Dates. IAT
has obtained key person life insurance in an amount of not less than $2 million
on the life of Dr. Viktor Vogt and such other individuals as designated by the
Representative, and will use its best efforts to maintain such insurance during
the three year period commencing with the First Closing Date. In the event that
Dr. Vogt's employment with IAT is terminated prior to three years following the
First Closing Date, IAT will obtain a comparable policy on the life of his
successor for the balance of the three year period. For a period of thirteen
months from the First Closing Date, the compensation of the executive officers
of IAT shall not be increased from the compensation levels disclosed in the
Prospectus.

                           (s) For a period of five (5) years from the Effective
Date IAT (i) at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent
certified public accountants to review (but not audit) IAT's financial
statements for each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters prior to the
announcement of quarterly financial information, the filing of IAT's 10-Q
quarterly report and the mailing of quarterly financial information to
stockholders and (ii) shall not change its accounting firm without the prior
written consent of the Chairman or the President of the Representative, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                           (t) As promptly as practicable after the Closing
Date, IAT will prepare, at its own expense, hard cover "bound volumes" relating
to the offering, and will distribute at least four of such volumes to the
individuals designated by the Representative or counsel to the Underwriters.

                           (u) For a period of five years from the First Closing
Date (i) the Representative shall have the right, but not the obligation, to
designate a director to the Board of Directors of IAT and (ii) IAT shall engage
a public relations firm acceptable to the Representative.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>


                           (v) IAT shall, for a period of six years after the
date of this Agreement, submit which reports to the Secretary of the Treasury
and to stockholders, as the Secretary may require, pursuant to Section 1202 of
the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or regulations promulgated thereunder, in
order for IAT to qualify as a "small business" so that stockholders may realize
special tax treatment with respect to their investment in IAT.

                           (w) Except for the use of net proceeds from the sale
of the Shares for the repayment of up to an aggregate of $[1,250,000] of
outstanding loans owed to Mr. Klaus- Dirk Sippel and Mr. Volker Walther, none of
the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares will be used to repay any
obligations owed by IAT to any Principal Stockholder.

                  4. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The obligations of
the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares which they have
respectively agreed to purchase hereunder, are subject to the accuracy (as of
the date hereof, and as of the Closing Dates) of and compliance with the
representations and warranties of IAT herein, to the performance by IAT of its
obligations hereunder, and to the following conditions:

                           (a) The Registration Statement shall have become
effective and you shall have received notice thereof not later than 10:00 A.M.,
New York time, on the date on which the amendment to the registration statement
originally filed with respect to the Shares or to the Registration Statement, as
the case may be, containing information regarding the initial public offering
price of the Shares has been filed with the Commission, or at such later time
and date as shall have been agreed to by the Representative; if required, the
Prospectus or any Term Sheet that constitutes a part thereof and any amendment
or supplement thereto shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner
and within the time period required by Rule 434 and 424(b) under the Act; on or
prior to the Closing Dates no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that or a
similar purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or, to your
knowledge or to the knowledge of IAT, shall be contemplated by the Commission;
any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have
been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy &
Misher LLP, counsel to the several Underwriters;

                           (b) At the First Closing Date, you shall have
received the opinions, addressed to the Underwriters, dated as of the First
Closing Date, of Baker & McKenzie, New York, counsel for IAT, and, with respect
to matters of foreign law, the opinion of Baker & McKenzie, Zurich, counsel for
IAT AG and Dr. Schackow & Partners, Bremen, counsel for IAT Germany, in form and
substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                           (i) Each of IAT and Subsidiaries has been duly
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, with full corporate power and
authority to own its respective properties and conduct its respective business

                                      -15-
<PAGE>

as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and is duly qualified
or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in
each jurisdiction in which the ownership or leasing of its properties or conduct
of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so
qualify or be so licensed would not have a material adverse affect on the
business, properties or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries
taken as a whole;

                           (ii) to the knowledge of such counsel, (a) IAT and
each of the Subsidiaries have obtained, or are in the process of obtaining, all
licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations necessary to the conduct
of their respective business as described in the Prospectus, (b) such licenses,
permits and other governmental authorizations obtained are in full force and
effect, and (c) each of IAT and the Subsidiaries are in all material respects
complying therewith;

                           (iii) the authorized capitalization of IAT as of
December 31, 1996 is as set forth under "Capitalization" in the Prospectus; all
shares of IAT's outstanding stock requiring authorization for issuance by IAT's
board of directors have been duly authorized, validly issued, are fully paid and
non-assessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the
Prospectus; the outstanding shares of Common Stock of IAT have not been issued
in violation of any statutory preemptive rights or, to the knowledge of such
counsel, any other preemptive rights, of any shareholder and the shareholders of
IAT do not have any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to
purchase, nor are there any restrictions upon the voting or transfer of any of
the Common Stock (except as described in the Prospectus and the Registration
Statement); the Common Stock and the Share Purchase Option conform to the
respective descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus; the Shares have
been, and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of the Share
Purchase Option, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of such Share
Purchase Option have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered, will
be duly and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free of any statutory
preemptive rights and no personal liability will attach to the ownership
thereof; all prior sales by IAT of IAT's securities have been made in compliance
with or under an exemption from registration under the Act and applicable state
securities laws and no shareholders of IAT have any rescission rights with
respect to the Company's securities; a sufficient number of shares of Common
Stock has been reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Share Purchase Option,
and to the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the filing of the
Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Shares as contemplated by
this Agreement gives rise to any registration rights or other rights, other than
those which have been waived or satisfied for or relating to the registration of
any shares of Common Stock;

                           (iv) this Agreement, the Share Purchase Option, the
Escrow Agreement and the Merger and Acquisition Agreement have been duly and
validly authorized, executed and delivered by IAT and, assuming due execution by
each other party hereto or thereto, each constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of IAT enforceable against IAT in accordance with its respective
terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,

                                      -16-
<PAGE>

insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application
relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors' rights and the application of
equitable principles in any action, legal or equitable, and except as rights to
indemnity or contribution may be limited by applicable law);

                           (v) the certificates evidencing the shares of Common
Stock are in valid and proper legal form; the Share Purchase Option will be
exercisable for shares of Common Stock of IAT in accordance with the terms of
the Share Purchase Option and at the price therein provided for; at all times
during the term of the Share Purchase Option the shares of Common Stock of IAT
issuable upon exercise of the Share Purchase Option have been duly authorized
and reserved for issuance upon such exercise and such shares, when issued upon
such exercise in accordance with the terms of the Share Purchase Option and at
the price provided for, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid an
non-assessable;

                           (vi) such counsel knows of no pending or threatened
legal or governmental proceedings to which either IAT or any of the Subsidiaries
is a party which could materially adversely affect the business, property,
financial condition or operations of IAT and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole;
or which question the validity of the Shares, this Agreement the Share Purchase
Option, the Escrow Agreement or the Merger and Acquisition Agreement, or of any
action taken or to be taken by either IAT or any of the Subsidiaries pursuant to
this Agreement, the Share Purchase Option, the Escrow Agreement or the Merger
and Acquisition Agreement; and no such proceedings are known to such counsel to
be contemplated against either IAT or any of the Subsidiaries; to the best of
such counsel's knowledge, there are no governmental proceedings or regulations
required to be described or referred to in the Registration Statement which are
not so described or referred to;

                           (vii) to such counsel's knowledge, neither IAT nor
any of the Subsidiaries has received notice of any claim or challenge regarding
its ownership of or its other rights to or under any patents, trademarks,
service marks, trade names, licenses, inventions or any other rights described
in the Prospectus. To such counsel's knowledge (i) no claim has been made
against IAT or any of the Subsidiaries alleging infringement by IAT or any of
the Subsidiaries of any patent, trademark, service mark, trade name, trade
secret, license in or other intellectual property or franchise right of any
person, (ii) no legal or governmental proceedings are pending relating to the
foregoing, other than review of pending patent applications, and (iii) no such
proceedings are currently threatened by governmental authorities or others;

                           (viii) to such counsel's knowledge, except as
described in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is
in violation, breach or default of or under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or
any of the Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the
Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject, which violation breach or default
would have a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries taken
as a whole; nor will the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Share
Purchase Option, the Escrow Agreement and the Merger and Acquisition Agreement
and the incurrence of the obligations herein and therein contemplated with or

                                      -17-
<PAGE>

without the giving of notice of the lapse of time, or both, result in a breach
or violation of, or constitute a default under the Certificate of Incorporation
or the By-Laws (or other organizational documents) of the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries, in the performance or observance of any material obligation,
agreement, covenant or condition contained in any bond, debentures, note or
other evidence of indebtedness or any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan
agreement, lease, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to which the
Company of any of the Subsidiaries is a party and by which it or any of their
respective properties may be bound or in violation of any material order, rule,
regulation, writ, injunction, or decree of any government, governmental
instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, in each case which breach,
violation of default would have a material adverse effect on the Company and the
Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

                           (ix) the Registration Statement has become effective
under the Act, and to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no
proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending before, or
threatened by, the Commission; the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
(except for the financial statements, notes thereto and other financial,
numerical, statistical and accounting data contained therein, or omitted
therefrom, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form
in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act and the
Rules and Regulations;

                           (x) all descriptions in the Registration Statement
and the Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, of contracts and
other documents are accurate in all material respects and fairly present the
information required to be shown, and such counsel is familiar with all
contracts and other documents referred to in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus and any such amendment or supplement or filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement, and such counsel does not know of any contracts or
documents of a character required to be summarized or described therein or to be
filed as exhibits thereto which are not so summarized, described or filed;

                           (xi) no authorization, approval, consent, of license
of any governmental or regulatory authority or agency is necessary in connection
with the authorization, issuance, transfer, sale or delivery of the Shares by
IAT, in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement by IAT or in connection with the taking of any action contemplated
herein, or the issuance of the Share Purchase Option or the Shares underlying
the Share Purchase Option, other than registrations or qualifications of the
Shares under applicable state or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws and
registration under the Act or the NASD;

                           (xii) the statements in the Registration Statement
under the captions "Business", "Use of Proceeds", "Management", and "Description
of Securities" have been reviewed by such counsel and insofar as they refer to
descriptions of agreements, statements of law, descriptions of statutes,
licenses, rules or regulations or legal conclusions, are correct in all material
respects; and



                                      -18-

<PAGE>



                           (xiii) based upon letters received by the Company
from the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Common Stock has been duly authorized for
listing on the Nasdaq National Market.

                  In addition, such counsel's opinion shall state that such
counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives
of the Company, representatives of the independent public accountants for the
Company, the representatives of the Underwriter and counsel to the Underwriters
at which the contents of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and related
matters were discussed and, although counsel is not passing upon and does not
assume any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the
statements contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus (except as
otherwise expressly set forth in its opinion), on the basis of the foregoing, no
facts have come to the attention of such counsel that caused it to believe that
the Registration Statement (other than the financial statements and the notes
thereto and other financial numerical, statistical and accounting date included
therein, or omitted therefrom, as to which it expresses no opinion), as amended
or supplemented, at the time such Registration Statement became effective and as
of the Closing Dates, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus (other than
the financial statements and notes thereto and other financial, numerical,
statistical and accounting data included therein, or omitted therefrom as to
which it expresses no opinion), as amended or supplemented, as of its date and
the Closing Dates, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

                  Such opinions shall also cover such matters incident to the
transactions contemplated hereby as the Representative or counsel for the
Underwriters shall reasonably request. In rendering such opinions, such counsel
may rely upon certificates of any officer of IAT or the Subsidiaries or public
officials as to matters of fact; and may rely as to all matters of law other
than in the case of the opinion of counsel for IAT, the law of the United
States, the State of Delaware or the State of New York and, in the case of the
opinion of counsel for IAT AG, the laws of Switzerland, and in the case of the
opinion of counsel for IAT Germany, the laws of Germany, upon opinions of
counsel satisfactory to you, in which case the opinions shall state that they
have no reason to believe that you and they are not entitled to so rely.

                           (c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters
relating to this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other
related matters shall be reasonably satisfactory to or approved by Bachner,
Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, counsel to the several Underwriters, and you shall
have received from such counsel a signed opinion, dated as of the First Closing
Date, together with copies thereof for each of the other Underwriters, with
respect to the validity of the issuance of the Shares, the form of the
Registration Statement and Prospectus (other than the financial statements and
other financial data contained therein), the execution of this Agreement and
other related matters as you may reasonably require. IAT and each of the
Subsidiaries shall have furnished to counsel for the several Underwriters such
documents as it may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling it to render
such opinion.


                                      -19-

<PAGE>



                           (d) You shall have received a letter prior to the
effective date of the Registration Statement and again on and as of the First
Closing Date from Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C., independent public
accountants for IAT, substantially in the form approved by you, and including
estimates of IAT's revenues and results of operations for the period ending at
the end of the month immediately preceding the effective date and results of the
comparable period during the prior fiscal year.

                           (e) At the Closing Dates, (i) the representations and
warranties of IAT contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct with the
same effect as if made on and as of the Closing Dates and IAT and each of the
Subsidiaries shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder and satisfied
all the conditions on its part to be satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date;
(ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or
supplements thereto shall contain all statements which are required to be stated
therein in accordance with the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and shall in
all material respects conform to the requirements thereof, and neither the
Registration Statement nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement
thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading; (iii) there shall have been, since the
respective dates as of which information is given, no material adverse change,
or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the
business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations,
capital stock, long-term or short-term debt or general affairs of IAT or any of
the Subsidiaries from that set forth in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, except changes which the Registration Statement and Prospectus
indicate might occur after the effective date of the Registration Statement, and
IAT and each of the Subsidiaries shall not have incurred any material
liabilities or entered into any agreement not in the ordinary course of business
other than as referred to in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; and (iv)
except as set forth in the Prospectus, no action, suit or proceeding at law or
in equity shall be pending or threatened against IAT or any of the Subsidiaries
which would be required to be set forth in the Registration Statement, and no
proceedings shall be pending or threatened against IAT or any of the
Subsidiaries before or by any commission, board or administrative agency in the
United States, Switzerland, Germany or elsewhere, wherein an unfavorable
decision, ruling or finding would materially and adversely affect the business,
property, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or general
affairs of IAT or any of the Subsidiaries, and (v) you shall have received, at
the First Closing Date, a certificate signed by each of the Co-Chairmen of the
Board, Chief Executive Officer and President and the principal financial or
accounting officer of IAT, dated as of the First Closing Date, evidencing
compliance with the provisions of this subsection (e).

                           (f) Upon exercise of the option provided for in
Section 2(b) hereof, the obligations of the several Underwriters (or, at its
option, the Representative, individually) to purchase and pay for the Option
Shares referred to therein will be subject (as of the date hereof and as of the
Option Closing Date) to the following additional conditions:


                                      -20-

<PAGE>



                           (i) The Registration Statement shall remain effective
at the Option Closing Date, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness
thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have
been instituted or shall be pending, or, to your knowledge or the knowledge of
IAT, shall be contemplated by the Commission, and any reasonable request on the
part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with
to the satisfaction of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, counsel to the
several Underwriters.

                           (ii) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been
delivered to you as Representative the signed opinions of Baker & McKenzie, New
York, counsel for IAT, Baker & McKenzie, Zurich, counsel for IAT AG and Dr.
Schackow & Partners, Bremen, counsel for IAT Germany, dated as of the Option
Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to Bachner, Tally, Polevoy &
Misher LLP, counsel to the several Underwriters, together with copies of such
opinions for each of the other several underwriters, which opinions shall be
substantially the same in scope and substance as the opinions furnished to you
at the First Closing Date pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof, except that such
opinions, where appropriate, shall cover the Option Shares.

                           (iii) At the Option Closing Date there shall have
been delivered to you a letter in form and substance satisfactory to you from
Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C., dated the Option Closing Date and addressed to
the Underwriters confirming the information in their letter referred to in
Section 4(d) hereof and stating that nothing has come to their attention during
the period from the ending date of their review referred to in said letter to a
date not more than five business days prior to the Option Closing Date, which
would require any change in said letter if it were required to be dated the
Option Closing Date.

                           (iv) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been
delivered to you a certificate of each of the Co-Chairmen of the Board, Chief
Executive Officer and President and the principal financial or accounting
officer of IAT, dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance
satisfactory to Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, counsel to the several
Underwriters, substantially the same in scope and substance as the certificates
furnished to you at the First Closing Date pursuant to Section 4(e) hereof.

                           (v) All proceedings taken at or prior to the Option
Closing Date in connection with the sale and issuance of the Option Shares shall
be satisfactory in form and substance to you, and you and Bachner, Tally,
Polevoy & Misher LLP, counsel to the several Underwriters, shall have been
furnished with all such documents, certificates, and opinions as you may
reasonably request in connection with this transaction in order to evidence the
accuracy and completeness of any of the representations, warranties or
statements of IAT or its compliance with any of the covenants or conditions
contained herein.

                           (g) No action shall have been taken by the Commission
or the NASD, the effect of which would make it improper, at any time prior to
the Closing Date, for members of the NASD to execute transactions (as principal
or agent) in the Shares and no proceedings for the taking of such action shall

                                      -21-
<PAGE>

have been instituted or shall be pending, or, to the knowledge of the
Representative or IAT, shall be contemplated by the Commission or the NASD. IAT
represents that at the date hereof it has no knowledge that any such action is
in fact contemplated by the Commission or the NASD. IAT and each of the
Subsidiaries shall have advised the Underwriters of any NASD affiliation of any
of its officers, directors, stockholders or their affiliates.

                           (h) If any of the conditions herein provided for in
this Section shall not have been fulfilled as of the date indicated, this
Agreement and all obligations of the several Underwriters under this Agreement
may be cancelled at, or at any time prior to, each Closing Date by the
Representative notifying the Company of such cancellation in writing or by
telegram at or prior to the applicable Closing Date. Any such cancellation shall
be without liability of the Underwriters to IAT.

                  5. Conditions of the Obligations of IAT. The obligation of IAT
to sell and deliver the Shares is subject to the following conditions:

                           (a) The Registration Statement shall have become
effective not later than 10:00 a.m. New York time, on the day following the date
of this Agreement, or on such later date as the Company and the Representative
may agree in writing; and

                           (b) At the Closing Dates, no stop orders suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the
Act or any proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

                  If the conditions to the obligations of IAT provided for in
this Section have been fulfilled on the First Closing Date but are not fulfilled
after the First Closing Date and prior to the Option Closing Date, then only the
obligation of IAT to sell and deliver the Shares on exercise of the option
provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall be affected.

                  6. Indemnification.

                           (a) IAT agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
meaning of the Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be
limited to, all reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys'
fees), to which such Underwriter or such controlling person may become subject,
under the Act or otherwise, and will reimburse, as incurred, such Underwriters
and such controlling persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
in connection with investigating, defending against or appearing as a third
party witness in connection with any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in (A) the Registration Statement, any
Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto,
(B) any blue sky application or other document executed by the Company

                                      -22-
<PAGE>

specifically for that purpose or based upon written information furnished by the
Company filed in any state or other jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all
of the Shares under the securities laws thereof (any such application, document
or information being hereinafter called a "Blue Sky Application"), or arise out
of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, or any amendment
or supplement thereto, or in any Blue Sky Application, a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
provided, however, that IAT will not be liable in any such case to the extent,
but only to the extent, that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises
out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters
specifically for use in the preparation of the Registration Statement or any
such amendment or supplement thereof or any such Blue Sky Application or any
such preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or any such amendment or
supplement thereto. This indemnity will be in addition to any liability which
IAT may otherwise have.

                           (b) Each Underwriter severally, but not jointly, will
indemnify and hold harmless IAT, each of its directors, each nominee (if any)
for director named in the Prospectus, each of its officers who have signed the
Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls IAT within the
meaning of the Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (which
shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all
costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys' fees) to which IAT or any
such director, nominee, officer or controlling person may become subject under
the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Registration
Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto (i) in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to IAT by you or by any Underwriter through you
specifically for use in the preparation thereof and (ii) relates to the
transactions effected by the Underwriters in connection with the offer and sale
of the Shares contemplated hereby. This indemnity agreement will be in addition
to any liability which the Underwriters may otherwise have.

                           (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party
under this Section of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying
party under this Section, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will
not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party
otherwise than under this Section. In case any such action is brought against
any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the
commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in,

                                      -23-
<PAGE>

and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, subject to the provisions
herein stated, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party,
and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its
election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be
liable to such indemnified party under this Section for any legal or other
expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the
defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The indemnified
party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to
participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall not be at the expense of the indemnifying party if the indemnifying party
has assumed the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the indemnified party; provided that if the indemnified party is an Underwriter
or a person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of the Act, the
fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying
party if (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in
writing by the indemnifying party or (ii) the named parties to any such action
(including any impleaded parties) include both such Underwriter or such
controlling person and the indemnifying party and in the judgment of the
Representative, it is advisable for the Representative or such Underwriters or
controlling persons to be represented by separate counsel (in which case the
indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action
on behalf of such Underwriter or such controlling person, it being understood,
however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such
action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same
jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be
liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of
attorneys for all such Underwriters and controlling persons, which firm shall be
designated in writing by you). No settlement of any action against an
indemnified party shall be made without the consent of the indemnifying party,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld in light of all factors of importance
to such indemnifying party.

                  7. Contribution.

                  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution under
the Act in any case in which (i) any Underwriter makes claim for indemnification
pursuant to Section 6 hereof but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a
final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration
of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such
indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that
the express provisions of Section 6 provide for indemnification in such case, or
(ii) contribution under the Act may be required on the part of any Underwriter,
then IAT and each person who controls IAT, in the aggregate, and any such
Underwriter shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or
liabilities to which they may be subject (which shall, for all purposes of this
Agreement, include, but not be limited to, all reasonable costs of defense and
investigation and all reasonable attorneys' fees) in either such case (after
contribution from others) in such proportions that all such Underwriters are
responsible in the aggregate for that portion of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities represented by the percentage that the underwriting discount per
Share appearing on the cover page of the Prospectus bears to the public offering
price appearing thereon, and IAT shall be responsible for the remaining portion,
provided, however, that (a) if such allocation is not permitted by applicable

                                      -24-
<PAGE>

law then the relative fault of IAT and the Underwriters and controlling persons,
in the aggregate, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted
in such damages and other relevant equitable considerations shall also be
considered. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether in the case of an untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission to state a material fact, such statement or omission relates to
information supplied by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or the
Underwriters, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. IAT and
the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if the respective
obligations of IAT and the Underwriters to contribute pursuant to this Section 7
were to be determined by pro rata or per capita allocation of the aggregate
damages (even if the Underwriters in the aggregate were treated as one entity
for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of
this Section 7 and (b) that the contribution of each contributing Underwriter
shall not be in excess of its proportionate share (based on the ratio of the
number of Shares purchased by such Underwriter to the number of Shares purchased
by all contributing Underwriters) of the portion of such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities for which the Underwriters are responsible. No person guilty of a
fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation. As used in this paragraph, the word "Company"
includes any officer, director, or person who controls IAT within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act. If the full amount of the contribution specified in this
paragraph is not permitted by law, then any Underwriter and each person who
controls any Underwriter shall be entitled to contribution from IAT, its
officers, directors and controlling persons to the full extent permitted by law.
The foregoing contribution agreement shall in no way affect the contribution
liabilities of any persons having liability under Section 11 of the Act other
than IAT and the Underwriters. No contribution shall be requested with regard to
the settlement of any matter from any party who did not consent to the
settlement; provided, however, that such consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld in light of all factors of importance to such party.

                  8. Costs and Expenses.

                           (a) Whether or not this Agreement becomes effective
or the sale of the Shares to the Underwriters is consummated, IAT will pay all
costs and expenses incident to the performance of this Agreement by the Company
including, but not limited to, the fees and expenses of counsel to the Company
and of the Company 's accountants; the costs and expenses incident to the
preparation, printing, filing and distribution under the Act of the Registration
Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments and
exhibits thereto), Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, or the Term Sheet, the fee of the NASD in connection with the
filing required by the NASD relating to the offering of the Shares contemplated
hereby; the costs of investigative reports regarding certain officers and
directors of IAT and the Subsidiaries; all expenses, including reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters, in connection with the
qualification of the Shares under the state securities or blue sky laws which

                                      -25-
<PAGE>

the Representative shall designate; the cost of printing and furnishing to the
several Underwriters copies of the Registration Statement, each Preliminary
Prospectus, the Prospectus, this Agreement, the Agreement Among Underwriters,
Selling Agreement, Underwriters' Questionnaire, Underwriters' Power of Attorney
and the Blue Sky Memorandum, any fees relating to the listing of the Common
Stock on the Nasdaq National Market or any other securities exchange, the cost
of printing the certificates representing the securities comprising the Shares,
the fees of the transfer agent, the cost of publication of at least three
"tombstones" of the offering (at least one of which shall be in national
business newspaper and one of which shall be in a major New York newspaper) and
the cost of preparing at least four hard cover "bound volumes" relating to the
offering, in accordance with the Underwriters' request. IAT shall pay any and
all taxes (including any transfer, franchise, capital stock or other tax imposed
by any jurisdiction) on sales to the Underwriters hereunder. IAT will also pay
all costs and expenses incident to the furnishing of any amended Prospectus or
of any supplement to be attached to the Prospectus as called for in Section 3(a)
of this Agreement except as otherwise set forth in said Section.

                           (b) In addition to the foregoing expenses IAT shall
at the First Closing Date pay to Royce Investment Group, Inc., in its individual
rather than representative capacity, a non-accountable expense allowance of
$_______ of which $50,000 has been paid. In the event the overallotment option
is exercised, IAT shall pay to Royce Investment Group, Inc. at the Option
Closing Date an additional amount equal to 2.5% of the gross proceeds received
upon exercise of the overallotment option. In the event the transactions
contemplated hereby are not consummated by reason of any action by the
Representative (except if such prevention is based upon a breach by the Company
or any Subsidiary of any covenant, representation or warranty contained herein
or because any other condition to the Underwriters' obligations hereunder
required to be fulfilled by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is not
fulfilled) IAT shall be liable for only the amount (not less than $50,000) paid
by the Company to the Representation prior to such determination. In the event
the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated by reason of any action
of the Company or any Subsidiary or because of a breach by the Company or any
Subsidiary of any covenant, representation or warranty herein, IAT shall be
liable for the accountable out-of-pocket expenses of the Representative,
including legal fees, up to a maximum of $100,000.

                           (c) No person is entitled either directly or
indirectly to compensation from the Company, from the Representative or from any
other person for services as a finder in connection with the proposed offering,
and IAT agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Representative and the other
Underwriters, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement, include, but not be
limited to, all costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys' fees), to
which the Representative or such other Underwriter or person may become subject
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon the claim of any person (other than an
employee of the party claiming indemnity) or entity that he or it is entitled to
a finder's fee in connection with the proposed offering by reason of such
person's or entity's influence or prior contact with the indemnifying party.


                                      -26-

<PAGE>



                  9. Substitution of Underwriters.

                  If any of the Underwriters shall for any reason not permitted
hereunder cancel their obligations to purchase the First Shares hereunder, or
shall fail to take up and pay for the number of First Shares set forth opposite
their respective names in Schedule A hereto upon tender of such First Shares in
accordance with the terms hereof, then:

                           (a) If the aggregate number of First Shares which
such Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed
10% of the total number of First Shares, the other Underwriters shall be
obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to
purchase the First Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters
agreed but failed to purchase.

                           (b) If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and
the agreed number of First Shares with respect to which such default or defaults
occurs is more than 10% of the total number of First Shares, the remaining
Underwriters shall have the right to take up and pay for (in such proportion as
may be agreed upon among them) the First Shares which the defaulting Underwriter
or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase. If such remaining Underwriters do
not, at the First Closing Date, take up and pay for the First Shares which the
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase, the time
for delivery of the First Shares shall be extended to the next business day to
allow the remaining Underwriters the privilege of substituting within
twenty-four hours (including nonbusiness hours) another underwriter or
underwriters satisfactory to IAT. If no such underwriter or underwriters shall
have been substituted as aforesaid, within such twenty-four hour period, the
time of delivery of the First Shares may, at the option of IAT, be again
extended to the next following business day, if necessary, to allow IAT the
privilege of finding within twenty-four hours (including nonbusiness hours)
another underwriter or underwriters to purchase the First Shares which the
defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase. If it
shall be arranged for the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters to
take up the First Shares of the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters as
provided in this Section, (i) IAT or the Representative shall have the right to
postpone the time of delivery for a period of not more than seven business days,
in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other documents or
arrangements, and IAT agrees promptly to file any amendments to the Registration
Statement or supplements to the Prospectus which may thereby be made necessary,
and (ii) the respective numbers of First Shares to be purchased by the remaining
Underwriters or substituted Underwriters shall be taken at the basis of the
underwriting obligation for all purposes of this Agreement.

                  If in the event of a default by one or more Underwriters and
the remaining Underwriters shall not take up and pay for all the First Shares
agreed to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriters or substitute another
underwriter or underwriters as aforesaid, IAT shall not find or shall not elect
to seek another underwriter or underwriters for such First Shares as aforesaid,
then this Agreement shall terminate.

                                      -27-

<PAGE>



                  If, following exercise of the option provided in Section 2(b)
hereof, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall for any reason not permitted
hereunder cancel their obligations to purchase Option Shares at the Option
Closing Date, or shall fail to take up and pay for the number of Option Shares,
which they become obligated to purchase at the Option Closing Date upon tender
of such Option Shares in accordance with the terms hereof, then the remaining
Underwriters or substituted Underwriters may take up and pay for the Option
Shares of the defaulting Underwriters in the manner provided in Section 9(b)
hereof. If the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters shall not take
up and pay for all such Option Shares, the Underwriters shall be entitled to
purchase the number of Option Shares for which there is no default or, at their
election, the option shall terminate, the exercise thereof shall be of no
effect.

                  As used in this Agreement, the term "Underwriter" includes any
person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. In the event of
termination, there shall be no liability on the part of any nondefaulting
Underwriter to IAT, provided that the provisions of this Section 9 shall not in
any event affect the liability of any defaulting Underwriter to IAT arising out
of such default.

                  10. Effective Date.

                  The Agreement shall become effective upon its execution except
that you may, at your option, delay its effectiveness until 11:00 A.M., New York
time on the first full business day following the effective date of the
Registration Statement, or at such earlier time after the effective date of the
Registration Statement as you in your discretion shall first commence the
initial public offering by the Underwriters of any of the Shares. The time of
the initial public offering shall mean the time of release by you of the first
newspaper advertisement with respect to the Shares, or the time when the Shares
are first generally offered by you to dealers by letter or telegram, whichever
shall first occur. This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time before it
becomes effective as provided above, except that Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 13, 14,
15 and 16 shall remain in effect notwithstanding such termination.

                  11. Termination.

                  (a) This Agreement, except for Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 13, 14,
15 and 16 hereof, may be terminated at any time prior to the First Closing Date,
and the option referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, if exercised, may be
cancelled at any time prior to the Option Closing Date, by you if in your
judgment it is impracticable to offer for sale or to enforce contracts made by
the Underwriters for the resale of the Shares agreed to be purchased hereunder
by reason of (i) the Company or any of the Subsidiaries having sustained a
material loss, whether or not insured, by reason of fire, earthquake, flood,
accident or other calamity, or from any labor dispute or court or government
action, order or decree; (ii) trading in securities on the New York Stock
Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq SmallCap Market or the Nasdaq
National Market having been suspended or limited; (iii) material governmental
restrictions having been imposed on trading in securities generally (not in
force and effect on the date hereof); (iv) a banking moratorium having been
declared by federal or New York state authorities; (v) an outbreak of

                                      -28-
<PAGE>

international hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis
or change in economic or political conditions having occurred; (vi) a pending or
threatened legal or governmental proceeding or action relating generally to
IAT's or any of the Subsidiaries' business, or a notification having been
received by either IAT or any of the Subsidiaries of the threat of any such
proceeding or action, which could materially adversely affect IAT or any of the
Subsidiaries; (vii) except as contemplated by the Prospectus, IAT or any of the
Subsidiaries is merged or consolidated into or acquired by another company or
group or there exists a binding legal commitment for the foregoing or any other
material change of ownership or control occurs; (viii) the passage by the
Congress of the United States or by any state legislative body or federal or
state agency or other authority of any act, rule or regulation, measure, or the
adoption of any orders, rules or regulations by any governmental body or any
authoritative accounting institute or board, or any governmental executive,
which is reasonably believed likely by the Representative to have a material
impact on the business, financial condition or financial statements of the
Company or the market for the securities offered pursuant to the Prospectus;
(ix) any adverse change in the financial or securities markets beyond normal
market fluctuations having occurred since the date of this Agreement, or (x) any
material adverse change having occurred, since the respective dates of which
information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, in the
earnings, business prospects or general condition of IAT or any of its
Subsidiaries, financial or otherwise, whether or not arising in the ordinary
course of business.

                  (b) If you elect to prevent this Agreement from becoming
effective or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 11 or in
Section 10, IAT shall be promptly notified by you, by telephone or telegram,
confirmed by letter.

                  12. Share Purchase Option.

                  At or before the First Closing Date, IAT will sell to the
Underwriters (or, at the Representative's option, the Representative,
individually), or their designees, as permitted by the NASD, for a consideration
of $310, and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Share
Purchase Option annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, a Share
Purchase Option to purchase an aggregate of 310,000 Shares. In the event of
conflict in the terms of this Agreement and the Share Purchase Option, the
language of the Share Purchase Option shall control.

                  13. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive
Delivery.

                  The respective indemnities, agreements, representations,
warranties and other statements of IAT or its Principal Stockholders, where
appropriate, and the undertakings set forth in or made pursuant to this
Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation
made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, IAT or any of its officers or
directors or any controlling person and will survive delivery of and payment of
the Shares and the termination of this Agreement.


                                      -29-

<PAGE>



                  14. Notice.

                  Any communications specifically required hereunder to be in
writing, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed or delivered by facsimile
or overnight courier, and confirmed to them at Royce Investment Group, Inc., 199
Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797, with a copy sent to Bachner,
Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, 380 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017,
attention: Steven Fishman, Esq., or if sent to IAT, will be mailed, or delivered
by facsimile or overnight courier and confirmed to it at Geschaftschaus
Wasserschloss, Aarestrasse 17, CH-5300 Vogelsang-Turgi, Switzerland, Attention:
Dr. Viktor Vogt with a copy sent to Baker & McKenzie, 805 Third Avenue, New
York, New York 10022, attention:
Malcolm I. Ross, Esq.

                  15. Parties in Interest.

                  The Agreement herein set forth is made solely for the benefit
of the several Underwriters, the Company and, to the extent expressed, the
Principal Stockholders, any person controlling the Company or any of the several
Underwriters, and directors of IAT, nominees for directors (if any) named in the
Prospectus, its officers who have signed the Registration Statement, and their
respective executors, administrators, successors, assigns and no other person
shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement. The term
"successors and assigns" shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser,
from any of the several Underwriters of the Shares. All of the obligations of
the Underwriters hereunder are several and not joint.

                  16. Applicable Law.

                  This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made
and to be entirely performed within New York.


                                      -30-

<PAGE>



                  If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of
our agreement, kindly sign and return this agreement, whereupon it will become a
binding agreement between IAT and the several Underwriters in accordance with
its terms.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------------

                  The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and
accepted as of the date first above written.

                                   ROYCE INVESTMENT GROUP, INC.


                                   By:
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                        For itself and as Representative of the
                                        several Underwriters


                                      -31-

<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE A

           Underwriter                         Number of Shares to be Purchased
      --------------------                     --------------------------------


Royal Investment Group, Inc.

Continental Broker - Dealer Corporation





                                                   Total Shares:     3,100,000
                                                                     =========

                                      -32-



<PAGE>
                                                       Exhibit 4.2
    ************************************************************************













                             STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT




                           To Purchase Common Stock of




                              IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.
















    ************************************************************************
<PAGE>

             Void after 5:00 p.m. New York Time, on March __, 2002.
               Warrant to Purchase 310,000 Shares of Common Stock.



                        WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

                                       OF

                              IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.


                  This is to Certify That, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Royce Investment
Group, Inc. ("Royce"), or assigns (collectively, the "Holder"), is entitled to
purchase, subject to the provisions of this Warrant, from IAT Multimedia, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), 310,000 fully paid, validly issued and
nonassessable shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company
("Common Stock") at a price of $ per share at any time or from time to time
during the period from March ___, 1997 to March ___, 2002, but not later than
5:00 p.m. New York City Time, on March ___, 2002. The number of shares of Common
Stock to be received upon the exercise of this Warrant and the price to be paid
for each share of Common Stock may be adjusted from time to time as hereinafter
set forth. The shares of Common Stock deliverable upon such exercise, and as
adjusted from time to time, are hereinafter sometimes referred to as "Warrant
Shares" and the exercise price of a share of Common Stock in effect at any time
and as adjusted from time to time is hereinafter sometimes referred to as the
"Exercise Price". This Warrant, together with warrants of like tenor,
constituting in the aggregate warrants (the "Warrants") to purchase 310,000
shares of Common Stock, was originally issued pursuant to an underwriting
agreement between the Company and Royce, in connection with a public offering
through Royce of 3,100,000 shares of Common Stock, in consideration of $310
received for the Warrants.

                  (a)      EXERCISE OF WARRANT.

                  (1) This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any
time or from time to time on or after March __, 1998 and until March ___, 2002
(the "Exercise Period"), subject to the provisions of Section (j)(2) hereof;
provided, however, that (i) if either such day is a day on which banking
institutions in the State of New York are authorized by law to close, then on
the next succeeding day which shall not be such a day, and (ii) in the event of
any merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all the assets of the Company
as an entirety, resulting in any distribution to the Company's stockholders,
prior to March __, 2002, the Holder shall have the right to exercise this
Warrant commencing at such time through March __, 2002 into the kind and amount
of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash) receivable
by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which this Warrant
might

                                        1

<PAGE>

have been exercisable immediately prior thereto. This Warrant may be exercised
by presentation and surrender hereof to the Company at its principal office, or
at the office of its stock transfer agent, if any, with the Purchase Form
annexed hereto duly executed and accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price
for the number of Warrant Shares specified in such form. As soon as practicable
after each such exercise of the warrants, but not later than seven (7) days from
the date of such exercise, the Company shall issue and deliver to the Holder a
certificate or certificate for the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise,
registered in the name of the Holder or its designee. If this Warrant should be
exercised in part only, the Company shall, upon surrender of this Warrant for
cancellation, execute and deliver a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the
Holder thereof to purchase the balance of the Warrant Shares purchasable
thereunder. Upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant at its office, or by the
stock transfer agent of the Company at its office, in proper form for exercise,
the Holder shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the shares of Common
Stock issuable upon such exercise, notwithstanding that the stock transfer books
of the Company shall then be closed or that certificates representing such
shares of Common Stock shall not then be physically delivered to the Holder.

                  (2) At any time during the Exercise Period, the Holder may, at
its option, exchange this Warrant, in whole or in part (a "Warrant Exchange"),
into the number of Warrant Shares determined in accordance with this Section
(a)(2), by surrendering this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or
at the office of its stock transfer agent, accompanied by a notice stating such
Holder's intent to effect such exchange, the number of Warrant Shares to be
exchanged and the date on which the Holder requests that such Warrant Exchange
occur (the "Notice of Exchange"). The Warrant Exchange shall take place on the
date specified in the Notice of Exchange or, if later, the date the Notice of
Exchange is received by the Company (the "Exchange Date"). Certificates for the
shares issuable upon such Warrant Exchange and, if applicable, a new warrant of
like tenor evidencing the balance of the shares remaining subject to this
Warrant, shall be issued as of the Exchange Date and delivered to the Holder
within seven (7) days following the Exchange Date. In connection with any
Warrant Exchange, this Warrant shall represent the right to subscribe for and
acquire the number of Warrant Shares (rounded to the next highest integer) equal
to (i) the number of Warrant Shares specified by the Holder in its Notice of
Exchange (the "Total Number") less (ii) the number of Warrant Shares equal to
the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the product of the Total Number and the
existing Exercise Price by (B) the current market value of a share of Common
Stock. Current market value shall have the meaning set forth Section (c) below,
except that for purposes hereof, the date of exercise, as used in such Section
(c), shall mean the Exchange Date.

                  (b) RESERVATION OF SHARES. The Company shall at all times
reserve for issuance and/or delivery upon exercise of this Warrant such number
of shares of its Common Stock as shall be required for issuance and delivery
upon exercise of the Warrants.

                  (c) FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares or script
representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this
Warrant. With respect to any fraction of a share called for upon any exercise
hereof, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount in


                                        2

<PAGE>


cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the current market value of a share,
determined as follows:

                           (1) If the Common Stock is listed on a national
                  securities exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges
                  on such exchange or listed for trading on the Nasdaq National
                  Market, the current market value shall be the last reported
                  sale price of the Common Stock on such exchange or market on
                  the last business day prior to the date of exercise of this
                  Warrant or if no such sale is made on such day, the average
                  closing bid and asked prices for such day on such exchange or
                  market; or

                           (2) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted
                  to unlisted trading privileges, but is traded on the Nasdaq
                  Small Cap Market, the current Market Value shall be the
                  average of the closing bid and asked prices for such day on
                  such market and if the Common Stock is not so traded, the
                  current market value shall be the mean of the last reported
                  bid and asked prices reported by the National Quotation
                  Bureau, Inc. on the last business day prior to the date of the
                  exercise of this Warrant; or

                           (3) If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted
                  to unlisted trading privileges and bid and asked prices are
                  not so reported, the current market value shall be an amount,
                  not less than book value thereof as at the end of the most
                  recent fiscal year of the Company ending prior to the date of
                  the exercise of the Warrant, determined in such reasonable
                  manner as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors of the
                  Company.

                  (d) EXCHANGE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR LOSS OF WARRANT. This
Warrant is exchangeable, without expense, at the option of the Holder, upon
presentation and surrender hereof to the Company or at the office of its stock
transfer agent, if any, for other warrants of different denominations entitling
the holder thereof to purchase in the aggregate the same number of shares of
Common Stock purchasable hereunder. This Warrant is not transferable (other than
by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution and except as
provided under Subsection (a)(1)(ii) hereof) and may not be assigned or
hypothecated for a period of one year from March ___, 1997, except to and among
the officers of Royce, any member of the selling group, or to and among the
officers of any member of the selling group. Upon surrender of this Warrant to
the Company at its principal office or at the office of its stock transfer
agent, if any, with the Assignment Form annexed hereto duly executed and funds
sufficient to pay any transfer tax, the Company shall, without charge, execute
and deliver a new Warrant in the name of the assignee named in such instrument
of assignment and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. This Warrant may be
divided or combined with other warrants which carry the same rights upon
presentation hereof at the principal office of the Company or at the office of
its stock transfer agent, if any, together with a written notice specifying the
names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued and signed by the
Holder hereof. The term "Warrant" as used herein includes any Warrants into
which this Warrant may be

                                        3

<PAGE>

divided or exchanged. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it
of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and (in the case
of loss, theft or destruction) of reasonably satisfactory indemnification, and
upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will
execute and deliver a new Warrant of like tenor and date. Any such new Warrant
executed and delivered shall constitute an additional contractual obligation on
the part of the Company, whether or not this Warrant so lost, stolen, destroyed,
or mutilated shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

                  (e) RIGHTS OF THE HOLDER. The Holder shall not, by virtue
hereof, be entitled to any rights of a shareholder in the Company, either at law
or equity, and the rights of the Holder are limited to those expressed in the
Warrant and are not enforceable against the Company except to the extent set
forth herein.

                  (f) ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS. The Exercise Price in effect at
any time and the number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of
the Warrants shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the happening
of certain events as follows:

                           (1) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend
                  or make a distribution on its outstanding shares of Common
                  Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) subdivide or reclassify
                  its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number
                  of shares, or (iii) combine or reclassify its outstanding
                  shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the
                  Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for
                  such dividend or distribution or of the effective date of such
                  subdivision, combination or reclassification shall be adjusted
                  so that it shall equal the price determined by multiplying the
                  Exercise Price by a fraction, the denominator of which shall
                  be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after
                  giving effect to such action, and the numerator of which shall
                  be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding
                  immediately prior to such action. Such adjustment shall be
                  made successively whenever any event listed above shall occur.

                           (2) Whenever the Exercise Price payable upon exercise
                  of each Warrant is adjusted pursuant to Subsection (1) above,
                  the number of Shares purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant
                  shall simultaneously be adjusted by multiplying the number of
                  Shares initially issuable upon exercise of this Warrant by the
                  Exercise Price in effect on the date hereof and dividing the
                  product so obtained by the Exercise Price, as adjusted.

                           (3) No adjustment in the Exercise Price shall be
                  required unless such adjustment would require an increase or
                  decrease of at least five cents ($0.05) in such price;
                  provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of
                  this Subsection (3) are not required to be made shall be
                  carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent
                  adjustment required to be made hereunder. All calculations
                  under this Section (f) shall be made to the nearest cent or to
                  the

                                        4

<PAGE>

                  nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be. Anything
                  in this Section (f) to the contrary notwithstanding, the
                  Company shall be entitled, but shall not be required, to make
                  such changes in the Exercise Price, in addition to those
                  required by this Section (f), as it shall determine, in its
                  sole discretion, to be advisable in order that any dividend or
                  distribution in shares of Common Stock, or any subdivision,
                  reclassification or combination of Common Stock, hereafter
                  made by the Company shall not result in any Federal Income tax
                  liability to the holders of Common Stock or securities
                  convertible into Common Stock (including Warrants).

                           (4) Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted, as
                  herein provided, the Company shall promptly but no later than
                  10 days after any request for such an adjustment by the
                  Holder, cause a notice setting forth the adjusted Exercise
                  Price and adjusted number of Shares issuable upon exercise of
                  each Warrant, and, if requested, information describing the
                  transactions giving rise to such adjustments, to be mailed to
                  the Holders at their last addresses appearing in the Warrant
                  Register, and shall cause a certified copy thereof to be
                  mailed to its transfer agent, if any. In the event the Company
                  does not provide the Holder with such notice and information
                  within 10 days of a request by the Holder, then
                  notwithstanding the provisions of this Section (f), the
                  Exercise Price shall be immediately adjusted to equal the
                  lowest Offering Price, Subscription Price or Conversion Price,
                  as applicable, since the date of this Warrant, and the number
                  of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be
                  adjusted accordingly. The Company may retain a firm of
                  independent certified public accountants selected by the Board
                  of Directors (who may be the regular accountants employed by
                  the Company) to make any computation required by this Section
                  (f), and a certificate signed by such firm shall be conclusive
                  evidence of the correctness of such adjustment.

                           (5) In the event that at any time, as a result of an
                  adjustment made pursuant to Subsection (1) above, the Holder
                  of this Warrant thereafter shall become entitled to receive
                  any shares of the Company, other than Common Stock, thereafter
                  the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of
                  this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time
                  in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable
                  to the provisions with respect to the Common Stock contained
                  in Subsections (1) to (3), inclusive above.

                           (6) Irrespective of any adjustments in the Exercise
                  Price or the number or kind of shares purchasable upon
                  exercise of this Warrant, Warrants theretofore or thereafter
                  issued may continue to express the same price and number and
                  kind of shares as are stated in the similar Warrants initially
                  issuable pursuant to this Agreement.

                  (g) OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE. Whenever the Exercise Price shall
be adjusted as required by the provisions of the foregoing Section, the Company
shall forthwith file

                                        5

<PAGE>

in the custody of its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary at its principal
office and with its stock transfer agent, if any, an officer's certificate
showing the adjusted Exercise Price determined as herein provided, setting forth
in reasonable detail the facts requiring such adjustment, including a statement
of the number of additional shares of Common Stock, if any, and such other facts
as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner of computing such
adjustment. Each such officer's certificate shall be made available at all
reasonable times for inspection by the holder or any holder of a Warrant
executed and delivered pursuant to Section (a) and the Company shall, forthwith
after each such adjustment, mail a copy by certified mail of such certificate to
the Holder or any such holder.

                  (h) NOTICES TO WARRANT HOLDERS. So long as this Warrant shall
be outstanding, (i) if the Company shall pay any dividend or make any
distribution upon the Common Stock or (ii) if the Company shall offer to the
holders of Common Stock for subscription or purchase by them any share of any
class or any other rights or (iii) if any capital reorganization of the Company,
reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, consolidation or merger of
the Company with or into another corporation, sale, lease or transfer of all or
substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to another
corporation, or voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up
of the Company shall be effected, then in any such case, the Company shall cause
to be mailed by certified mail to the Holder, at least fifteen days prior the
date specified in (x) or (y) below, as the case may be, a notice containing a
brief description of the proposed action and stating the date on which (x) a
record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or rights,
or (y) such reclassification, reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance,
lease, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is to take place and the date, if
any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of Common Stock or other securities
shall receive cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification,
reorganization, consolidation, merger, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or
winding up.

                  (i) RECLASSIFICATION, REORGANIZATION OR MERGER. In case of any
reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of outstanding shares
of Common Stock of the Company, or in case of any consolidation or merger of the
Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with a subsidiary
in which merger the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not
result in any reclassification, capital reorganization or other change of
outstanding shares of Common Stock of the class issuable upon exercise of this
Warrant) or in case of any sale, lease or conveyance to another corporation of
the property of the Company as an entirety, the Company shall, as a condition
precedent to such transaction, cause effective provisions to be made so that the
Holder shall have the right thereafter by exercising this Warrant at any time
prior to the expiration of the Warrant, to purchase the kind and amount of
shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such
reclassification, capital reorganization and other change, consolidation,
merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock
which might have been purchased upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior
to such reclassification, change, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance. Any
such provision shall include provision for adjustments which shall be as nearly
equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this
Warrant. The foregoing provisions of this Section (i) shall similarly apply to
successive reclassifications,

                                        6

<PAGE>

capital reorganizations and changes of shares of Common Stock and to successive
consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances. In the event that in connection
with any such capital reorganization or reclassification, consolidation, merger,
sale or conveyance, additional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in
exchange, conversion, substitution or payment, in whole or in part, for a
security of the Company other than Common Stock, any such issue shall be treated
as an issue of Common Stock covered by the provisions of Subsection (1) of
Section (f) hereof.

                  (j)      REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

                           (1) The Company shall advise the Holder of this
                  Warrant or of the Warrant Shares or any then holder of
                  Warrants or Warrant Shares (such persons being collectively
                  referred to herein as "holders") by written notice at least
                  four weeks prior to the filing of any post-effective amendment
                  to the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-18529 on Form
                  S-1 ("Registration Statement"), declared effective by the
                  Securities and Exchange Commission on March ___, 1997 or of
                  any new registration statement or post-effective amendment
                  thereto under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") covering
                  securities of the Company and will for a period of six years,
                  commencing one year from the effective date of the
                  Registration Statement, upon the request of any such holder,
                  include in any such post-effective amendment or registration
                  statement such information as may be required to permit a
                  public offering of the Warrants or the Warrant Shares. The
                  Company shall supply prospectuses and other documents as the
                  Holder may request in order to facilitate the public sale or
                  other disposition of the Warrants or Warrant Shares, qualify
                  the Warrants and the Warrant Shares for sale in such states as
                  any such holder designates and do any and all other acts and
                  things which may be necessary or desirable to enable such
                  Holders to consummate the public sale or other disposition of
                  the Warrants or Warrant Shares, and furnish indemnification in
                  the manner as set forth in Subsection (3)(C) of this Section
                  (j). Such holders shall furnish information and
                  indemnification as set forth in Subsection (3)(C) of this
                  Section (j), except that the maximum amount which may be
                  recovered from the Holder shall be limited to the amount of
                  proceeds received by the Holder from the sale of the Warrants
                  or Warrant Shares.

                           (2) If any majority holder (as defined in Subsection
                  (4) of this Section (j) below) shall give notice to the
                  Company at any time during the four year period commencing one
                  year from the effective date of the Registration Statement to
                  the effect that such holder contemplates (i) the transfer of
                  all or any part of his or its Warrants and/or Warrant Shares,
                  or (ii) the exercise and/or conversion of all or any part of
                  his or its Warrants and the transfer of all or any part of the
                  Warrants and/or Warrant Shares under such circumstances that a
                  public offering (within the meaning of the Act) of Warrants
                  and/or Warrant Shares will be involved, and desires to
                  register under the Act, the Warrants and/or the Warrant
                  Shares, then the Company shall, within two weeks after receipt
                  of

                                        7

<PAGE>

                  such notice, file a post-effective amendment to the
                  Registration Statement or a new registration statement on Form
                  S-1 or such other form as the holder requests, pursuant to the
                  Act, to the end that the Warrants and/or Warrant Shares may be
                  sold under the Act as promptly as practicable thereafter and
                  the Company will use its best efforts to cause such
                  registration to become effective and continue to be effective
                  (current) (including the taking of such steps as are necessary
                  to obtain the removal of any stop order) until the holder has
                  advised that all of the Warrants and/or Warrant Shares have
                  been sold; provided that such holder shall furnish the Company
                  with appropriate information (relating to the intentions of
                  such holders) in connection therewith as the Company shall
                  reasonably request in writing. In the event the registration
                  statement is not declared effective under the Act prior to
                  March ___, 2002, then at the holder's request, the Company
                  shall purchase the Warrants from the holders for a per share
                  price equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock less
                  the per share Exercise Price. The holder may, at its option,
                  request the registration of the Warrants and/or Warrant Shares
                  in a registration statement made by the Company as
                  contemplated by Subsection (1) of this Section (j) or in
                  connection with a request made pursuant to Subsection (2) of
                  this Section (j) prior to the acquisition of the Warrant
                  Shares upon exercise of the Warrants and even though the
                  holder has not given notice of exercise of the Warrants. The
                  holder may thereafter at its option, exercise the Warrants at
                  any time or from time to time subsequent to the effectiveness
                  under the Act of the registration statement in which the
                  Warrant Shares were included.

                        (3) The following provision of this Section(j) shall 
                         also be applicable:

                                    (A) Within ten days after receiving any such
                           notice pursuant to Subsection (2) of this Section
                           (j), the Company shall give notice to the other
                           holders of Warrants and Warrant Shares, advising that
                           the Company is proceeding with such post-effective
                           amendment or registration statement and offering to
                           include therein Warrants and/or Warrant Shares of
                           such other holders, provided that they shall furnish
                           the Company with such appropriate information
                           (relating to the intentions of such holders) in
                           connection therewith as the Company shall reasonably
                           request in writing. Following the effective date of
                           such post-effective amendment or registration, the
                           Company shall upon the request of any owner of
                           Warrants and/or Warrant Shares forthwith supply such
                           a number of prospectuses meeting the requirements of
                           the Act, as shall be requested by such owner to
                           permit such holder to make a public offering of all
                           Warrants and/or Warrant Shares from time to time
                           offered or sold to such holder, provided that such
                           holder shall from time to time furnish the Company
                           with such appropriate information (relating to the
                           intentions of such holder) in connection therewith as
                           the Company shall request in writing. The Company
                           shall also use its best efforts to qualify the
                           Warrant Shares for sale in such states as such
                           majority holder shall designate.

                                        8

<PAGE>

                                    (B) The Company shall bear the entire cost
                           and expense of any registration of securities
                           initiated by it under Subsection (1) of this Section
                           (j) notwithstanding that Warrants and/or Warrant
                           Shares subject to this Warrant may be included in any
                           such registration. The Company shall also comply with
                           one request for registration made by the majority
                           holder pursuant to Subsection (2) of this Section (j)
                           at its own expense and without charge to any holder
                           of any Warrants and/or Warrant Shares; and the
                           Company shall comply with one additional request made
                           by the majority holder pursuant to Subsection (2) of
                           this Section (j) (and not deemed to be pursuant to
                           Subsection (1) of this Section (j)) at the sole
                           expense of such majority holder. Any holder whose
                           Warrants and/ or Warrant Shares are included in any
                           such registration statement pursuant to this Section
                           (j) shall, however, bear the fees of his own counsel
                           and any registration fees, transfer taxes or
                           underwriting discounts or commissions applicable to
                           the Warrant Shares sold by him pursuant thereto.

                                    (C) The Company shall indemnify and hold
                           harmless each such holder and each underwriter,
                           within the meaning of the Act, who may purchase from
                           or sell for any such holder any Warrants and/or
                           Warrant Shares from and against any and all losses,
                           claims, damages and liabilities caused by any untrue
                           statement or alleged untrue statement of a material
                           fact contained in the Registration Statement or any
                           post-effective amendment thereto or any registration
                           statement under the Act or any prospectus included
                           therein required to be filed or furnished by reason
                           of this Section (j) or caused by any omission or
                           alleged omission to state therein a material fact
                           required to be stated therein or necessary to make
                           the statements therein not misleading, except insofar
                           as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are
                           caused by any such untrue statement or alleged untrue
                           statement or omission or alleged omission based upon
                           information furnished or required to be furnished in
                           writing to the Company by such holder or underwriter
                           expressly for use therein, which indemnification
                           shall include each person, if any, who controls any
                           such underwriter within the meaning of such Act
                           provided, however, that the Company will not be
                           liable in any such case to the extent that any such
                           loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is
                           based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue
                           statement or omission or alleged omission made in
                           said registration statement, said preliminary
                           prospectus, said final prospectus or said amendment
                           or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with
                           written information furnished by such Holder or any
                           other Holder, specifically for use in the preparation
                           thereof.

                                    (D) Neither the giving of any notice by any
                           such majority holder nor the making of any request
                           for prospectuses shall impose any

   
                                        9

<PAGE>



                           upon such majority holder or owner making such
                           request any obligation to sell any Warrants and/or
                           Warrant Shares, or exercise any Warrants.

                           (4) The term "majority holder" as used in this
                  Section (j) shall include any owner or combination of owners
                  of Warrants or Warrant Shares in any combination if the
                  holdings of the aggregate amount of:

                               (i)     the Warrants held by him or among them, 
                                       plus
                               (ii)    the Warrants which he or they would be 
                                       holding if the Warrants for the Warrant 
                                       Shares owned by him or among them had 
                                       not been exercised,

                  would constitute a majority of the Warrants originally issued.

                  The Company's agreements with respect to Warrants or Warrant
Shares in this Section (j) shall continue in effect regardless of the exercise
and surrender of this Warrant.

                  (k)      GOVERNING LAW.

                           This Agreement shall be governed by and in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the principles
of conflicts of law thereof.

                                       10

<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, IAT Multimedia, Inc. has caused this Stock
Purchase Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officers under its
corporate seal, and this Stock Purchase Warrant to be dated March __, 1997.



                                              IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.


                                              By:______________________________

[SEAL]



Attest:

- -----------------------------
Secretary

                                       11

<PAGE>



                                  PURCHASE FORM
                                  -------------


                                                      Dated ____________, 19

                  The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the
within Warrant to the extent of purchasing _______ shares of Common Stock and
hereby makes payment of _______ in payment of the actual exercise price thereof.

                                                 ----------------

                     INSTRUCTIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF STOCK
                     --------------------------------------

Name ________________________________
(Please typewrite or print in block letters)


Address ______________________________


Signature ____________________________


<PAGE>



                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM
                                 ---------------

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ______________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto


Name _____________________________
(Please typewrite or print in block letters)


Address ___________________________

the right to purchase Common Stock represented by this Warrant to the extent of
______ shares as to which such right is exercisable and does hereby irrevocably
constitute and appoint ___________ as attorney, to transfer the same on the
books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date ____________, 19__

Signature ___________________



<PAGE>
                                                                  Exhibit 10.25

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                                ("the Agreement")

                                     between


IAT Multimedia, Inc., c/o IAT AG, Geschaftshaus Wasserschloss, Aarestrasse 17,
CH-5300 Vogelsang-Turgi

                                                                (the "Company")


                                       and


Dr. Viktor Vogt, Boldistrasse 12, CH-5415 Rieden bei Nussbaumen

                                                              (the "Executive")


1.         Employment Duties.

1.1        Title/Responsibilities. Executive shall hold the title of President,
           Chief Executive Officer and Co-Chairman of the Company, and shall
           have the powers and duties consistent with such position. Executive
           shall also perform all duties which are assigned to him by the Board
           of Directors (the "Board"). In particular, Executive shall, without
           any additional compensation by either the Company or its
           subsidiaries, provide such services to the subsidiaries of the
           Company as are required by the Board.

1.2        Full Time Attention. Executive shall devote substantially all of his
           business time and attention, energy and skills to the Company and its
           subsidiaries during the Employment Term. Executive agrees to notify
           and obtain approval from the Board prior to accepting any board of
           director or other positions with any other company.

1.3        Services to IAT AG. Services of Executive performed in Switzerland
           shall be rendered to IAT AG which entity shall make all payments
           pursuant to this Agreement on behalf of the Company and for which IAT
           AG shall be reimbursed by the Company to the extent that Executive's
           compensation is allocable to the Company.

1.4        Policy Compliance. Executive is required to comply with the Company
           policy, practice and procedure in effect during his employment.
<PAGE>



2.         Compensation

2.1        Base Salary. The Company shall pay to Executive an initial annual
           Base Salary (the "Base Salary") of $140,000. The Base Salary shall be
           payable to Executive in Swiss Francs at a fixed Swiss Franc to U.S.
           Dollar exchange rate of SF1.35 to $1.00. Any increase to the annual
           Base Salary is within the sole discretion of the Company.

2.2        Non-Accountable Expense Allowance. The Company shall pay to Executive
           a yearly non-accountable expense allowance of SF12,000.

2.3        Bonus Compensation. In addition to the compensation provided above,
           the Company will pay Executive a cash incentive bonus for each full
           year starting with 1997 during the employment relationship in the
           amount of one half of one percent of the Company's net sales in
           excess of $5.0 million, provided that such cash bonus will not be
           less than $10,000. Such bonuses are payable on March 30 of each year
           or such earlier date which is ten business days after receipt and
           acknowledgment of the Company's audited financial statements by the
           Board of Directors of the Company; provided that Executive remains in
           his position with the Company on that date.

2.4        Stock Options. Executive will be granted options to purchase shares
           of the Company's common stock under the Company's 1996 Stock Option
           Plan, at a price which is the fair market value of the stock at close
           of business on the date of the grant. The timing and amounts of such
           grants as well as the terms of the options shall be determined by the
           Stock Option Committee in accordance with the provisions of the
           Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan.

2.5        Benefits.  Executive is entitled to the following benefits:

           a)     Vacation. During the Employment Term, until he reaches the age
                  of 50, Executive shall be entitled to four weeks (20 working
                  days) annual paid vacation in addition to customary paid
                  holidays. Thereafter, in addition to customary paid holidays,
                  Executive shall be entitled to five weeks (25 working days)
                  annual paid vacation. Executive may carry over up to 10 unused
                  vacation days from the prior year, but will cease to accrue
                  vacation once he has accrued a maximum of 30 days. Executive
                  will not accrue any more vacation until he has taken enough
                  vacation to bring his accrued vacation below the maximum.

           b)     Accident and Sickness Insurance. During the time Executive is
                  employed under this Agreement, (the "Employment Term"), the
                  Company agrees to insure Executive for accident and sickness
                  in accordance with the insurance plan which applied to date to
                  Executive as Chief Executive Officer of IAT AG.

           c)     Pension Fund Contributions. The Company shall ensure that
                  Executive will be able to join a pension fund substantially
                  under the same terms and conditions as the pension fund
                  Executive is presently enrolled in as the Chief Executive
                  Officer of IAT AG. In accordance with the former arrangements
                  of Executive with IAT AG, the Company will pay 2/3 of the
                  total pension fund contribution payments which are to be made
                  (both by the employer and employee) under the pertinent
                  statutory provisions and Executive shall pay 1/3 of such total
                  pension fund contributions.

<PAGE>


           d)     Life Insurance. The Company shall maintain a term life
                  insurance policy such that the sum of the proceeds from the
                  Swiss pension system and the term life insurance will result
                  in payment of an aggregate of two times the annual base salary
                  to Executive's designated beneficiaries should Executive die
                  during the Employment Term.

           e)     Director and Officer Insurance. During his term as Director
                  and/or and Officer of the Company, Executive will be covered
                  according to the terms of the Company's director and officer
                  insurance.

           f)     Automobile. During the Employment Term, the Company agrees to
                  provide Executive with an automobile substantially equivalent
                  to the type of automobile customarily provided to executives
                  occupying similar positions to Executive at other companies
                  within the industry.


3.         Confidentiality.

3.1        Proprietary Information. Executive agrees that he will not disclose
           any Proprietary Information (as hereinafter defined) to any
           individual or entity at any time while he is employed by the Company
           or at any time thereafter, except as is necessary and appropriate in
           the ordinary course of performing Executive's duties to the Company
           during his employment under this Agreement, or unless such disclosure
           has been authorized in writing by the Board, or unless such
           disclosure is required by law. For purposes of this Agreement, the
           term "Proprietary Information" shall mean any information that was
           developed by, became known by, or was assigned or otherwise conveyed,
           to the Company, and which has commercial value in the Company's
           business. Proprietary Information includes, but is not limited to,
           trade secrets, financial information, customer lists and information,
           marketing plans, strategies, business forecasts, computer programs,
           product plans, research and development information, testing methods
           and results, inventions, improvements, formulas, processes,
           techniques, designs, know-how and data. Proprietary Information also
           includes, without limitation, any information which is generally
           regarded as confidential in the Company's industry or which is
           generally treated as confidential by the Company.

3.2        Return Of Property. Executive agrees that all documents, records,
           apparatus, equipment and other physical property which is furnished
           or obtained by Executive in the course of his employment with the
           Company shall be and remain the sole property of the Company.
           Executive agrees that, upon the termination of his employment, he
           shall return all such property and any other property of the Company
           or of any of the Company's subsidiaries that may have come into his
           possession in the course of the employment relationship or previous
           employment relationships with any other company of the IAT group
           (whether or not it pertains to Proprietary Information), and agrees
           not to make or retain copies, reproductions or summaries of any such
           property.

<PAGE>


4.         Non-Competition

4.1        Covenant not to Compete. For a period of two years after termination
           of the Agreement, Executive shall not, to the extent that the Company
           does not expressly waive such obligation of the Executive, within
           Switzerland, Germany and within any other country where the Company
           or any of its subsidiaries are active, directly or indirectly engage
           in any business activity, competing with the product lines of the
           Company and of its subsidiaries or participate in any such
           competitive business.

4.2        Liquidated Damages. Upon breach of his covenant not to compete,
           Executive shall pay to the Company liquidated damages in the amount
           of $50,000. In addition, Executive shall be liable for any further
           damages caused by the breach of his covenant not to compete.

4.3        Specific Performance. In addition to the liquidated damages pursuant
           to section 4.2, the Company may request Executive to refrain from or
           cease any activities violating his covenant not to compete. In
           particular, the Company is entitled to seek interim relief in order
           to enforce such specific performance.

4.4        Severance. During the non-competition period, as set out in section
           4.1, the Company shall compensate Dr. Vogt for not competing by
           paying him the difference between his average salary (excluding
           bonus) he earned in the last twelve months before termination of the
           employment relationship and any compensation he receives from a third
           party during the non-competition period.


5.         Effectiveness, Duration and Termination

5.1        Effectiveness. This Agreement shall be effective as of March 1, 1997.

5.2        Duration. This Agreement has a fixed duration of three years and
           will, therefore, expire on March 1, 2000.

5.3        Termination. During the fixed term set out in section 5.2 each party
           may only terminate this Agreement for gross misconduct of the other
           party. In such a case, the contract may, however, be terminated
           immediately without giving advance notice.

5.4        Relief of Duties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
           Agreement, the Company is at any time entitled to relieve Executive
           of his functions and duties as set out in section 1. In such a case,
           the Company will, however, pay such compensation to Executive as set
           out in section 2, until the term of this Agreement expires.
<PAGE>

5.5        Extension of Agreement. On December 15, 1999 at the latest the
           parties shall enter into negotiations as to an extension of the
           employment relationship between Executive and the Company.


6.         General Provisions

6.1        Assignment. Executive may not assign, pledge or encumber his interest
           in this Agreement or any part thereof.

6.2        No Waiver Of Breach. The failure to enforce any provision of this
           Agreement will not be construed as a waiver of any such provision,
           nor prevent a party thereafter from enforcing the provision or any
           other provision of this Agreement. The rights granted the parties are
           cumulative, and the election of one will not constitute a waiver of
           such party's right to assert all other legal and equitable remedies
           available under the circumstances.

6.3        Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are severable, and if
           any provision will be held to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable,
           in whole or in part, the remainder of the provisions, or enforceable
           parts of this Agreement, will not be affected.

6.4        Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement of
           the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and
           supersedes all prior and contemporaneous negotiations, Agreements and
           understandings between the parties, oral or written.

6.5        Amendment, Modification and Waivers. No amendment, modification,
           termination or attempted waiver of this Agreement will be valid
           unless in writing and signed by the parties.

6.6        Fees and Expenses. If any proceeding is brought for the enforcement
           or interpretation of this Agreement, or because of any alleged
           dispute, breach, default or misrepresentation in connection with any
           provisions of this Agreement, Executive, if Executive is the
           successful or prevailing party, will be entitled to recover from the
           Company reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in the
           proceedings, in addition to any other relief to which Executive may
           be entitled.

6.7        Interpretation. The headings contained in this Agreement are for
           reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning
           or interpretation of this Agreement.

6.8        English Language. All reports, data, information, notices, schedules,
           plans, records and other information required to be provided
           hereunder by either party shall be in the English language. If a
           translation is made of this Agreement, it shall be made for the
           convenience of the parties and the English language of this Agreement
           shall be controlling.

<PAGE>


6.9        Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or permitted
           under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed
           effectively given upon personal delivery or delivery by facsimile to
           the party to be notified or four days after deposit with an air
           courier or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid and
           addressed to the party to be notified at the address indicated for
           such party below, or at such other address as such party may
           designate by ten days' advance written notice to the other parties.


           If to the Company:

                                    IAT Multimedia, Inc.
                                    Geschaftshaus Wasserschloss
                                    Aarestrasse 17
                                    CH-5300 Vogelsang-Turgi, Switzerland
                                    011-41-56-223-5023 (facsimile number)

           If to the Executive:
                                    Dr. Viktor Vogt
                                    Boldistrasse 12
                                    5415 Rieden b. Nussbaumen, Switzerland


7.         Applicable Law and Jurisdiction

7.1        Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by Swiss law, in
           particular by Art. 319 et seq. of the Swiss Code of Obligations.

7.2        Jurisdiction. The ordinary Civil Courts of Baden in the Canton of
           Aargau shall have exclusive jurisdiction for any disputes arising out
           of or in connection with this Agreement.




Place and date:                             Place and date:

As of March 1, 1997. Turgi                  As of March 1, 1997. Turgi
- ---------------------------------           --------------------------------




/s/ Jacob Agam                              /s/ Viktor Vogt
- ----------------------------------          --------------------------------

IAT Multimedia, Inc.                        Dr. Viktor Vogt




<PAGE>

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 1997,
by and among IAT Multimedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
Vertical Financial Holdings, a Delaware corporation ("Vertical"), and Walther
Glas GmbH, a company organized under the laws of Germany ("Walther Glas").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

                  WHEREAS, in or about the first week of February 1997 the
Company received an aggregate of approximately $500,000 in stockholder loans
from Vertical, Walther Glas, Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel;

                  WHEREAS, Vertical has been granted certain registration rights
pursuant to that certain Investor's Rights Agreement, dated as of October 4,
1996 (the "Investor's Rights Agreement"), by and between the Company and
Vertical;

                  WHEREAS, Walther Glas, Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel (the
"Registration Rights Group") have not previously been granted registration
rights and the Company deemed it to be in its best interest to grant each of
Walther Glas and Klaus-Dirk Sippel certain registration rights in respect of all
of the shares of Common Stock (the "Glas Common Stock" and the "Sippel Common
Stock", respectively) held by Walther Glas and Klaus-Dirk Sippel, respectively,
as of the Effective Date (as herein defined) and to Viktor Vogt certain
registration rights in respect of an aggregate of 250,000 shares of Common Stock
held by Viktor Vogt as of the Effective Date (the "Vogt Common Stock");

                  WHEREAS, the Company and Vertical have entered into
Registration Rights Agreements (of which this agreement is one) with each of
Walther Glas, Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel (the "Registration Rights
Agreements"); and

                  WHEREAS, the Company has proposed to enter into an
Underwriting Agreement with the several underwriters (the "Underwriters")
providing for the public offering (the "Public Offering") by the Underwriters,
including Royce Investment Group, Inc. ("Royce") as Representative of the
Underwriters, of shares of Common Stock.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties
hereto agree as follows:

         1.       Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as
                  follows:

         1.1      Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 1:

                  (a) The term "Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

<PAGE>



                  (b) The term "Common Stock" means shares of the common stock
of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

                  (c) The term "Covered Securities" means the Glas Common Stock,
Vogt Common Stock and Sippel Common Stock which the respective member of the
Registration Rights Group has requested the Company to register pursuant to
Section 1.2 or 1.3 of his Registration Rights Agreement.

                  (d) The term "Effective Date" means the date of the final
prospectus related to the Public Offering.

                  (e) The term "Form S-3" means such form under the Act as in
effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently
adopted by the SEC which permits the inclusion or incorporation of substantial
information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

                  (f) The term "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

                  (g) The term "register," "registered," and "registration"
refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration
statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or
ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

                  (h) The term "Registerable Securities" has the meaning set
forth in the Investor's Rights Agreement.

                  (i) The term "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

         1.2      Request for Registration.

                  (a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the
Effective Date a written request from Walther Glas that the Company file a
registration statement under the Act covering the registration of at least 25%
of the shares of Glas Common Stock held by Walther Glas as of the Effective
Date, the Company shall file as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60
days of the receipt of such request, and use all reasonable efforts to cause to
become effective as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act of all
the Covered Securities which Walther Glas requests to be registered, subject to
the limitations of Subsections 1.2(b) and 1.2(c) and Section 1.12.

                  (b) If Walther Glas intends to distribute the Covered
Securities covered by its request by means of an underwriting, it shall so
advise the Company as a part of its request made pursuant to Subsection 1.2(a).
The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be acceptable to
Walther Glas, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld. Walther Glas
shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 1.4(e)) enter into an
underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters
selected for such underwriting.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter
advises Walther Glas in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of
the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall exclude from
such underwriting (i) first, the maximum number of securities, if any, other
than the Covered Securities and Registrable Securities, being sold for the
account of other than the Company, as is necessary to reduce the size of the
offering and (ii) second, the minimum number of Covered Securities, divided pro
rata to the extent practicable, among the number of Covered Securities requested
to be registered by the members of the Registration Rights Group, as is
necessary in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s) to reduce the size of
the offering.

                  (c) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect,
or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2
after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to a demand made by
Walther Glas under the provisions of this Section 1.2.

         1.3 Company Registration. If (but without any obligation to do so) the
Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected
by the Company for stockholders other than Walther Glas) any of its stock or
other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such
securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities
to participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating solely to a
Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form which does not include
substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a
registration statement covering the sale of the shares of Common Stock or a
registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered),
the Company shall, at such time, promptly give Walther Glas written notice of
such registration. Upon the written request of Walther Glas given within 20 days
after giving of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the
Company shall, subject to the limitations of Sections 1.8 and 1.12, cause to be
registered under the Act all of the shares of Glas Common Stock that Walther
Glas has requested to be registered.

         1.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1
to effect the registration of any shares of Common Stock, the Company shall, as
expeditiously as reasonably possible:

                  (a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement
with respect to such shares of Common Stock and use its best efforts to cause
such registration statement to become effective, and keep such registration
statement effective for a period of up to 120 days or until the distribution
contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed, whichever first
occurs; provided, however, that such 120 day period shall be extended for a
period of time equal to the period Walther Glas refrains from selling any
securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, and provided further that in
the case of any registration of shares of Common Stock on Form S-3 that are
intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120 day period
shall be extended until all such shares of Common Stock are sold, if applicable
rules under the Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment
permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment which (I) includes any

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or (II) reflects facts or
events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set
forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of
information required to be included in (I) and (II) above to be contained in
periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act in the
registration statement.

                  (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
with such registration statement as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company,
may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the
disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

                  (c) Furnish to Walther Glas such numbers of copies of a
prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the
requirements of the Act, and such other documents as Walther Glas may reasonably
request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Covered Securities owned
by it.

                  (d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the Covered
Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or
Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by Walther
Glas; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or
as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to
service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is
already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by
the Act.

                  (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter
into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and
customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering.

                  (f) Notify Walther Glas at any time when a prospectus relating
to Walther Glas' Covered Securities covered by such registration statement is
required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result
of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in
effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

                  (g) Cause all such Covered Securities registered pursuant
hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities
issued by the Company are then listed.

                  (h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Covered
Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all Covered
Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

                  (i) Furnish, on the date that such Covered Securities are
delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with the registration
pursuant to this Section 1, if such Covered

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



Securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such Covered Securities
are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration
statement with respect to such Covered Securities becomes effective, (i) an
opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes
of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to
underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters,
if any, and to Walther Glas, and (ii) a letter, dated such date, from the
independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance
as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to
underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters,
if any, and to Walther Glas.

         1.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with
respect to the Covered Securities of Walther Glas that Walther Glas shall
furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the shares of Common
Stock held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as
shall be required to effect the registration of Walther Glas' Covered
Securities.

         1.6 Expenses of Demand Registration. All expenses other than
underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with
registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including
(without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers'
and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for Walther Glas, shall be
borne by the Company.

         1.7 Expenses of Company Registration. The Company shall bear and pay
all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or
qualification of shares of Common Stock with respect to the registrations
pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 for Walther Glas, including (without limitation)
all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers' and accounting fees
relating or apportionable thereto and, for one such registration only, the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for Walther Glas, but excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the Covered Securities.

         1.8 Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering
involving an underwriting of shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to
Section 1.3, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any
of Walther Glas' Covered Securities in such underwriting unless Walther Glas
accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the
underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in
their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the
Company. If the total amount of Covered Securities requested by Walther Glas to
be included in such offering, exceeds the amount of securities sold other than
by the Company and the Registrable Securities that the underwriters determine in
their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the
Company shall exclude from such underwriting (i) first, the maximum number of
securities, if any, other than the Covered Securities and Registrable
Securities, being sold for the account of other than the Company, as is
necessary to reduce the size of the offering and (ii) second, the minimum number
of Covered Securities, divided pro rata to the extent practicable, among the
number of Covered

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



Securities requested to be registered by the members of the Registration Rights
Group, as is necessary in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s) to reduce
the size of the offering.

         1.9 Indemnification. In the event any Covered Securities are included
in a registration statement under this Section 1:

                  (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify
and hold harmless Walther Glas, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for
Walther Glas and each person, if any, who controls Walther Glas or such
underwriter within the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses,
claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become
subject under the Act, the 1934 Act or state securities and blue sky laws, or
otherwise insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements,
omissions or violations (collectively a "Violation"): (i) any untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration
statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained
therein or any amendments or supplements thereto and any document filed in
connection therewith or in connection with any registration or qualification
under the state securities and blue sky laws, (ii) the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation
or alleged violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act or state securities
and blue sky laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934
Act or state securities and blue sky laws and the Company will pay to Walther
Glas, such underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim,
damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based
upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by
Walther Glas, any such underwriter or controlling person; provided, however,
that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 1.9(a) shall not apply
to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or
action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  (b) To the extent permitted by law, Walther Glas will
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its
officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other
stockholder selling securities in such registration statement and any
controlling person of any such underwriter or other stockholder, against any
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the
foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, or the 1934 Act, insofar as
such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto)
arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and
only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished by Walther Glas expressly for use
in connection with such registration; and Walther Glas will pay, as incurred,
any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



indemnified pursuant to this Subsection 1.9(b), in connection with investigating
or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided,
however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 1.9(b) shall
not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of
Walther Glas, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, that,
in no event shall Walther Glas' liability under this Subsection 1.9(b) exceed
the proceeds received by Walther Glas from the offering (net of any underwriting
discounts and commissions).

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any
governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof
is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9, deliver to
the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the
indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent
the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually
satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party
(together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without
conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel,
with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if
representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the
indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing
interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such
counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the
indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such
action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such
indemnifying party of its liability under this Section 1.9, but (i) only to the
extent of the liability actually resulting from the failure to deliver written
notice and (ii) the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying
party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified
party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

                  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is
held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified
party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to
therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the
indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in
connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss,
liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the
indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall Walther Glas' liability
under this Section 1.9(d) exceed the proceeds received by Walther Glas from the
offering (net of any underwriting discounts and commissions).


                                       -7-

<PAGE>



                  (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the
provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting
agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are
in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting
agreement shall control.

                  (f) The obligations of the Company and Walther Glas under this
Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Covered Securities
in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

         1.10 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934. With a view to
making available to Walther Glas the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit
Walther Glas to sell securities of the Company to the public without
registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

                  (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms
are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the
effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the
offering of its securities to the general public;

                  (b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of
its Common Stock under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, as is necessary to enable
Walther Glas to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of its shares of Common Stock,
such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year
in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering
of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

                  (c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other
documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

                  (d) furnish to Walther Glas, so long as Walther Glas owns any
shares of Common Stock, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the
Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at
any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration
statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it
has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most
recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and
documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be
reasonably requested in availing Walther Glas of any rule or regulation of the
SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or
pursuant to such form.

         1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights. Subject to the provisions of
Section 1.12 and the other limitations herein, the rights to cause the Company
to register shares of Glas Common Stock pursuant to this Section 1 may be
assigned (but only with all related obligations) by Walther Glas to any
transferee or assignee of such securities; provided that (a) the Company is,
within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of
the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with
respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



(b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement. The term "Walther Glas" shall
include any such assignee.

         1.12 Approval of Vertical. The exercise by Walther Glas of any
registration rights pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 hereof and the assignment of
registration rights pursuant to Section 1.12 hereof are subject to the prior
written consent of Vertical.

         2. Miscellaneous.

         2.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including
transferees of any shares of shares of Common Stock). Nothing in this Agreement,
express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties
hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies,
obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as
expressly provided in this Agreement.

         2.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
under the laws of the State of New York, disregarding New York principles of
conflicts of laws which would otherwise provide for the application of the
substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The parties agree that all actions or
proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and
litigated only in the State of New York. The parties waive any right they may
have to assert the doctrine of forum non conveniens or to object to such venue,
and hereby consent to court ordered relief.

         2.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         2.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this
Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement.

         2.5 Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or
permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed
effectively given upon personal delivery or delivery by facsimile to the party
to be notified or four days after deposit with an air courier, the United States
Post Office or air courier in the case of non-U.S. parties, by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the party to be notified at the
address indicated for such party on the signature page hereof, or at such other
address as such party may designate by ten days' advance written notice to the
other parties.

         2.6 Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce
or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled
to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to
any other relief to which such party may be entitled.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>


         2.7 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended
only with the consent of the Company, Vertical and Walther Glas. The observance
of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written
consent of the Company and Vertical.

         2.8 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held
to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from
this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such
provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
as of the date first above written.

                       IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.


                       By:       /s/ Viktor Vogt
                           -----------------------------
                       Name:    Viktor Vogt
                       Title:   Chief Executive Officer
                       Address: Aarestrasse 17, Vogelsang-Turgi, Switzerland
                       Facsimile Telephone Number: 011-41-56-223-5023



                       VERTICAL FINANCIAL HOLDINGS


                       By:       /s/ Jacob Agam
                           -----------------------------
                       Name:    Jacob Agam
                       Title:   Director
                       Address: 221 East 61st Street, New York, New York
                       Facsimile Telephone Number: 212-754-4044



                       WALTHER GLAS GmbH


                       By:          /s/ Volker Walther
                           -----------------------------
                       Name:    Volker Walther
                       Title:   CEO
                       Address: Glasmuttenlieg 23
                       Facsimile Telephone Number: 05253/85-200

                                      -10-



<PAGE>

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 1997,
by and among IAT Multimedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
Vertical Financial Holdings, a Delaware corporation ("Vertical"), and Viktor
Vogt.

                               W I T N E S S E T H

                  WHEREAS, in or about the first week of February 1997 the
Company received an aggregate of approximately $500,000 in stockholder loans
from Vertical, Walther Glas GmbH, a company organized under the laws of Germany
("Walther Glas"), Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel;

                  WHEREAS, Vertical has been granted certain registration rights
pursuant to that certain Investor's Rights Agreement, dated as of October 4,
1996 (the "Investor's Rights Agreement"), by and between the Company and
Vertical;

                  WHEREAS, Walther Glas, Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel (the
"Registration Rights Group") have not previously been granted registration
rights and the Company deemed it to be in its best interest to grant each of
Walther Glas and Klaus-Dirk Sippel certain registration rights in respect of all
of the shares of Common Stock (the "Glas Common Stock" and the "Sippel Common
Stock", respectively) held by Walther Glas and Klaus-Dirk Sippel, respectively,
as of the Effective Date (as herein defined) and to Viktor Vogt certain
registration rights in respect of an aggregate of 250,000 shares of Common Stock
held by Viktor Vogt as of the Effective Date (the "Vogt Common Stock");

                  WHEREAS, the Company and Vertical have entered into
Registration Rights Agreements (of which this agreement is one) with each of
Walther Glas, Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel (the "Registration Rights
Agreements"); and

                  WHEREAS, the Company has proposed to enter into an
Underwriting Agreement with the several underwriters (the "Underwriters")
providing for the public offering (the "Public Offering") by the Underwriters,
including Royce Investment Group, Inc. ("Royce") as Representative of the
Underwriters, of shares of Common Stock.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties
hereto agree as follows:

         1.       Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as
                  follows:

         1.1      Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 1:

                  (a) The term "Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.


<PAGE>



                  (b) The term "Common Stock" means shares of the common stock
of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

                  (c) The term "Covered Securities" means the Glas Common Stock,
Vogt Common Stock and Sippel Common Stock which the respective member of the
Registration Rights Group has requested the Company to register pursuant to
Section 1.2 or 1.3 of his Registration Rights Agreement.

                  (d) The term "Effective Date" means the date of the final
prospectus related to the Public Offering.

                  (e) The term "Form S-3" means such form under the Act as in
effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently
adopted by the SEC which permits the inclusion or incorporation of substantial
information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

                  (f) The term "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

                  (g) The term "register," "registered," and "registration"
refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration
statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or
ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

                  (h) The term "Registerable Securities" has the meaning set
forth in the Investor's Rights Agreement.

                  (i) The term "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

         1.2      Request for Registration.

                  (a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the
Effective Date a written request from Viktor Vogt that the Company file a
registration statement under the Act covering the registration of at least 25%
of the shares of Vogt Common Stock, the Company shall file as soon as
practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, and
use all reasonable efforts to cause to become effective as soon as practicable,
the registration under the Act of all the Covered Securities which Viktor Vogt
requests to be registered, subject to the limitations of Subsections 1.2(b) and
1.2(c) and Section 1.12.

                  (b) If Viktor Vogt intends to distribute the Covered
Securities covered by his request by means of an underwriting, he shall so
advise the Company as a part of his request made pursuant to Subsection 1.2(a).
The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be acceptable to
Viktor Vogt, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld. Viktor Vogt
shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 1.4(e)) enter into an
underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters
selected for such underwriting.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter
advises Viktor Vogt in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of
the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall exclude from
such underwriting (i) first, the maximum number of securities, if any, other
than the Covered Securities and Registrable Securities, being sold for the
account of other than the Company, as is necessary to reduce the size of the
offering and (ii) second, the minimum number of Covered Securities, divided pro
rata to the extent practicable, among the number of Covered Securities requested
to be registered by the members of the Registration Rights Group, as is
necessary in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s) to reduce the size of
the offering.

                  (c) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect,
or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2
after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to a demand made by
Viktor Vogt under the provisions of this Section 1.2.

         1.3 Company Registration. If (but without any obligation to do so) the
Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected
by the Company for stockholders other than Viktor Vogt) any of its stock or
other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such
securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities
to participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating solely to a
Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form which does not include
substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a
registration statement covering the sale of the shares of Common Stock or a
registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered),
the Company shall, at such time, promptly give Viktor Vogt written notice of
such registration. Upon the written request of Viktor Vogt given within 20 days
after giving of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 3.5, the
Company shall, subject to the limitations of Sections 1.8 and 1.12, cause to be
registered under the Act all of the shares of Vogt Common Stock that Viktor Vogt
has requested to be registered.

         1.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1
to effect the registration of any shares of Common Stock, the Company shall, as
expeditiously as reasonably possible:

                  (a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement
with respect to such shares of Common Stock and use its best efforts to cause
such registration statement to become effective, and keep such registration
statement effective for a period of up to 120 days or until the distribution
contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed, whichever first
occurs; provided, however, that such 120 day period shall be extended for a
period of time equal to the period Viktor Vogt refrains from selling any
securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, and provided further that in
the case of any registration of shares of Common Stock on Form S-3 that are
intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120 day period
shall be extended until all such shares of Common Stock are sold, if applicable
rules under the Act governing the obligation to file a post-effective amendment
permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment which (I) includes any

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or (II) reflects facts or
events representing a material or fundamental change in the information set
forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by reference of
information required to be included in (I) and (II) above to be contained in
periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act in the
registration statement.

                  (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
with such registration statement as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company,
may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the
disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

                  (c) Furnish to Viktor Vogt such numbers of copies of a
prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the
requirements of the Act, and such other documents as Viktor Vogt may reasonably
request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Covered Securities owned
by him.

                  (d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the Covered
Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or
Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by Viktor
Vogt; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or
as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to
service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is
already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by
the Act.

                  (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter
into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and
customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering.

                  (f) Notify Viktor Vogt at any time when a prospectus relating
to Viktor Vogt's Covered Securities covered by such registration statement is
required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any event as a result
of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in
effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

                  (g) Cause all such Covered Securities registered pursuant
hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities
issued by the Company are then listed.

                  (h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Covered
Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all Covered
Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

                  (i) Furnish, on the date that such Covered Securities are
delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with the registration
pursuant to this Section 1, if such Covered

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



Securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such Covered Securities
are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration
statement with respect to such Covered Securities becomes effective, (i) an
opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes
of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to
underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters,
if any, and to Viktor Vogt, and (ii) a letter, dated such date, from the
independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance
as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to
underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters,
if any, and to Viktor Vogt.

         1.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with
respect to the Covered Securities of Viktor Vogt that Viktor Vogt shall furnish
to the Company such information regarding himself, the shares of Common Stock
held by him, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall
be required to effect the registration of Viktor Vogt's Covered Securities.

         1.6 Expenses of Demand Registration. All expenses other than
underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with
registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including
(without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers'
and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for Viktor Vogt, shall be borne
by the Company.

         1.7 Expenses of Company Registration. The Company shall bear and pay
all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or
qualification of shares of Common Stock with respect to the registrations
pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 for Viktor Vogt, including (without limitation)
all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers' and accounting fees
relating or apportionable thereto and, for one such registration only, the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for Viktor Vogt, but excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the Covered Securities.

         1.8 Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering
involving an underwriting of shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to
Section 1.3, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any
of Viktor Vogt's Covered Securities in such underwriting unless Viktor Vogt
accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the
underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in
their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the
Company. If the total amount of Covered Securities requested by Viktor Vogt to
be included in such offering, exceeds the amount of securities sold other than
by the Company and the Registrable Securities that the underwriters determine in
their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the
Company shall exclude from such underwriting (i) first, the maximum number of
securities, if any, other than the Covered Securities and Registrable
Securities, being sold for the account of other than the Company, as is
necessary to reduce the size of the offering and (ii) second, the minimum number
of Covered Securities, divided pro rata to the extent practicable, among the
number of Covered Securities requested to be registered by the members of the
Registration Rights Group, as is

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



necessary in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s) to reduce the size of
the offering.

         1.9 Indemnification. In the event any Covered Securities are included
in a registration statement under this Section 1:

                  (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify
and hold harmless Viktor Vogt, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for
Viktor Vogt and each person, if any, who controls such underwriter within the
meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or
liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act,
the 1934 Act or state securities and blue sky laws, or otherwise insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or
violations (collectively a "Violation"): (i) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement,
including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or
any amendments or supplements thereto and any document filed in connection
therewith or in connection with any registration or qualification under the
state securities and blue sky laws, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged
violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act or state securities and blue
sky laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or
state securities and blue sky laws and the Company will pay to Viktor Vogt, such
underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any
such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage,
liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a
Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by
Viktor Vogt, any such underwriter or controlling person; provided, however, that
the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 1.9(a) shall not apply to
amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action
if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  (b) To the extent permitted by law, Viktor Vogt will indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who
has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the
Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other stockholder
selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of
any such underwriter or other stockholder, against any losses, claims, damages,
or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may
become subject, under the Act, or the 1934 Act, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are
based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent)
that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished by Viktor Vogt expressly for use in connection with such
registration; and Viktor Vogt will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this
Subsection 1.9(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss,
claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity
agreement contained in this

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



Subsection 1.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without
the consent of Viktor Vogt, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld;
provided, that, in no event shall Viktor Vogt's liability under this Subsection
1.9(b) exceed the proceeds received by Viktor Vogt from the offering (net of any
underwriting discounts and commissions).

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any
governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof
is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9, deliver to
the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the
indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent
the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually
satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party
(together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without
conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel,
with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if
representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the
indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing
interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such
counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the
indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such
action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such
indemnifying party of its liability under this Section 1.9, but (i) only to the
extent of the liability actually resulting from the failure to deliver written
notice and (ii) the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying
party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified
party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

                  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is
held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified
party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to
therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the
indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in
connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss,
liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the
indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall Viktor Vogt's liability
under this Section 1.9(d) exceed the proceeds received by Viktor Vogt from the
offering (net of any underwriting discounts and commissions).

                  (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the
provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting
agreement entered into in connection

                                       -7-

<PAGE>



with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing
provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

                  (f) The obligations of the Company and Viktor Vogt under this
Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Covered Securities
in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

         1.10 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934. With a view to
making available to Viktor Vogt the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the
Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit
Viktor Vogt to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration
or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

                  (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms
are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the
effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the
offering of its securities to the general public;

                  (b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of
its Common Stock under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, as is necessary to enable
Viktor Vogt to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of its shares of Common Stock, such
action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in
which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of
its securities to the general public is declared effective;

                  (c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other
documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

                  (d) furnish to Viktor Vogt, so long as Viktor Vogt owns any
shares of Common Stock, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the
Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at
any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration
statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it
has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most
recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and
documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be
reasonably requested in availing Viktor Vogt of any rule or regulation of the
SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or
pursuant to such form.

         1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights. Subject to the provisions of
Section 1.12 and the other limitations herein, the rights to cause the Company
to register shares of Vogt Common Stock pursuant to this Section 1 may be
assigned (but only with all related obligations) by Viktor Vogt to any
transferee or assignee of such securities; provided that (a) the Company is,
within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of
the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with
respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (b) such
transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms
and conditions of this Agreement. The term "Viktor Vogt" shall include any such
assignee.

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



         1.12 Approval of Vertical. The exercise by Viktor Vogt of any
registration rights pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 hereof and the assignment of
registration rights pursuant to Section 1.12 hereof are subject to the prior
written consent of Vertical.

         2. Miscellaneous.

         2.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including
transferees of any shares of shares of Common Stock). Nothing in this Agreement,
express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties
hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies,
obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as
expressly provided in this Agreement.

         2.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
under the laws of the State of New York, disregarding New York principles of
conflicts of laws which would otherwise provide for the application of the
substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The parties agree that all actions or
proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and
litigated only in the State of New York. The parties waive any right they may
have to assert the doctrine of forum non conveniens or to object to such venue,
and hereby consent to court ordered relief.

         2.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         2.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this
Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement.

         2.5 Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or
permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed
effectively given upon personal delivery or delivery by facsimile to the party
to be notified or four days after deposit with an air courier, the United States
Post Office or air courier in the case of non-U.S. parties, by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid and addressed to the party to be notified at the
address indicated for such party on the signature page hereof, or at such other
address as such party may designate by ten days' advance written notice to the
other parties.

         2.6 Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce
or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled
to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to
any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

         2.7 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended
only with the consent of the Company, Vertical and Viktor Vogt. The observance
of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular
instance and either retroactively or

                                       -9-

<PAGE>


prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and Vertical.

         2.8 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held
to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from
this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such
provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
as of the date first above written.

                          IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.


                          By:       /s/ Viktor Vogt
                              ---------------------------
                          Name:    Viktor Vogt
                          Title:   Chief Executive Officer
                          Address: Aarestrasse 17, Vogelsang-Turgi, Switzerland
                          Facsimile Telephone Number: 011-41-56-223-5023



                          VERTICAL FINANCIAL HOLDINGS


                          By:       /s/ Jacob Agam
                              ---------------------------
                          Name:    Jacob Agam
                          Title:   Director
                          Address: 221 East 61st Street, New York, New York
                          Facsimile Telephone Number: 212-754-4044





                             /s/ Viktor Vogt
                          ---------------------------
                          Viktor Vogt
                          Address:
                          Facsimile Telephone Number:

                                      -10-



<PAGE>

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                  REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 1997,
by and among IAT Multimedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
Vertical Financial Holdings, a Delaware corporation ("Vertical"), and Klaus-Dirk
Sippel.

                               W I T N E S S E T H

                  WHEREAS, in or about the first week of February 1997 the
Company received an aggregate of approximately $500,000 in stockholder loans
from Vertical, Walther Glas GmbH, a company organized under the laws of Germany
("Walther Glas"), Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel;

                  WHEREAS, Vertical has been granted certain registration rights
pursuant to that certain Investor's Rights Agreement, dated as of October 4,
1996 (the "Investor's Rights Agreement"), by and between the Company and
Vertical;

                  WHEREAS, Walther Glas, Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel (the
"Registration Rights Group") have not previously been granted registration
rights and the Company deemed it to be in its best interest to grant each of
Walther Glas and Klaus-Dirk Sippel certain registration rights in respect of all
of the shares of Common Stock (the "Glas Common Stock" and the "Sippel Common
Stock", respectively) held by Walther Glas and Klaus-Dirk Sippel, respectively,
as of the Effective Date (as herein defined) and to Viktor Vogt certain
registration rights in respect of an aggregate of 250,000 shares of Common Stock
held by Viktor Vogt as of the Effective Date (the "Vogt Common Stock");

                  WHEREAS, the Company and Vertical have entered into
Registration Rights Agreements (of which this agreement is one) with each of
Walther Glas, Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel (the "Registration Rights
Agreements"); and

                  WHEREAS, the Company has proposed to enter into an
Underwriting Agreement with the several underwriters (the "Underwriters")
providing for the public offering (the "Public Offering") by the Underwriters,
including Royce Investment Group, Inc. ("Royce") as Representative of the
Underwriters, of shares of Common Stock.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties
hereto agree as follows:

         1.       Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as
                  follows:

         1.1      Definitions.  For purposes of this Section 1:

                  (a) The term "Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.


<PAGE>



                  (b) The term "Common Stock" means shares of the common stock
of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

                  (c) The term "Covered Securities" means the Glas Common Stock,
Vogt Common Stock and Sippel Common Stock which the respective member of the
Registration Rights Group has requested the Company to register pursuant to
Section 1.2 or 1.3 of his Registration Rights Agreement.

                  (d) The term "Effective Date" means the date of the final
prospectus related to the Public Offering.

                  (e) The term "Form S-3" means such form under the Act as in
effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Act subsequently
adopted by the SEC which permits the inclusion or incorporation of substantial
information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

                  (f) The term "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

                  (g) The term "register," "registered," and "registration"
refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration
statement or similar document in compliance with the Act, and the declaration or
ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

                  (h) The term "Registerable Securities" has the meaning set
forth in the Investor's Rights Agreement.

                  (i) The term "SEC" shall mean the Securities and Exchange
Commission.

         1.2      Request for Registration.

                  (a) If the Company shall receive at any time after the
Effective Date a written request from Klaus-Dirk Sippel that the Company file a
registration statement under the Act covering the registration of at least 25%
of the shares of Sippel Common Stock held by Klaus-Dirk Sippel as of the
Effective Date, the Company shall file as soon as practicable, and in any event
within 60 days of the receipt of such request, and use all reasonable efforts to
cause to become effective as soon as practicable, the registration under the Act
of all the Covered Securities which Klaus-Dirk Sippel requests to be registered,
subject to the limitations of Subsections 1.2(b) and 1.2(c) and Section 1.12.

                  (b) If Klaus-Dirk Sippel intends to distribute the Covered
Securities covered by his request by means of an underwriting, he shall so
advise the Company as a part of his request made pursuant to Subsection 1.2(a).
The underwriter will be selected by the Company and shall be acceptable to
Klaus-Dirk Sippel, which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld.
Klaus-Dirk Sippel shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection
1.4(e)) enter into an underwriting

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for
such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if
the underwriter advises Klaus-Dirk Sippel in writing that marketing factors
require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the
Company shall exclude from such underwriting (i) first, the maximum number of
securities, if any, other than the Covered Securities and Registrable
Securities, being sold for the account of other than the Company, as is
necessary to reduce the size of the offering and (ii) second, the minimum number
of Covered Securities, divided pro rata to the extent practicable, among the
number of Covered Securities requested to be registered by the members of the
Registration Rights Group, as is necessary in the opinion of the managing
underwriter(s) to reduce the size of the offering.

                  (c) In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect,
or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2
after the Company has effected one registration pursuant to a demand made by
Klaus-Dirk Sippel under the provisions of this Section 1.2.

         1.3 Company Registration. If (but without any obligation to do so) the
Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected
by the Company for stockholders other than Klaus-Dirk Sippel) any of its stock
or other securities under the Act in connection with the public offering of such
securities (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities
to participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating solely to a
Rule 145 transaction, a registration on any form which does not include
substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a
registration statement covering the sale of the shares of Common Stock or a
registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock
issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered),
the Company shall, at such time, promptly give Klaus-Dirk Sippel written notice
of such registration. Upon the written request of Klaus-Dirk Sippel given within
20 days after giving of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section
3.5, the Company shall, subject to the limitations of Sections 1.8 and 1.12,
cause to be registered under the Act all of the shares of Sippel Common Stock
that Klaus-Dirk Sippel has requested to be registered.

         1.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1
to effect the registration of any shares of Common Stock, the Company shall, as
expeditiously as reasonably possible:

                  (a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement
with respect to such shares of Common Stock and use its best efforts to cause
such registration statement to become effective, and keep such registration
statement effective for a period of up to 120 days or until the distribution
contemplated in the Registration Statement has been completed, whichever first
occurs; provided, however, that such 120 day period shall be extended for a
period of time equal to the period Klaus-Dirk Sippel refrains from selling any
securities included in such registration at the request of an underwriter of
Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, and provided further that in
the case of any registration of shares of Common Stock on Form S-3 that are
intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, such 120 day period
shall be extended until all such shares of Common Stock are sold, if applicable
rules under the Act governing the obligation to file

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



a post-effective amendment permit, in lieu of filing a post-effective amendment
which (I) includes any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act or
(II) reflects facts or events representing a material or fundamental change in
the information set forth in the registration statement, the incorporation by
reference of information required to be included in (I) and (II) above to be
contained in periodic reports filed pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 1934
Act in the registration statement.

                  (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and
supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection
with such registration statement as, in the opinion of counsel to the Company,
may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the
disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

                  (c) Furnish to Klaus-Dirk Sippel such numbers of copies of a
prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the
requirements of the Act, and such other documents as Klaus-Dirk Sippel may
reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Covered
Securities owned by him.

                  (d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the Covered
Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or
Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by
Klaus-Dirk Sippel; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection
therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a
general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions,
unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except
as may be required by the Act.

                  (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter
into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and
customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering.

                  (f) Notify Klaus-Dirk Sippel at any time when a prospectus
relating to Klaus-Dirk Sippel's Covered Securities covered by such registration
statement is required to be delivered under the Act of the happening of any
event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration
statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances
then existing.

                  (g) Cause all such Covered Securities registered pursuant
hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities
issued by the Company are then listed.

                  (h) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Covered
Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all Covered
Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

                  (i) Furnish, on the date that such Covered Securities are
delivered to the

                                       -4-

<PAGE>



underwriters for sale in connection with the registration pursuant to this
Section 1, if such Covered Securities are being sold through underwriters, or,
if such Covered Securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date
that the registration statement with respect to such Covered Securities becomes
effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company
for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily
given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the
underwriters, if any, and to Klaus-Dirk Sippel, and (ii) a letter, dated such
date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form
and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public
accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the
underwriters, if any, and to Klaus-Dirk Sippel.

         1.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the
obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with
respect to the Covered Securities of Klaus-Dirk Sippel that Klaus-Dirk Sippel
shall furnish to the Company such information regarding himself, the shares of
Common Stock held by him, and the intended method of disposition of such
securities as shall be required to effect the registration of Klaus-Dirk
Sippel's Covered Securities.

         1.6 Expenses of Demand Registration. All expenses other than
underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with
registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including
(without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers'
and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the
reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for Klaus-Dirk Sippel, shall be
borne by the Company.

         1.7 Expenses of Company Registration. The Company shall bear and pay
all expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or
qualification of shares of Common Stock with respect to the registrations
pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 for Klaus-Dirk Sippel, including (without
limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers' and
accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto and, for one such registration
only, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for Klaus-Dirk
Sippel, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the
Covered Securities.

         1.8 Underwriting Requirements. In connection with any offering
involving an underwriting of shares of the Company's capital stock pursuant to
Section 1.3, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any
of Klaus-Dirk Sippel's Covered Securities in such underwriting unless Klaus-Dirk
Sippel accepts the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company
and the underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters
determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the
offering by the Company. If the total amount of Covered Securities requested by
Klaus-Dirk Sippel to be included in such offering, exceeds the amount of
securities sold other than by the Company and the Registrable Securities that
the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the
success of the offering, then the Company shall exclude from such underwriting
(i) first, the maximum number of securities, if any, other than the Covered
Securities and Registrable Securities, being sold for the account of other than
the Company, as is necessary to reduce the size of the offering and (ii) second,
the minimum

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



number of Covered Securities, divided pro rata to the extent practicable, among
the number of Covered Securities requested to be registered by the members of
the Registration Rights Group, as is necessary in the opinion of the managing
underwriter(s) to reduce the size of the offering.

         1.9 Indemnification. In the event any Covered Securities are included
in a registration statement under this Section 1:

                  (a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify
and hold harmless Klaus-Dirk Sippel, any underwriter (as defined in the Act) for
Klaus-Dirk Sippel and each person, if any, who controls such underwriter within
the meaning of the Act or the 1934 Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or
liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Act,
the 1934 Act or state securities and blue sky laws, or otherwise insofar as such
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or
violations (collectively a "Violation"): (i) any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement,
including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or
any amendments or supplements thereto and any document filed in connection
therewith or in connection with any registration or qualification under the
state securities and blue sky laws, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged
violation by the Company of the Act, the 1934 Act or state securities and blue
sky laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, the 1934 Act or
state securities and blue sky laws and the Company will pay to Klaus-Dirk
Sippel, such underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other
expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or
defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim,
damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based
upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by
Klaus-Dirk Sippel, any such underwriter or controlling person; provided,
however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 1.9(a) shall
not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the
Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

                  (b) To the extent permitted by law, Klaus-Dirk Sippel will
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its
officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, any underwriter, any other
stockholder selling securities in such registration statement and any
controlling person of any such underwriter or other stockholder, against any
losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the
foregoing persons may become subject, under the Act, or the 1934 Act, insofar as
such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto)
arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and
only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished by Klaus-Dirk Sippel expressly for
use in connection with such registration; and Klaus-Dirk Sippel will pay, as
incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Subsection 1.9(b), in connection
with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or
action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this
Subsection 1.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such
loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without
the consent of Klaus-Dirk Sippel, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld; provided, that, in no event shall Klaus-Dirk Sippel's liability under
this Subsection 1.9(b) exceed the proceeds received by Klaus-Dirk Sippel from
the offering (net of any underwriting discounts and commissions).

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 1.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any
governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof
is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.9, deliver to
the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the
indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent
the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually
satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party
(together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented without
conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel,
with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if
representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the
indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing
interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such
counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the
indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such
action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such
indemnifying party of its liability under this Section 1.9, but (i) only to the
extent of the liability actually resulting from the failure to deliver written
notice and (ii) the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying
party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified
party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

                  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is
held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified
party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to
therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the
indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in
connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss,
liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the
indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission; provided, that in no event shall Klaus-Dirk Sippel's
liability under this Section 1.9(d) exceed the proceeds received by Klaus-Dirk
Sippel from the offering (net of any underwriting discounts and commissions).


                                       -7-

<PAGE>



                  (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the
provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting
agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are
in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting
agreement shall control.

                  (f) The obligations of the Company and Klaus-Dirk Sippel under
this Section 1.9 shall survive the completion of any offering of Covered
Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

         1.10 Reports Under Securities Exchange Act of 1934. With a view to
making available to Klaus-Dirk Sippel the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under
the Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit
Klaus-Dirk Sippel to sell securities of the Company to the public without
registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

                  (a) make and keep public information available, as those terms
are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the
effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the
offering of its securities to the general public;

                  (b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of
its Common Stock under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, as is necessary to enable
Klaus-Dirk Sippel to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of its shares of Common
Stock, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the
fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for
the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

                  (c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other
documents required of the Company under the Act and the 1934 Act; and

                  (d) furnish to Klaus-Dirk Sippel, so long as Klaus-Dirk Sippel
owns any shares of Common Stock, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement
by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule
144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first
registration statement filed by the Company), the Act and the 1934 Act (at any
time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of
the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports
and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may
be reasonably requested in availing Klaus-Dirk Sippel of any rule or regulation
of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration
or pursuant to such form.

         1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights. Subject to the provisions of
Section 1.12 and the other limitations herein, the rights to cause the Company
to register shares of Sippel Common Stock pursuant to this Section 1 may be
assigned (but only with all related obligations) by Klaus-Dirk Sippel to any
transferee or assignee of such securities; provided that (a) the Company is,
within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of
the name and address of such

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such
registration rights are being assigned; and (b) such transferee or assignee
agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. The term "Klaus-Dirk Sippel" shall include any such assignee.

         1.12 Approval of Vertical. The exercise by Klaus-Dirk Sippel of any
registration rights pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3 hereof and the assignment of
registration rights pursuant to Section 1.12 hereof are subject to the prior
written consent of Vertical.

         1.13 Escrow of Sippel Common Stock. Klaus-Dirk Sippel hereby agrees to
enter into an escrow agreement with Vertical and the law firm of Baker &
McKenzie pursuant to which the Sippel Common Stock will be held in escrow in the
Zurich office of Baker & McKenzie and will not be released from escrow prior to
the expiration of any and all "lock up" agreements to which such stock is
subject without the prior written consent of Vertical.

         2.       Miscellaneous.

         2.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the
terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including
transferees of any shares of shares of Common Stock). Nothing in this Agreement,
express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties
hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies,
obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as
expressly provided in this Agreement.

         2.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
under the laws of the State of New York, disregarding New York principles of
conflicts of laws which would otherwise provide for the application of the
substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The parties agree that all actions or
proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and
litigated only in the State of New York. The parties waive any right they may
have to assert the doctrine of forum non conveniens or to object to such venue,
and hereby consent to court ordered relief.

         2.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

         2.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this
Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in
construing or interpreting this Agreement.

         2.5 Notices. Unless otherwise provided, any notice required or
permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be deemed
effectively given upon personal delivery or delivery by facsimile to the party
to be notified or four days after deposit with an air courier, the United States
Post Office or air courier in the case of non-U.S. parties, by registered or
certified mail,

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



postage prepaid and addressed to the party to be notified at the address
indicated for such party on the signature page hereof, or at such other address
as such party may designate by ten days' advance written notice to the other
parties.

         2.6 Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce
or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled
to reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to
any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

         2.7 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended
only with the consent of the Company, Vertical and Klaus-Dirk Sippel. The
observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a
particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the
written consent of the Company and Vertical.

         2.8 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held
to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from
this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such
provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.



                                      -10-

<PAGE>


                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement
as of the date first above written.

                           IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.


                           By:       /s/ Viktor Vogt
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Name:    Viktor Vogt
                           Title:   Chief Executive Officer
                           Address: Aarestrasse 17, Vogelsang-Turgi, Switzerland
                           Facsimile Telephone Number: 011-41-56-223-5023



                           VERTICAL FINANCIAL HOLDINGS


                           By:       /s/ Jacob Agam
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Name:    Jacob Agam
                           Title:   Director
                           Address: 221 East 61st Street, New York, New York
                           Facsimile Telephone Number: 212-754-4044





                              /s/ Klaus-Dirk Sippel
                           -----------------------------------------------------
                           Klaus-Dirk Sippel          SMP AG
                           Address: Haselstrasse 1, 5401 Baden
                           Facsimile Telephone Number: Fax: 056 221 26 88
                                                       Tel.: 056 221 26 66

                                      -11-


<PAGE>

                             STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT

                  STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT, dated as of February 27, 1997, by and
among IAT Multimedia, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), Walther Glas
GmbH, a corporation organized under the laws of Germany ("Walther Glas"), Viktor
Vogt, Klaus-Dirk Sippel (collectively, the "Registration Rights Group"),
Vertical Financial Holdings, a Delaware corporation ("Vertical"), and the other
undersigned holders of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
"Common Stock"), and/or shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par
value $.01 per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), each of the Company.

                               W I T N E S S E T H

                  WHEREAS, the Company has proposed to enter into an
Underwriting Agreement with the several underwriters (the "Underwriters")
providing for the public offering (the "Public Offering") by the Underwriters,
including Royce Investment Group, Inc. ("Royce") as Representative of the
Underwriters (the "Representative"), of shares of Common Stock;

                  WHEREAS, in connection with such Public Offering, all of the
holders of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock deemed it to be in the best
interests of the Company to enter into this Agreement; and

                  WHEREAS, the Company has entered into Registration Rights
Agreements with each of Walther Glas, Viktor Vogt and Klaus-Dirk Sippel, dated
as of February 27, 1997 (collectively, the "Registration Rights Agreements").

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
intending to be legally bound, the undersigned hereby agree as follows:

         SECTION 1. For a period commencing on the date hereof and ending 24
months after the date of the final prospectus relating to the Public Offering
(the "Effective Time"), the Registration Rights Group will not, without the
prior written consent of Vertical, (i) Sell (as defined herein) or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock, (ii) make any demand for or exercise any
right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to
any of the Registration Rights Agreements or (iii) seek the consent of the
Representative for any transaction described in (i) or (ii) pursuant to any of
the "lock-up" agreements entered into by each member of the Registration Rights
Group and Royce in connection with the Public Offering. "Sale" shall mean any
offer, pledge, contract to sell, sale of any option or contract to purchase,
purchase of any option or contract to sell, grant of any option, right or
warrant to purchase, or other direct or indirect transfer or disposition of any
shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock or warrants or the entering into of any swap or
other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the
economic consequences of ownership of the shares of Common Stock owned by the
undersigned, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares
of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. "Sell" shall
have a commensurate meaning with Sale.



<PAGE>



         SECTION 2. During the Effective Time, the undersigned stockholders,
except for Vertical and each member of the Registration Rights Group (the
"Remaining Stockholders"), will not, without the prior written consent of
Vertical and each member of the Registration Rights Group, (i) Sell or otherwise
dispose of any shares of Common Stock or (ii) seek the consent of the
Representative to Sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock
pursuant to any of the "lock-up" agreements entered into by each of the
Remaining Stockholders and Royce in connection with the Public Offering.


         SECTION 3. During the Effective Time, the undersigned stockholders will
not Sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock unless the acquiror
(and any subsequent acquirors) of such shares becomes a party to this
Stockholders' Agreement.

         SECTION 4. It is understood that the certificates evidencing the shares
of Common Stock held by the undersigned stockholders will bear, among others,
the following legend:

                  "THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO THE STOCKHOLDERS' AGREEMENT,
         DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 27, 1997, BY AND AMONG IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.,
         WALTHER GLAS, GmbH, VIKTOR VOGT, KLAUS-DIRK SIPPEL, VERTICAL FINANCIAL
         HOLDINGS AND CERTAIN OTHER HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK AND/OR SERIES A
         CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, EACH OF IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC., AND ANY
         TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO SUCH STOCKHOLDERS'
         AGREEMENT."

         SECTION 5. This Stockholders' Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

         SECTION 6. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be
unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this
Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such
provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its
terms.

         SECTION 7. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the
laws of the State of New York, disregarding New York principles of conflicts of
laws which would otherwise provide for the application of the substantive laws
of another jurisdiction. The parties agree that all actions or proceedings
arising in connection with this Agreement shall be tried and litigated only in
the State of New York. The parties waive any right they may have to assert the
doctrine of forum non conveniens or to object to such venue, and hereby consent
to court ordered relief.

         SECTION 8. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived
(either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or
prospectively), only with the written consent of Vertical.

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



         SECTION 9. Any term of this Agreement may be amended only by the
written consent of Vertical and the party or parties to be bound.

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this
Stockholders' Agreement as of the date first above written.

IAT MULTIMEDIA, INC.                    BEHALA ANSTALT



By:   /s/ Viktor Vogt                   By:  /s/ Jacob Agam 
    ------------------------------         --------------------------------
Name: Viktor Vogt                       Name: 
Title:   Chief Executive Officer        Title:
                                        
VERTICAL FINANCIAL HOLDINGS             HENILIA FINANCIAL LIMITED



By:     /s/ Jacob Agam                  By:  /s/ Jacob Agam     
    ------------------------------         --------------------------------
Name:    Jacob Agam                     Name: 
Title:   Director                       Title:
                                        
WALTHER GLAS GmbH                       LUPIN INVESTMENT SERVICES Ltd.



By:   /s/ Volker Walther                By:  /s/ Jacob Agam
    ------------------------------         --------------------------------
Name:    Volker Walther                 Name: 
Title:   CEO                            Title:
                                        
R. KLEIN HANDEL GmbH

                                            /s/ Viktor Vogt             
                                        --------------------------------
By: /s/ Robert Klein                    Viktor Vogt                     
    ------------------------------      
Name:   Robert Klein
Title:  Owner and CEO
                                            /s/ Klaus-Dirk Sippel
                                        --------------------------------
                                        Klaus-Dirk Sippel
bmp MANAGEMENT CONSULTANT
                             GmbH


By:   /s/ Oliver Borrmann                   /s/ Volker Walther
    ------------------------------      --------------------------------
Name:    Oliver Borrmann                Volker Walther
Title:   Managing Director

                                       -4-

<PAGE>


     /s/ Klaus Grissemann                   /s/ Barbara Scheibler
- ------------------------------          ------------------------------
Klaus Grissemann                        Barbara Scheibler        
                                                                 
                                                                 
    /s/ Monica Germann                     /s/ Wilhelm Gudauski  
- ------------------------------          ------------------------------
Monica Germann                          Wilhelm Gudauski         
                                                                 
                                         /s/ C.M. Leffering                 
   /s/ Franz Muller                     ------------------------------
- ------------------------------          Christian Leffering           
Franz Muller                            
                                                                 
                                         /s/ Urs Stamm           
   /s/ Richard Suter                    ------------------------------
- ------------------------------          Urs Stamm                
Richard Suter                                                    
                                                                 
                                         /s/ Czeslaw Paulus      
   /s/ C. Holthuizen                    ------------------------------
 -----------------------------          Czeslaw Paulus           
C. Holthuizen                                                    
                                         /s/ Avi Suriel                        
                                        ------------------------------ 
   /s/ P. Freitag                       Avi Suriel               
- ------------------------------
P. Freitag                                                       
                                                                 
                                                                 
                                        GRADL CONSULT AG         
    /s/ H.J. Henning                                             
- ------------------------------
H.J. Henning                                                     
                                                                 
                                        By:   /s/ W. Gradl       
                                           ---------------------------
                                        Name:    W. Gradl        
    /s/ A. Frutterer                    Title:   CEO             
- ------------------------------
A. Frutterer                                                     
                                                                 
                                       -5-



<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.2 
                        INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT 

We consent to the use in the Registration Statement of IAT Multimedia, Inc. on
Form S-1 of our report dated January 31, 1997, on the consolidated financial
statements of IAT Multimedia, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the
caption "Experts" in such Prospectus.



                                       /s/ Rothstein, Kass & Company, P.C. 
                                       ------------------------------------ 
                                       ROTHSTEIN, KASS & COMPANY, P.C.




Roseland, New Jersey 
March 4, 1997 



<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.3 
                                   CONSENT 

   We hereby consent to the use of our firm name in IAT Multimedia, Inc.'s 
Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and in the 
Prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement. In giving this 
consent, we do not concede that we come within the category of persons whose 
consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 



                                                 /s/ DR. SCHACKOW & PARTNER 
Dated: March 4, 1997 


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission